高考英语语法全书

23 章,从词法到长难句,覆盖高考要用的全部语法。北京卷 2008—2018 年单项填空、2019—2026 年语法填空,凡是考语法的题全部按章收进来,共 244 道,原卷原题,答案按官方解析。

📌 先看每章标题下那一句:那是这一章的核心,记住它就抓住了七成。

📌 每章顺序:北京怎么考 → 口诀 → 分点讲解(表格 + 例句 + 记忆法 + 真题原文例句)→ 北京真题(先自己做,再点"看答案")→ 易错点 → 自测 5 题。

📌 专练语法填空:去 北京语法填空,按考点做 2019—2026 年真题。

一、词法:名词 冠词 代词 数词 形容词与副词 介词

二、动词:动词时态 被动语态 主谓一致 非谓语动词 情态动词 虚拟语气

三、从句与连词:定语从句 名词性从句(主语、宾语、表语、同位语从句) 状语从句 并列句与连词

四、特殊句式:倒装 强调句 省略与替代 it 的用法 特殊句型:there be、祈使句、感叹句、反意疑问句

五、构词与长难句:构词法 长难句拆解

一、词法

名词、冠词、代词、数词、形容词副词、介词

01 名词先辨可数性,再定单复数、限定词与所属关系。

📝 北京怎么考:北京语法填空常考可数名词复数和词性转换;阅读、写作还要辨清不可数名词与所有格。本章收录北京卷语法填空 5 空(2019—2024 年中的 5 年)。

🔑 口诀:先看意思能否数,再看前后定单复。
可数与不可数

可数名词有单复数,不可数名词无单复数且不用 a/an。
• 可数名词:指可逐个计数的人或事,普通单数通常需限定词(如 a, the, my)。
• 不可数名词:指物质或抽象概念,不直接加复数词尾。
• 例外:同一个词是否可数看本句含义。

类别核心特征例词
可数名词可用 a/an 修饰,并有单复数student, idea, book, apple
不可数名词一般不用 a/an,也没有普通复数形式advice, information, news, water
同一词可数意义不可数意义
experiencean unusual experience(一次经历)teaching experience(经验)
worka work of art(作品)hard work(工作)
papera research paper(论文)some paper(纸张)
chickentwo chickens(两只鸡)some chicken(鸡肉)
数量结构适用对象例子
a piece of + 不可数名词advice, information, news, equipmenta piece of advice
an amount of + 不可数名词不可数名词an amount of water
a number of + 可数名词复数可数名词复数a number of students
Teaching experience helped her deal with this unusual experience.
教学经验帮助她应对了这次不寻常的经历。
The news is surprising, but the information in the report is useful.
这条新闻令人惊讶,但报告中的信息很有用。
Her hard work led to a remarkable career.
她的辛勤努力成就了非凡的职业生涯。
The teacher gave us a useful piece of advice.
老师给了我们一条有用的建议。
💡 别死磕单词旁的 C/U:问它指一种材料/经验,还是一个具体事物/一次经历?
复数的规则变化

可数名词变复数,核心是加 -s 或 -es。
• 多数名词:加 -s
• s, x, sh, ch 结尾:加 -es(例外:ch 读 /k/ 直接加 -s,如 stomachs)
• 辅音 + y 结尾:y 变 ies
• 元音 + y 结尾:直接加 -s
• o, f, fe 结尾:分词记忆

变化条件例词
加 s一般可数名词books, boys, photos, pianos, roofs
加 ess, x, z, ch, sh 结尾buses, boxes, dishes, watches, quizzes
y → ies辅音字母加 ycities, countries, activities, boundaries
y → s元音字母加 yboys, keys, days, ways
f/fe → ves仅部分词leaves, knives, wives, lives
ch → sch 读 /k/stomachs, monarchs
以 o 结尾复数形式例词
直接加 s-osphoto—photos, piano—pianos, roof—roofs, zero—zeros
加 es-oespotato—potatoes, tomato—tomatoes, hero—heroes, echo—echoes, volcano—volcanoes
The two countries share several large cities near the border.
这两个国家的边境附近分布着几座大城市。
Two photos of the pianist appeared in the newspaper.
报纸上刊登了这位钢琴家的两张照片。
She packed three boxes of tools and two watches.
她装好了三箱工具和两块手表。
Potatoes and tomatoes are on the table, but the roofs are still being repaired.
桌上放着土豆和西红柿,但屋顶仍在维修。
💡 改 y 看左边:辅音变 ies (country),元音加 s (boy);注意 roofs 不变 v。
不规则复数与特殊名词

名词单复数不全看词尾 s,需区分拼写变化、同形及特殊用法。
• 内部拼写改变或单复数同形:不凭 s 判断。
• police, people:用复数谓语。
• news:不可数名词,用单数谓语。
• trousers, scissors, glasses:以复数形式出现。
• 例外:a pair of... 中心词是 pair,用单数谓语。

类型形式或规则高考用法
内部变化man—men; woman—women; foot—feet; tooth—teeth; mouse—mice按整体拼写记忆
另加词尾child—children; ox—oxen复数不规则
单复同形sheep—sheep; deer—deer; fish—fish; species—species; series—series谓语按语境判断
带 s 的不可数名词news—newsThe news is...
复数形式集合或集体police—police; people—people通常用复数谓语
成双物品trousers; scissors; glasses; clothesa pair of...
名词或短语谓语形式例句
these sheep复数These sheep are grazing.
this species of bird单数This species of bird is endangered.
the police复数The police are looking for the thief.
a pair of scissors单数A pair of scissors is on the desk.
two pairs of scissors复数Two pairs of scissors are ready.
Three children watched a flock of sheep cross the road.
三个孩子看着一群羊穿过道路。
These sheep are grazing near the lake.
这些羊正在湖边吃草。
The police are investigating a theft that happened near the station.
警方正在调查车站附近发生的一起盗窃案。
A pair of scissors was on the table, and two pairs of gloves were in the box.
桌上放着一把剪刀,盒子里放着两副手套。
💡 看谓语:news → 单数;people/police → 复数;a pair of... → 单数。
不可数名词清单与量的表达

不可数名词不能直接加数词或用复数形式,量化时需用“数词 + 单位名词(复数) + of + 不可数名词”。
• 常考清单:advice, information, news, furniture, equipment, luggage/baggage, homework, housework, knowledge, progress, research, weather, traffic, bread
• 例外:research 在“研究工作”义下按不可数处理

不可数名词常用单位名词数量表达
advicepiecetwo pieces of advice
informationpiecea piece of information
newspiecea piece of news
equipmentpiece / itemthree pieces of equipment
furniturepiece / itema piece of furniture
breadslice / loaftwo slices of bread; two loaves of bread
papersheetthree sheets of paper
water, milk, tea, coffeeglass / bottle / cupa glass of water
luggage, baggagepiece / itema piece of luggage
类别常见不可数名词
信息与知识advice, information, news, knowledge, research
物品与材料furniture, equipment, luggage, bread, paper, money, rice, water, milk
活动与抽象概念homework, housework, progress, weather, traffic
The guide gave us two useful pieces of information about local traffic.
导游给了我们两条有关当地交通的有用信息。
My aunt gave me a piece of advice that changed my decision.
我姑姑给了我一条改变了我决定的有用建议。
The equipment in the lab has been updated.
实验室里的设备已经更新了。
We bought two loaves of bread and a bag of rice.
我们买了两条面包和一袋大米。
💡 口诀:建议信息和消息,家具设备与行李。看到这些词,绝对不能加 -s!
数量词与名词搭配

数量词的搭配取决于其后接名词的可数性。
• many, few, a few, several, a number of + 可数名词复数
• much, little, a little, an amount of + 不可数名词
• some, any, a lot of, lots of, plenty of + 两类均可
• few/little:几乎没有(否定);a few/a little:还有一些(肯定)
• various, diverse + 可数名词复数

限定词或数量词可接名词例子
many, few, a few, several, a number of可数名词复数many books; a number of students
much, little, a little, an amount of不可数名词much time; an amount of water
some, any, no, enough单数可数、复数可数或不可数名词some books; any information; no time
a lot of, lots of, plenty of可数名词或不可数名词lots of books; lots of water
all, most复数可数名词;all of + 不可数名词all students; all of the water
both复数可数名词both answers
each, every, either, another单数可数名词each student; either answer
表达数量含义例子
few几乎没有few mistakes
a few有一些a few mistakes
little几乎没有little time
a little有一点a little time
a number of许多a number of students are...
the number of……的总数the number of students is...
We have a little time left, but only a few questions remain.
我们还剩一点时间,而且只剩几个问题。
He has little experience with computers, although a few of his colleagues are experts.
他使用电脑的经验很少,不过他的几位同事是专家。
Could you give me some information? I have a few questions about the course.
你能给我一些信息吗?我对这门课有几个问题。
Plenty of water is available, and plenty of books are on the shelves.
有充足的水,书架上也有大量的书。
💡 Tip:看到 lots of 不要死板加 s,水(water)书(books)都能接。
所有格:'s 与 of

所有格表示所属或联系,'s 主指人/动物/时间/距离/组织,of 主指事物。
• 单数或不以 s 结尾的复数名词:加 's
• 以 s 结尾的规则复数名词:只加 '
• 多人共有:仅最后一个名字加 's
• 各自拥有:每个名字都加 's
• 例外:'s 也可用于时间、距离、组织等。

形式例词或短语含义
单数名词 + 'sthe girl's room一个女孩的房间
规则复数 + 'the girls' room多个女孩的房间
不规则复数 + 'schildren's books儿童读物
时间或距离 + 's/'today's news; ten minutes' walk今天的新闻;十分钟的路程
of 结构the roof of the house房子的屋顶
共同拥有Tom and Jane's father两人共同的父亲
分别拥有Tom's and Jane's fathers两人各自的父亲
常见 of 短语含义
the use of technology技术的使用
the end of the road路的尽头
the purpose of the study研究的目的
the cause of the accident事故的原因
the effect of exercise运动的影响
The girl's bicycle is parked outside the classroom.
那个女孩的自行车停在教室外。
The students' classroom is on the second floor.
学生们的教室在二楼。
The children's paintings hang near the entrance of the museum.
孩子们的画挂在博物馆入口附近。
The roof of the old house needs to be repaired.
这座旧房子的屋顶需要维修。
Tom and Jane's father teaches at a local school.
汤姆和简的父亲在当地一所学校任教。
💡 看结尾:有 s 仅加撇,无 s 加 's;看共有:共用一个 's,各自独立 's。
双重所有格与省略

双重所有格 = of + 名词所有格/名词性物主代词,表示范围中的一个或一些。
• 形式:a friend of my father's / two friends of mine
• 例外:不要写 a friend of me
• 省略1:the doctor's, the baker's 等可省略诊所、店铺等名词
• 省略2:上下文明确时可省略已出现的所属物

结构例子含义
a + 可数名词单数 + of + 名词所有格a friend of my father's我父亲的一位朋友
a + 可数名词单数 + of + 名词性物主代词a friend of mine我的一位朋友
a + 可数名词单数 + of + 普通名词a photo of my father一张父亲的照片
省略中心名词the doctor's; the baker's诊所、办公室、店铺等
省略已出现的所属物my sister's我妹妹的那个
完整表达改写或说明
a friend of my father'sone of my father's friends
two friends of minetwo of my friends
a photo of my father'sone of my father's photos
a photo of my fathera photo showing my father
the baker'sthe baker's shop
A colleague of my mother's recommended this dictionary.
我母亲的一位同事推荐了这本词典。
Two friends of mine offered to help.
我的两位朋友主动提出帮忙。
This photo of my father was taken in 2010.
这张父亲的照片拍摄于2010年。
The baker's opens at seven every morning.
面包店每天早上七点开门。
💡 对比记忆:of my mother (我的母亲) vs of my mother's (我母亲的一个...),后面 's 绝不能漏!
名词作定语

名词作定语放在另一名词前,说明用途、材料或类别,用单数。
• 示例:school bags, apple trees
• 例外:man/woman 修饰复数人时变复数,如 women doctors
• 例外:固定搭配保留复数,如 sports meeting, clothes shop
• 数词+连字符+单位名词作定语,单位名词用单数

结构或功能例子说明
名词作前置定语school bags; apple trees一般用单数
修饰复数的人women doctors; men workersman/woman 变复数
固定复数搭配a sports meeting; a clothes shopsports, clothes 保留复数
数词 + 单位名词 + 连字符a ten-minute talk; a two-hour trip单位名词用单数
of 短语作后置定语a bottle of water; the end of the road中心名词在前
原名词或短语作定语时单独作中心词时
boya boy studentboys
womanwomen doctorswomen
meetinga sports meetingmeetings
minutea ten-minute talkten minutes
houra two-hour triptwo hours
Two women doctors gave a ten-minute talk at the sports meeting.
两位女医生在运动会上作了十分钟的讲话。
Students should use school bags made of recycled materials.
学生应该使用由回收材料制成的书包。
The teacher showed us a map of Beijing and a list of useful websites.
老师给我们看了一张北京地图和一份实用网站清单。
The five-star hotel offers a two-hour tour of the old town.
这家五星级酒店提供两小时的古城游览。
💡 有连字符不加 s:ten minutes (时间长度) → a ten-minute talk (前置修饰)
主谓一致:名词的数决定谓语形式

1. 主谓一致通常由主语短语的中心名词决定,介词短语和后置修饰语不改变中心名词的数。
2. 单数可数名词和不可数名词作主语时,谓语通常用单数。
3. 复数可数名词作主语时,谓语通常用复数。
4. each、every、either、neither 修饰单数名词时,谓语用单数。
5. all、both、some、most、many 修饰复数可数名词时,谓语用复数。
6. one of + 复数名词作主语时,谓语通常与 one 一致,用单数。
7. a number of + 复数名词表示“许多”,谓语用复数;the number of + 复数名词表示“……的总数”,谓语用单数。
8. news、information、knowledge、progress、research、weather、traffic、furniture、equipment 等作主语时,谓语用单数。
9. team、family、class、committee 表示一个整体时,谓语通常用单数。
10. the + 形容词表示一类人时,如 the elderly、the young,谓语通常用复数。

主语类型例子谓语形式
单数可数名词The boy is...单数
复数可数名词The boys are...复数
不可数名词The news is...单数
each, every, either, neitherEach student is...单数
all, both, some, most, manyThe students are...复数
one of + 复数名词One of my friends is...单数
a number of + 复数名词A number of students are...复数
the number of + 复数名词The number of students is...单数
the + 形容词表群体The elderly are...复数
主语短语中心词谓语
the box of pensboxis
the end of the roadendis
a number of applicantsnumberare
the number of applicantsnumberwas
one of my friendsoneis
the teamteamis
The number of applicants was much smaller than expected.
申请人的数量比预期少得多。
A number of applicants were waiting outside the office.
许多申请人在办公室外等候。
Each of the applicants has completed the form.
每位申请人都填完了表格。
The box of pens is on the desk.
桌上有一盒钢笔。
The team is preparing for the final match.
球队正在准备决赛。
💡 先划出主语中心词,再暂时忽略 of、with、in 等介词短语,最后按中心词的数确定谓语。
常见名词搭配一览

1. 名词搭配是名词与动词、形容词或介词形成的常用固定组合,应作为整体记忆。
2. 动词与名词搭配时,要同时记住名词是否可数以及是否需要复数。
3. 形容词与名词搭配时要同时理解形容词的褒贬、程度和适用对象。
4. 名词后的介词不能按中文习惯直译,应连同名词一起背诵。
5. 同一个名词可以有不同的固定搭配,如 have an effect on、make progress、give advice。
6. 做语法填空时,应先判断空格前后的词性,再从搭配表中选择合适的动词、形容词或介词。

高频动词 + 名词含义
give / offer advice给建议
make progress取得进步
do / conduct research进行研究
take responsibility承担责任
take action采取行动
draw a conclusion得出结论
solve a problem解决问题
raise awareness提高认识
show concern表示关心
build a relationship建立关系
高频形容词 + 名词例词
usefuluseful advice, useful information
valuablevaluable advice, valuable experience
practicalpractical experience, practical advice
rapidrapid progress, rapid growth
reliablereliable equipment, reliable information
heavyheavy traffic, heavy rain
severesevere weather, severe consequences
strongstrong impression, strong support
高频名词 + 介词例词
effect / influence + onthe effect of exercise on health
access + toaccess to education
solution + toa solution to the problem
approach + toa new approach to learning
awareness + ofawareness of online safety
reason + forthe reason for the delay
demand + fordemand for clean water
response + toa response to the question
confidence + inconfidence in oneself
dependence + ondependence on fossil fuels
After doing some research, she made rapid progress and gave her classmates useful advice.
研究过后,她取得了快速进步,并给同学们提出了有用的建议。
Regular exercise has a positive effect on both physical health and confidence.
规律运动对身体健康和自信都有积极影响。
The teacher helped me develop a better understanding of the problem.
老师帮助我更好地理解了这个问题。
Schools should raise awareness of online safety and offer students practical advice.
学校应提高学生的网络安全意识,并为学生提供实用建议。
💡 不要只背孤立的名词,把动词、形容词、介词和名词作为完整词块记忆并做搭配题。
易混名词辨析

1. 易混名词要同时比较词义、可数性和固定搭配,不能只根据中文译义判断。
2. advice 是不可数的“建议”,suggestion 是可数的“建议、提议”,如 give advice、make a suggestion。
3. information 是不可数的“信息”,news 是不可数的“新闻”,message 是可数的“消息、留言”。
4. furniture 和 equipment 通常不可数,appliance、device 是可数的具体设备或器具。
5. scenery 是不可数的“风景”,scene 是可数的“场景、场面、地点”。
6. journey 常指较长的旅行过程,trip 多指较短的一次旅行,travel 指旅行活动或 travelled 泛指旅行。
7. job 指具体职位或工作,work 指工作活动,career 指长期发展的职业生涯。
8. chance 可指可能性或机会,opportunity 强调做某事的有利机会,二者均可数。
9. weather 指短期天气情况,climate 指某地长期形成的气候,二者通常不可数。
10. price 指卖方标价,cost 指实际花费、费用或成本,二者通常可数。

易混组核心区别可数性与常见搭配
advice / suggestionadvice 指 advice,suggestion 指具体提议advice 不可数;suggestion 可数
information / news / message信息、新闻、传递的消息information, news 不可数;message 可数
furniture / equipment / appliance家具、设备的总称、具体机器furniture, equipment 不可数;appliance 可数
scenery / scene自然景色与具体场景scenery 不可数;scene 可数
journey / trip / travel较长过程、较短旅行、泛指旅行journey, trip 可数;travel 不可数
job / work / career职位、工作活动、职业生涯三者通常可数
chance / opportunity可能性或运气与做事机会两者均可数
weather / climate短期天气与长期气候两者通常不可数
price / cost标价与实际费用两者通常可数
名词高频搭配
adviceask for / seek / take / give advice
suggestionmake / accept / reject a suggestion
informationprovide / obtain / gain information
messageleave / receive / send a message
scenerybeautiful / natural scenery
scenethe opening scene; at the scene
journeygo on / make a journey
tripgo on / take a trip
jobapply for / do a job
workgo to work; hard work
careerbuild / pursue a career
opportunityhave / seize an opportunity to do
weatherin bad / pleasant weather
climatea warm / tropical climate
pricethe price of; at a high price
costthe cost of; cover the cost
His teacher gave him some useful advice, but he ignored her suggestion to revise the plan.
老师给了他一些有用的建议,但他没有听从她修改计划的提议。
The message said that the news was exciting.
这条消息说那条新闻令人振奋。
The hotel has modern equipment and several kitchen appliances.
这家酒店配有现代设备和几件厨房电器。
The scenery of the national park is beautiful, although the opening scene of the film was disappointing.
国家公园的风景很美,尽管影片的开场场景令人失望。
She hopes to build a career in medicine, although this job requires a great deal of travel.
她希望从事医学事业,尽管这份工作需要经常出差。
💡 做辨析题时依次比较词义、是否可数和固定搭配,不能只凭中文译义选择一个看似对应的词。
名词短语的构成与中心词

1. 名词短语通常由中心名词及其修饰成分构成,中心名词决定短语的数和性质。
2. 中心名词前可接限定词、形容词和名词作定语,如 the little boy、a school bag、a useful book。
3. 中心名词后常接介词短语或 of 短语作后置修饰,如 a boy in the corner、the end of the road。
4. 在 a box of pens 中,中心名词是 box,pens 是介词短语中的宾语。
5. 在 two pieces of advice 中,中心名词是 pieces,因此短语通常使用复数谓语。
6. 名词所有格可放在中心名词前作限定成分,如 my father's car。
7. 识别中心词有助于判断主谓一致、指代关系和名词的数。

成分位置例子
限定词中心名词前the, a, my, these, their
形容词或名词作定语中心名词前the little boy; a school bag
中心名词名词短语的核心boy, bag, road, box
of 短语中心名词后a bottle of water
其他介词短语中心名词后a boy in the corner
名词短语中心词谓语形式
the little boy in the cornerboyis
a bottle of waterbottleis
two pieces of advicepiecesare
the end of the roadendis
my father's carcaris
The little boy in the corner is my brother.
角落里那个小男孩是我弟弟。
A bottle of water was left on the table.
桌上留下了一瓶水。
The end of the road is closed to traffic.
这条路线的尽头已禁止车辆通行。
These books are suitable for beginners.
这些书适合初学者阅读。
💡 分析名词短语时先找中心名词,再把限定词、定语和介词短语暂时括起来,判断主谓一致时只盯住中心词。
📌 北京真题 5 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;语法填空 5 空
2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 6 空

No matter what you like to do,there is a way to get involved in various (activity) on Earth Day.

看答案

✅ activities(名词复数)

various 后接可数名词复数;activity 变复数时 y 改为 ies。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 7 空

Now, lots of (country) and regions are taking action to ban the sale of such bags to stop people using them.

看答案

✅ countries(名词复数)

lots of 后接可数名词复数;country 变复数时 y 改为 ies。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 11 空

Scientists aren't completely sure,and they have diverse (idea).

看答案

✅ ideas(名词复数)

形容词 diverse 修饰可数名词复数。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 15 空

Mangroves can help soften waves and protect (city) from coastal winds.

看答案

✅ cities(名词复数)

city 为可数名词,此处用复数 cities,y 改为 ies。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 14 空

To practise this, we need to establish clear (boundary) in our personal and professional life.

看答案

✅ boundaries(名词复数)

clear 后接可数名词;语境中需用复数,boundary 变 boundaries。

⚠️ 易错点
  • information 在“信息”义下不可数,不能写 an information 或 informations;一条信息是 a piece of information。
  • country 的复数是 countries,boy 的复数是 boys;不能看见 y 都改 ies。
  • children 已是复数,其所有格是 children's;不要写 childrens'。
  • 名词作定语通常用单数,但 women teachers、sports meeting 等不能机械改成单数。
  • a ten-year-old boy 中 year 不加 s;The boy is ten years old 中 years 要用复数。
  • 把经验说成 experiences 会变成多次经历,work 的“工作”义也不能随意写成 works。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填入 country 的正确形式:Several ______ joined the project.
    看答案

    ✅ countries several 后接可数名词复数,country 改 y 为 ies。

  2. 选择:Could you give me ______? A. an advice B. some advice C. many advices
    看答案

    ✅ B. some advice advice 不可数,可用 some 修饰,不能直接加 an 或复数 s。

  3. 填入 child 的所有格:These are the ______ toys.(这些玩具属于那几个孩子。)
    看答案

    ✅ children's child 先变为不规则复数 children,再加 's 表所属。

  4. 改正名词数的错误:It is a five-minutes walk from here.
    看答案

    ✅ It is a five-minute walk from here. 连字符连接的数词加单位名词作前置定语,minute 用单数。

  5. 选择:One of her friends = a friend of ______. A. she B. her C. hers
    看答案

    ✅ C. hers 双重所有格 of 后接名词性物主代词 hers。

02 冠词a/an 看读音,the 看特指,零冠词看泛指和搭配。

📝 北京怎么考:北京旧卷单项填空考过冠词辨析;语法填空遇到无提示词空,要检查名词前是否缺冠词,不能认定每年必考。本章收录北京卷单项填空 2 题(2009—2010 年中的 2 年)。

🔑 口诀:一个泛指 a 或 an,双方明白 the 来添;泛指复数不可数,常把冠词放一边。
a/an 由读音决定

a/an 用于单数可数名词,由紧接词的实际读音决定。
• 表示一个、某一个或某类中的任意一个。
• 紧接词以辅音音素开头用 a。
• 紧接词以元音音素开头用 an。
• 看实际读音,不看字母是否为 a, e, i, o, u。
• 中间有形容词时,按形容词读音判断。

表达开头音冠词
a university/j/,辅音音素a
an hour/ə/,元音音素,h 不发音an
a useful tool/j/,辅音音素a
an honest student/ɒ/,元音音素,h 不发音an
a European country/j/,辅音音素a
an unusual experience/ʌn/,元音音素an
a one-day trip/w/,辅音音素a
an MRI scan/em/,元音音素an
An honest guide showed us a useful route to the village.
一位诚实的向导给我们指出了一条去村子的实用路线。
A university has opened near our community.
我们社区附近新开了一所大学。
It took an hour to repair the machine.
修理那台机器花了一个小时。
We had an unusual experience at the airport.
我们在机场经历了一件不寻常的事。
💡 Tip:看紧跟的第一个词读音。对比:an old university vs a university。
the 表特指

the 表示说写双方都能确定的特指对象,可用于单数、复数和不可数名词前。
• 上文提过
• 现场可辨
• 后文限定到具体对象
• 例外:名词后有修饰语不一定用 the(如 a book about space 仍可泛指)

语境信号例证含义
上文已提到I bought a book. The book is useful.指前面提到的那本书
现场可以辨认Please close the door.指所说的具体门
限定性修饰语the students who came earlier确定一组具体学生
all/wholeall the evidence指全部证据
独一无二the sun指唯一的太阳
I found a key by the gate. The key belonged to our neighbour.
我在大门旁发现了一把钥匙。这把钥匙是我们邻居的。
Please return the information that I sent you yesterday.
请把我昨天发给你的那份资料交还给我。
All the students in our class knew the answer.
我们班的所有学生都知道这个答案。
The author of the novel we discussed last week is a teacher at our school.
我们上周讨论的那本小说的作者是我们学校的一位老师。
💡 判断标准:问一句“对方能确定是哪一个或哪一批吗”?能 → the。
2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

The Language Exchange Programme allows students in pairs to communicate in two different languages they wish to share and learn each week. Students record short entries after each partner meeting noting the language skills practised and the topics discussed.

句中 the language skills practised 和 the topics discussed 体现了 the 的特指用法。这里采用了“the + 名词 + 后置定语(过去分词短语)”的结构,由 practised 和 discussed 限定了范围,指代的是学生在每次会面中实际练习的技能和讨论的话题。全句意为:学生在每次伙伴会面后记录简短条目,注明所练习的语言技能和所讨论的话题。

2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

•Students sign up and indicate the languages they can share and languages they are interested in learning

句中 the languages they can share 体现了特指。此处 the 修饰 languages,并由后置定语从句 they can share 进行限定,特指“学生能够分享的那些特定语言”。在 and 连接的并列结构中,the 可在首项出现而后续省略,不影响指代一致性。全句意为:学生报名并注明他们能分享的语言以及他们感兴趣学习的语言。

the 的常见结构

the 用于特指或独一无二的事物。
• 独一无二的事物前
• 序数词和形容词最高级前
• 某些乐器名称前
• 江河海洋山脉及部分国家名称前
• the + 形容词:表示一类人,作主语通常用复数谓语
• 形容词最高级前已有 my 等限定词,不用加 the
• 副词最高级前 the 有时可省

结构例证表达意义
the + 独一无二的事物the sun; the moon唯一对象
the + 序数词或最高级the first visitor; the tallest tree顺序或最高程度
the + 乐器play the violin演奏乐器
the + 地理专名the Yangtze River; the Pacific Ocean特定地理对象
the + 形容词the elderly; the rich一类人
the + 比较级the taller of the two二者比较
the same + 名词the same day同一个
My best friend was the first student to arrive at the concert.
我最好的朋友是第一个到达音乐会现场的学生。
She plays the violin in a local orchestra.
她在当地一支管弦乐团里拉小提琴。
The Pacific Ocean is the largest ocean on Earth.
太平洋是地球上最大的海洋。
The poor deserve more opportunities to develop their talents.
穷人应获得更多发展自己才能的机会。
The more we practise, the more confident we become.
我们练习得越多,就越有信心。
💡 my best friend 不写成 my the best friend;专名是否有 the 要连名称一起记。
泛指类别的三种形式

表示整个类别可用不带冠词的复数名词、a/an + 单数可数名词,某些概括物种或发明的表达也用 the + 单数可数名词。不可数名词泛指时通常不用冠词。三种类别表达并非在所有句子里都能互换,尤其谈物种整体濒危时,不宜机械改成 a/an。

所指范围表达形式例子
集合或整个类别复数名词Dogs are intelligent animals.
任一个或典型代表a/an + 单数可数名词A tiger can run very fast.
物种整体或独一无二的事物the + 单数可数名词The blue whale is endangered.
不可数概念泛指不可数名词原形Clean water is essential.
Dolphins are intelligent animals, and a dolphin can learn simple signals.
海豚是聪明的动物,一只海豚能够学会简单的信号。
A tiger can run very fast.
老虎能跑得很快。
The blue whale is threatened by environmental changes.
蓝鲸正受到环境变化的威胁。
Clean water is essential to public health.
清洁的水对公众健康至关重要。
💡 the blue whale 可以指蓝鲸这一物种,不能把这里的 the 一律解释成某一头蓝鲸。
零冠词的常见场合

零冠词即名词前不加 a/an/the。
• 泛指复数、不可数名词用零冠词;特指用 the。
• 人名、城市名、语言、学科、三餐、球类棋类用零冠词;特指用 the。
• 三餐被修饰或表示具体某顿饭时,用 a/an。
• school 等表示求学常规功能时用零冠词;表示具体建筑用 the。

范畴零冠词例特指或具体化
学科、语言learn physicsthe physics taught here
三餐have dinnerhave a big dinner
球类、棋类play footballthe football on the desk
学校go to schoolgo to the school
课堂be in classbe in the classroom
医院be in hospitalbe in the hospital
交通方式by bus; on footin a car; on the bus
After breakfast, Leo went to school to study chemistry.
早饭后,利奥去学校学习化学。
She goes to school by bus every morning.
她每天早晨乘公共汽车上学。
We had a big dinner at a small restaurant.
我们在一家小餐馆吃了一顿丰盛的晚餐。
The patient is in hospital and will go home next week.
这位病人正在住院,下周回家。
Our team plays football every Friday.
我们队每周五踢足球。
💡 Tip:看是“泛指类别”还是“特指对象”?是“去上学”还是“去学校这栋楼”?
2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

Though these new friends were abstract painters using oil paints, or were printmakers or sculptors, I took oil painting as the taboo (禁忌) high form I wasn’t allowed to practice.

句中 oil painting 前不加冠词,是因为它在此处泛指“油画”这一艺术活动或类别,而非具体的某幅作品。在英语中,表示学科、运动或艺术形式的不可数名词在泛指时通常使用零冠词。全句意为:尽管这些新朋友有使用油画颜料的抽象画家,也有版画家或雕塑家,但我一直将油画视为一种我不被允许实践的禁忌的高级形式。

有无冠词改变意思

固定搭配必须整体记忆,不可随意增删冠词。
• 有些表达加不加 the 意思不同。
• 不可数名词在特定短语中可与 a 连用,如 have a good knowledge of。
• 不能由此推出该词所有用法都可数。

表达一表达二意义区别
in front ofin the front of在外部前面;在内部前部
in charge ofin the charge of负责;由……负责
at tableat the table在进餐;在桌旁
out of questionout of the question毫无疑问;不可能
a number ofthe number of许多;具体的数量
The teacher is in charge of the club, and the club is in the charge of the teacher.
老师负责这个社团,这个社团由老师负责。
A number of applications have been received, but the number of accepted students is small.
申请数量很多,但录取的学生人数很少。
With so little time left, completing the experiment was out of the question.
剩下的时间太少,完成实验是不可能的。
💡 Tip:死磕原词组,禁擅自加减 the。
序数词前不一定用 the

序数词前不一定用 the,具体取决于表达的是“确定顺序”还是“又一个/再一次”。
• the + 序数词:表示确定顺序中的第几个
• a/an + 序数词:表示又一个、再一次
• 例外:已有物主限定词时不加 the(如 my first lesson)
• 注意:特指与否由句意决定,而非名词出现次数

意思结构例子
确定排序the + 序数词the third day
再一个a/an + 序数词a third chance
已有限定词限定词 + 序数词my third attempt
序数词作名词the + 序数词the second of May
She asked for a second cup of tea after finishing the first one.
喝完第一杯茶后,她又要了一杯茶。
Her plane leaves on the third day of the trip.
她的飞机在行程的第三天起飞。
This is my third attempt to solve the puzzle.
这是我第三次尝试解开这个谜题。
The second of May is my mother's birthday.
五月二十二日是我母亲的生日。
💡 the second 是“第二个”,a second 是“再一个”。
语法填空的小词判断

名词前若无限定词,需判断是否补冠词。
• 单数可数名词:泛指填 a/an,特指填 the。
• 复数或不可数名词:特指填 the。
• 例外:已有 this、my、each 等限定词,不加冠词。
• 判定:冠词与介词、代词的判断必须放回完整句子,不可见名词就填 the。

判断线索冠词选择例子
单数可数名词泛指a/ana solution
对象已经确定thethe solution we discussed
复数或不可数名词特指thethe water in the bottle
前面已有限定词不再加冠词my answer; these books
固定搭配按整体记忆in the morning
The volunteer offered an effective solution to the problem we had discussed.
这位志愿者为我们讨论过的问题提出了一个有效的解决办法。
We discussed the problem, but I don't have a solution yet.
我们讨论过这个问题,但我还没有解决方案。
She is my best friend, and her brother is in the classroom.
她是我最好的朋友,她哥哥在教室里。
The water in the bottle is clean.
瓶子里的水是干净的。
💡 记忆口诀:数与义 → 泛特指 → 读音 → 搭配。
不可数名词与冠词

- 不可数名词没有复数形式,普通语境中不能直接由 a/an 修饰。
- 不可数名词泛指时直接使用,特指且范围已确定时用 the。
- a bottle of、a piece of、a kilo of等计量结构中,a 修饰的是 bottle、piece、kilo 等可数名词。
- a little、a bit of是数量表达,a 在这里不是直接限定不可数名词的普通不定冠词。
- have a headache、make a mistake、do a favor 等固定搭配允许在不可数名词前出现 a。
- 固定搭配不能反推原名词在所有语境中都可数。

使用情况形式例子
泛指不可数名词原形Information is important.
特指the + 不可数名词the information in the file
计量a + 可数量词 + ofa bottle of water
表示少量a little; a bit ofa little advice
固定可数用法a + 可数名词have a headache; make a mistake
Information is vital to effective decision-making.
信息对有效决策至关重要。
The information on the screen is important.
屏幕上的信息很重要。
Could you give me a bit of advice?
你能给我一点建议吗?
She has a good knowledge of chemistry.
她对化学很有了解。
We need three bottles of water.
我们需要三瓶水。
💡 先判断名词是否可数,再看语境是否特指,遇到不可数名词时检查固定搭配或计量结构。
专有名词前冠词

- 多数人名、城市名和普通国名前不加冠词,如 Tom、Beijing、China。
- 下列正式国名或地区名通常加 the,如 the United Kingdom、the United States、the Netherlands、the Philippines。
- 海洋、河流、山脉和群岛的名称通常加 the,如 the Pacific、the Yangtze River、the Alps。
- 机构、报刊等专名是否带 the 应按完整名称记忆,如 the United Nations、the Times。
- 头衔加姓名通常不加冠词,如 President Xi、Professor Li、Uncle Tom。
- 普通山峰和岛屿名称通常不加 the,如 Mount Tai、Hainan。

类别冠词形式例子
人名、城市、普通国名不加Tom; Beijing; China
正式国名或地区名加 thethe United Kingdom; the United States; the Netherlands; the Philippines
海洋、河流、山脉、群岛加 thethe Pacific; the Yangtze River; the Alps
机构和报刊专名按完整名称the United Nations; the Times; the Beijing Hotel
头衔加姓名通常不加President Xi; Professor Li; Uncle Tom
普通山峰、岛屿通常不加Mount Tai; Hainan
Tom lives in Beijing and often studies the history of China.
汤姆住在北京,经常研究中国的历史。
The United Kingdom and the United States are members of the United Nations, and China is also a member.
英国和美国都是联合国成员国,中国也是成员国。
The Yangtze River is the longest river in China.
长江是中国最长的河流。
We visited the United Nations in New York last summer.
去年夏天我们参观了联合国。
Professor Li and Uncle Tom are both speakers at the conference.
李教授和汤姆叔叔都是这次会议的发言者。
💡 先判断名称中是否本来就含 the,再把国家、地理、机构和头衔名称整体记忆。
数量表达与冠词速查

- 数量词本身已经起限定作用,后面通常不再另加冠词。
- a few后接可数名词复数,a little后接不可数名词。
- many、much、a lot of、lots of、plenty of 后接名词时不加冠词。
- all、both、half 后接特指名词时用 the,如 all the students。
- a number of + 复数名词的谓语用复数,the number of + 复数名词的谓语用单数。
- enough 后接名词时不加冠词,如 enough time。

数量表达后接名词谓语形式或例句
a few可数名词复数a few students
a little不可数名词a little water
a lot of; lots of可数或不可数名词a lot of books
plenty of可数或不可数名词plenty of time
a number of可数名词复数a number of students are absent
the number of复数名词the number of students is small
a great deal of不可数名词a great deal of time
all; both; half + the特指名词all the students
enough可数或不可数名词enough time
A few students have already finished the homework.
有几名学生已经完成了作业。
We have a little water, but not much time.
我们还有一点水,但时间不多。
A number of applications have been received, but the number of accepted students is small.
申请数量很多,但录取的学生人数很少。
All the books are on the desk.
所有书都放在桌子上了。
We have enough time to complete the experiment.
我们有足够的时间完成实验。
💡 先看数量表达要求的是可数复数还是不可数名词,再检查主谓一致和后面的限定形式。
冠词常见固定搭配速查

- 许多含冠词的表达属于固定短语,应按整体记忆。
- 表示夜间、正午、准时、偶然等意义时常用零冠词,如 at night、at noon、on time、by accident。
- 动词后接一次性动作或短暂经历时常用 a/an + 可数名词,如 have a look、take a walk、make a mistake。
- 表示一天中的上午、下午、晚上、某时刻、左右位置、中心或“第一次”时,常用 the + 名词短语。
- 固定短语中的冠词不随上下文随意增删。

冠词类型常见搭配
零冠词at night; at noon; at home; on time; by accident; in fact; take place
a/an + 可数名词have a look; take a walk; make a mistake; give a speech; pay a visit; do a favor
the + 名词或短语in the morning; in the afternoon; in the evening; at the moment; on the left; on the right; in the middle; for the first time; by the way
At night, the campus is quiet and almost empty.
夜里很安静,校园里几乎没有人。
Please have a look at the map on the board.
请看一下黑板上的地图。
The sign is on the right.
标志在右边。
We met by accident near the station.
我们在车站附近偶然相遇了。
He made a mistake and corrected it at once.
他犯了一个错误,并立即改正了。
💡 写作和完形填空中优先调用熟悉的固定搭配,不要随意拆分或改写短语中的冠词。
📌 北京真题 2 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 2 题
2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

The biggest whale is blue whale, which grows to be about 29 meters long—the height of 9-story building.

A. the; theB. a; aC. a; theD. the; a

看答案

✅ D. the; a(定冠词与不定冠词)

观察句子结构,首空 blue whale 指代蓝鲸这个物种,在英语中习惯用 the + 单数名词来表示一类事物,故填 the。次空 9-story building 仅是作为长度对比的参照物,表示“任意一栋”九层楼,属于泛指,故填 a。综上选 D (the; a)。最容易误选 A,因为误将后半句的参照物当成了特指的某栋建筑。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

First impressions are the most lasting. After all, you never get second chance to make first impression.

A. a; theB. the; theC. a; aD. the; a

看答案

✅ A. a; the(不定冠词与定冠词辨析)

观察句子,两个空格后均接可数名词单数。第一个空格指“第二次机会”,在所有机会中泛指其中一个,用 a。第二个空格中,虽然 first 是序数词,但此处指“(任何一次)第一印象”,且 make the first impression 是习惯用法,强调的是那个唯一的、决定性的初次印象,故用 the。因此选择 a; the。最容易误选 C,因为误以为 first 前必须用 a 来泛指,而忽略了此处强调的是特定性质的“第一印象”。

⚠️ 易错点
  • a/an 看音素而非首字母:a university、an hour 都正确。
  • 不可数名词不是一律不能加 the:the information you need 是特指,可以用 the。
  • 序数词前不总是 the:a second try 表示再尝试一次,my first try 前也不再加 the。
  • 不要在 my、this 后叠加冠词;my a book 和 this the room 都不成立。
  • 名词后有定语不自动决定用 the:a person who can help 仍可表示任意一位能帮忙的人。
  • 三餐、学科、运动的一般活动义常用零冠词,但一顿丰盛的午餐是 a big lunch。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填 a 或 an:She waited for ______ hour.
    看答案

    ✅ an hour 的 h 不发音,词首是元音音素。

  2. 填 a 或 an:It is ______ useful suggestion.
    看答案

    ✅ a useful 以辅音音素 /j/ 开头。

  3. 填 a/an/the:I saw a cat outside. ______ cat had a white tail.
    看答案

    ✅ The 第二句指刚提到的同一只猫,句首 The 大写。

  4. 填 a/an/the 或 Ø(不填):My brother plays ______ chess every weekend.
    看答案

    ✅ Ø play chess 表示下国际象棋,棋类名称前用零冠词。

  5. 填 a/an/the:This is my second attempt; I hope I will not need ______ third attempt.(再试一次)
    看答案

    ✅ a a third 表示又一次,并非强调已确定顺序中的第三次。

03 代词先找指代对象,再按成分、数量和范围选代词。

📝 北京怎么考:北京语法填空考过反身代词,旧卷单项填空考过不定代词和 it 指代;阅读中还要追踪代词所指。本章收录北京卷单项填空 2 题(2008—2011 年中的 2 年)、语法填空 2 空(2019—2022 年中的 2 年)。

🔑 口诀:主宾先看位,所属看带名;反身找同人,数量范围分。
人称代词的主格与宾格

主格常作主语,宾格作动词或介词的宾语。
• 并列结构按整体位置选格,不可因靠近 and 忽略主宾身份。
• 指代时核对单复数、性别及上下文所指。

人称主格宾格数
我Ime单数
你youyou单复数同形
他hehim单数
她sheher单数
它itit单数
我们weus复数
他们/她们/它们theythem复数
句法位置使用形式示例
主语位置主格Tom and I are ready.
动词或介词宾语位置宾格The coach chose me and him.
Lily and I invited him to join us after school.
莉莉和我邀请他放学后加入我们。
She and I are classmates.
她和我是同学。
The teacher asked us to finish the task before Friday.
老师让我们在星期五前完成任务。
The coach chose me and him for the relay team.
教练选了我和他参加接力队。
Between you and me, the plan needs more time.
你我之间说说,这个计划需要更多时间。
💡 Tip:并列时试着遮住另一人,invite I (×) → invite me (√)。
物主代词:带名词与不带名词

形容词性物主代词修饰名词,名词性物主代词替代“物主代词+名词”。
• 形容词性:放名词前作限定词。
• 名词性:本身相当于“物主限定词+名词”,后不接该名词。
• its 无撇号;it's 是 it is 或 it has 的缩写。
• 例外:his 两种形式相同。

人称形容词性:后接名词名词性:不接名词
我mymine
你youryours
他hishis
她herhers
它itsits(较少单独使用)
我们ourours
他们theirtheirs
易混形式正确写法说明
hishis两种词性同形
itsits表示“它的”,不写撇号
it'sit'sit is/it has 的缩写
This is my seat, and that is yours.
这是我的座位,那个是你的。
The blue bag is hers, while the black one is his.
蓝色的包是她的,黑色的那个是他的。
The dog wagged its tail; it's wagging now.
狗摇了摇尾巴;它现在还在摇。
She is an old friend of mine.
她是我的一位老朋友。
💡 后接名词用 my,不接名词用 mine。
反身代词

主宾同人/物用反身代词。
• 强调“亲自、本人”用反身代词。
• 例外:不可当作普通主格代词单独使用。
• 搭配:enjoy oneself, teach oneself, help oneself to, by oneself, think to oneself。
• by oneself:表示独自或独立完成。

人称单数复数
我myselfourselves
你yourselfyourselves
他himselfthemselves
她herselfthemselves
它itselfthemselves
The visitors introduced themselves before the discussion began.
讨论开始前,来访者们作了自我介绍。
I taught myself to repair computers.
我自学了修理电脑。
He shaved himself before the interview.
面试前他自己刮了胡子。
She bought herself a coat on her birthday.
生日那天,她给自己买了一件外套。
💡 对比法:I wash myself (洗自己) vs I wash him (洗他人)。看到宾语,问:是不是主语本人?是 → -self。
指示代词与 it 的指代

指示代词区分距离与事件,it 指代特定对象、场景或无实物概念。
• this/these 指较近人事物;that/those 指较远人事物(含心理距离)。
• this/that 能指前后文的一件事。
• it 指前面已确定的同一事物或已提到的事情。
• it 可指暂不知性别的婴儿。
• it 用于询问门外是谁或电话辨认身份。
• it 表示时间、天气、距离,无需实物先行词。

形式数常见指称识别提示
this单数较近的人或事物this book
these复数较近的若干人或事物these books
that单数较远的人或事物,也可指前文提到的情况that is my point
those复数较远的若干人或事物those shoes
it单数已知事物、事件、天气、时间、距离或身份It is raining.
语境it 的常见指代例句
已知事物前面提到的同一对象I bought a camera and used it.
整件事前文提到的事件或情况It was a great success.
自然现象天气、时间和距离It is cold outside.
身份辨认婴儿、来人或电话另一端Who is it?
These books are mine, and those are yours.
这些书是我的,那些是你的。
That bridge was built over a century ago.
那座桥建于一百多年前。
This is exactly what I meant.
这正是我的意思。
It is eight o'clock, and it is still raining outside.
现在八点,外面还在下雨。
Who is it? It's our new neighbour.
是谁?是我们新来的邻居。
💡 it 不一定是“它”:指事件要向前找整句,指天气/时间/距离无需找先行词。
it、one、ones、that、those 的替代

区分“同一个”还是“同类个”,以及比较句中的特指替代。
• it:指前文提到的同一对象。
• one/ones:替代同类可数名词(单数/复数),指另一对象。
• that/those:比较中替代特指名词(单数或不可数/复数),常带of等后置修饰。
• the one/the ones:指被明确限定的同类对象。
• 例外:one/ones 不能替代不可数名词。

形式替代对象关键区别
it前文提到的同一对象强调同一性
one同类单数可数对象通常指另一个或其中之一
ones同类复数可数对象必须与 one 保持单复数呼应
that比较中的单数可数名词或不可数名词常与 than 连用
those比较中的复数名词常等于 the ones
结构替代内容示例
the/this/that one特定的一个同类对象I prefer the blue one.
one of the + 复数名词复数集合中的一个One of the students was absent.
比较级 + than + that单数可数名词或不可数名词This bag is cheaper than that.
比较级 + than + those复数名词These shoes are newer than those.
I lost my umbrella, so I bought a new one.
我把伞丢了,所以买了一把新的。
The red one is mine; the blue one is on the desk.
红色的那个是我的,蓝色的那个在桌上。
The water in this lake is cleaner than that in the river.
这个湖里的水比那条河里的水干净。
These shoes cost less than those in the window.
这双鞋比橱窗里的那双便宜。
💡 原物用 it,同类用 one,比较特指用 that/those(不可数必用 that)。
both、either、neither、all、none

根据数量(2个 vs 3个及以上)选择代词,并匹配谓语动词。
• both:两者都 → 复数谓语
• either:两者任一 → 单数谓语
• neither:两者都不 → 单数谓语
• all:三者及以上全部或不可数名词
• none:范围内一个也没有或不可数名词
• none of + 复数名词 → 谓语可用单数或复数

范围全部肯定任选一个全部否定
两者botheitherneither
三者及以上allanynone
不可数范围all of the water—none of the water
表达逻辑含义
both两者都
either两者之一
neither两者都不
not both并非两者都,即部分否定
not all并非全部,即部分否定
none给定范围内一个也没有
Both of my brothers are doctors.
我的两个哥哥都是医生。
Either of these two methods works well.
这两种方法中的任何一种都很好用。
Neither of the answers was correct.
两个答案都不正确。
All of the students were ready for the test.
所有学生都为考试做好了准备。
None of the milk was wasted during the experiment.
实验中一点牛奶都没有浪费。
💡 部分否定:not both/not all(并非都);全否定:neither/none(全都不)。
other 系列与 another

核心区别:other/another 是形容词(后接名词),others/the others 是代词(独立使用)。
• other + 复数名词/不可数名词
• others:代词,表示另外一些,后不接名词
• the other:两者中的另一个
• the other + 复数名词 / the others:明确范围里其余全部
• another + 单数可数名词:三者或更多中的另一个/再一个
• 例外:another + 数词 + 复数名词,表示另外若干

形式接续含义或用法
other复数可数名词/不可数名词其他的、另外的
others不接名词另外一些人或物
the other名词或不接名词两者中的另一个
the others不接名词明确范围内其余全部
another单数可数名词另一个、再一个
another two复数名词另外两个
I have two tickets: one is for you, and the other is for your sister.
我有两张票:一张给你,另一张给你妹妹。
Some volunteers planted trees; others cleared the path.
一些志愿者种树,另一些志愿者清理小路。
We invited five people; three came, and the others stayed at home.
我们邀请了五个人,三个人来了,其余的人待在家里。
Would you like another cup of tea?
你想再来一杯茶吗?
💡 看后面:有名词用 other/another,没名词用 others/the others;看范围:有 the 是指“剩下的全部”。
some、any 及复合不定代词

some用于肯定句,any用于否定和疑问句。
• 例外:请求、邀请或期待肯定答复的疑问句用some。
• 例外:肯定句中any表示“任何一个”。
• something/anything/nothing/everything作主语用单数谓语。
• 形容词和else放在复合不定代词后面。
• someone等性别不明时,后文可用单数意义的they/their照应。

句型或意义someany
一般肯定句some booksany student(任何一个学生)
一般疑问句通常不用any books
否定句通常不用any mistakes
请求或邀请some tea通常不用
类别常见形式作主语时的谓语
指事物something/anything/nothing/everything通常用单数
指人someone/anyone/no one/nobody/everyone/everybody通常用单数
指人并含其他人somebody else/anyone else/nobody else通常用单数
Would you like some tea while we wait?
我们等候时,你想喝点茶吗?
Any student can find something interesting on this shelf.
任何学生都能在这个架子上找到有趣的东西。
Nothing is more important than staying safe.
安全是最重要的。
Everyone brought something useful to class.
每个人都带了一件对课堂有用的东西。
Someone left an umbrella behind; they will return it soon.
有人把一把伞落在了那里;对方会很快送回来。
💡 some问句 → 在提供/邀请;形容词后置 → something useful (√) useful something (×)
each、every 与数量词代词

each/every 均接单数名词且谓语用单数,但 each 可单独作代词,every 不行。
• each:强调逐个,适用于两者及以上,可作代词或限定词。
• every:强整个体,适用于三者及以上,禁用 every of,须用 every one of。
• each of + 复数名词:谓语用单数。例外:We each have... 主语是 we。
• few/a few:修饰或替代可数名词复数。
• little/a little:对应不可数名词。
• more:可独立表示更多的人或物。
• no one:只指人,回答 who。
• none:指人或物,可接 of。

比较项eachevery
基本词性代词或限定词限定词,后接单数可数名词
常见范围两者及以上通常三者及以上
of 结构each of + 复数名词every one of + 复数名词
作主语时的谓语Each of ... has/have 视语境判断,常规为单数Every ... has
侧重点逐个整体中的每一个
表达指代范围用法提示
no one/nobody只指人作主语时通常用单数谓语
none指人或物可接 of短语
each other两者相互不可拆成 each 和 other
one another通常指三者或更多人相互多作宾语
Each of the two players has a different training plan.
两名运动员各有不同的训练计划。
Every student received a form, and we each filled in our own details.
每位学生都收到一张表,我们各自填写了自己的信息。
Not every student agrees with him.
并非每个学生都同意他的看法。
All of the students were present, but every one of them looked tired.
所有学生都到场了,但他们每个人看起来都很累。
No one knew the answer, so none of us could explain it.
没人知道答案,所以我们谁也解释不了。
💡 each可单飞,every须带人(one);no one 仅限人,none 人物通吃。
相互代词:each other 与 one another

- each other 通常表示两者之间的相互关系。
- one another 通常表示三者或多人之间的相互关系。
- 相互代词多作动词或介词的宾语,表示动作或关系相互涉及。
- each other's 表示“彼此的”,后面的名词通常用复数。
- one another's 形式在现代英语中可以使用,但中学考试中优先掌握 each other's。
- each other 表示相互关系,不能拆开理解为“每一个其他的人”。

形式常见指称例句
each other两者相互The two students helped each other.
one another通常三者或多人相互The three friends helped one another.
each other's彼此的They respect each other's privacy.
The two students helped each other with their homework.
这两名学生互相帮助完成作业。
The three friends looked at one another in surprise.
三个朋友惊讶地看着彼此。
The twins are very close to each other.
这对双胞胎关系非常亲密。
The two students respect each other's privacy.
这两名学生尊重彼此的隐私。
💡 先数参与相互关系的对象:两者用 each other,三者或多人通常用 one another,所有格用 each other's。
疑问代词:who、whom、whose、which 与 what

- what 询问事物、情况或内容,which 在一定范围内询问选择对象。
- who 询问人或担任主语,正式书面语中的宾语用 whom。
- 日常口语中常用 who 代替 whom 作宾语,但语法填空和正式表达应注意区分。
- whose 询问所属关系,可后接名词,也可单独使用。
- which 和 what 都可作主语,但 which 常用于已知范围内的选择。
- 表示“关于什么”或“给谁”时,可用 what about、to whom 等结构。
- “疑问词 + of + 名词”可构成 who of them、what for us 等表达。

疑问词询问对象常见句法作用
what事物、情况或内容主语、宾语、表语
which一定范围内的选择对象主语、宾语、定语
who人主语或口语中的宾语
whom人正式语体中的宾语
whose所属关系定语或独立作主语、宾语
疑问词介词后置结构例句
whomto/for/with whomTo whom did you send the letter?
whatabout/on whatWhat is the discussion about?
whichin/at whichIn which city did he grow up?
Who is going to lead the group?
谁将带领这个小组?
Whom did you invite to the party?
你邀请了谁来参加聚会?
Whose notebook is this? Is it yours?
这是谁的笔记本?是你的吗?
Which route is the quickest?
哪条路线最快?
What is the purpose of the experiment?
这项实验的目的是什么?
💡 先判断所问的是人、所属关系、具体选择还是事物信息,再在正式书面语中注意 whom 与 who 的区别。
数量限定语:many、much、few、little 等

- many 修饰或代替复数可数名词,much 修饰或代替不可数名词。
- a lot of、lots of、plenty of 既可修饰复数可数名词,也可修饰不可数名词。
- few 修饰或代替复数可数名词,little 修饰或代替不可数名词。
- a few 表示“一些”,通常含肯定意味,a little 也表示“一点”。
- 不带 a 的 few 表示“几乎没有”,不带 a 的 little 表示“几乎没有”。
- several 后接复数可数名词,表示若干个。
- a number of + 复数名词 作主语时使用复数谓语,the number of + 单数名词 作主语时使用单数谓语。

词语适用名词数量或意义提示
many复数可数名词许多
much不可数名词许多、大量
a lot of/lots of/plenty of可数名词复数或不可数名词大量、充足
few复数可数名词几乎没有
a few复数可数名词一些
little不可数名词几乎没有
a little不可数名词一点
several复数可数名词若干个
a number of复数可数名词许多,后接复数名词
the number of单数可数名词……的数量,后接单数名词
Many students have signed up for the trip.
许多学生已经报名参加这次旅行。
Much of the work has already been completed.
这项工作的大部分已经完成。
Only a few of my friends came to the meeting.
我的朋友中只有少数几个来开会了。
A little water remained in the bottle.
瓶子里剩下了一点水。
A number of applicants are waiting, but the number of forms completed is very small.
许多申请者在等候,但填好的表格数量很少。
💡 先判断名词是否可数,再用 a 区分“一些”和“几乎没有”,最后注意 a number of 与 the number of 的谓语差异。
代词作主语时的谓语一致

- 单数代词 he、she、it、this、that 作主语时用单数谓语,we、they、these、those 作主语时用复数谓语。
- each of、either of、neither of + 复数名词 作主语时,常规试题中通常使用单数谓语。
- all of、most of、some of、any of、many of、few of + 复数名词 作主语时通常使用复数谓语。
- one of + 复数名词 作主语时使用单数谓语。
- a number of + 复数名词 使用复数谓语,the number of + 单数名词 使用单数谓语。
- not all 虽表示部分否定,但主语仍是复数,谓语通常使用复数形式。

主语结构通常使用的谓语示例
he/she/it/this/that单数He is ready.
we/they/these/those复数They are ready.
each/either/neither of + 复数名词单数Each of the students has a plan.
one of + 复数名词单数One of my friends is a doctor.
all/most/some/any/many/few of + 复数名词复数All of the students are ready.
a number of + 复数名词复数A number of visitors are here.
the number of + 单数名词单数The number of visitors is limited.
Each of the students has a different goal.
每个学生都有不同的目标。
Either of these two answers is acceptable.
这两个答案中的任何一个都可以接受。
One of my friends is a doctor.
我的一个朋友是医生。
Not all of the students were late for class.
并非所有学生上课都迟到了。
The teacher and I are preparing the speech together.
老师和我正在一起准备演讲。
💡 先找出主语的中心词,再看 of 后面名词的数;每个、每个之中之一通常看单数,全部、许多通常看复数。
常用代词固定搭配速查

- enjoy oneself、help oneself to、take care of oneself、dress oneself 都使用反身代词作宾语。
- help oneself to 表示“随便吃、自取”,其中 to 后接食物或饮料。
- by oneself 和 on one's own 都可表示“独自、独立”,前者强调没有别人陪伴,后者强调不依赖他人。
- in itself 表示“本身”,常用于评价事物的内在性质。
- make up one's mind 表示“下定决心”,keep to oneself 表示“对自己知道的事保密”。
- one's own 放在名词前表示“自己的”,强调所属关系。
- each other's 放在复数名词前表示“彼此的”,one another 表示三人或多人相互。

固定搭配含义例句
enjoy oneself玩得开心Enjoy yourself at the party.
help oneself to随便吃;自取Help yourself to some fruit.
take care of oneself照顾自己Take care of yourself on the trip.
dress oneself自己穿衣服The little boy can dress himself now.
by oneself独自;独立地He solved the problem by himself.
on one's own独自;独立地They completed the work on their own.
in itself本身The task is difficult in itself.
make up one's mind下定决心She made up her mind to study abroad.
keep to oneself保守秘密Keep the secret to yourself.
one's own自己的Everyone should have one's own opinion.
each other's彼此的They respect each other's privacy.
Please help yourself to some fruit.
请随便吃些水果。
She solved the difficult problem by herself.
她独立解决了那个难题。
We completed the task on our own.
我们独立完成了任务。
Don't tell anyone; keep it to yourself.
别告诉任何人,把它藏在心里。
Enjoy yourself at the party!
聚会上玩得开心!
💡 看到 enjoy、help、take care of、dress 等词时先联想反身代词,并结合 by oneself 与 on one's own 的语境选择。
📌 北京真题 4 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 2 题;语法填空 2 空
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

It was hard for him to learn English in a family, in which of the parents spoke the language.

A. noneB. neitherC. bothD. each

看答案

✅ B. neither(不定代词辨析)

首先分析句子结构,in which 引导定语从句修饰 family,空格处作从句主语。关键词是 the parents,明确指代父母两人。根据前文 It was hard(学习很困难)可知,父母应该都不懂英语,因此选择表示“两者都不”的 neither。both 和 each 表示肯定含义,与语境矛盾。最容易误选 A,虽然 none 在语法上也可指代两人,但在指代明确的两者时,neither 更加地道且符合英语表达习惯。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

The employment rate has continued to rise in big cities thanks to the efforts of the local governments to increase .

A. themB. thoseC. itD. that

看答案

✅ C. it(人称代词指代单数名词)

首先分析句子结构,空格位于动词 increase 之后,需填入宾语。根据语境,政府努力增加的是句首提到的 The employment rate(就业率)。由于 employment rate 是单数名词,因此必须使用单数代词 it 来指代。最容易误选 A 选项 them,因为学生容易将 big cities 或 local governments 误认为指代对象,但逻辑上增加的是“率”而非“城市”或“政府”。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 3 空

I know I will whisper to (I) the two simple words “Be yourself”.

看答案

✅ myself(反身代词)

介词 to 后指回主语 I,用反身代词 myself。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 17 空

Since people can’t always eat out or cook for (they), they get takeout or order delivery.

看答案

✅ themselves(反身代词)

介词 for 后作宾语并回指 people,用反身代词 themselves。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 介词后一般用宾格,between you and I 应改为 between you and me。
  • her book 中 her 带名词,The book is hers 中 hers 不带名词,不可写 hers book。
  • 反身代词须有合适的照应对象;Myself went home 不能代替 I went home。
  • 比较两个地方的空气可用 that 替代 air,不可用 one 替代不可数名词。
  • 表示“两者都不”用 neither,表示“三者及以上都不”用 none;not all 通常只是并非全部。
  • others 后不能再接复数名词;other students 和 others 都正确,但 others students 错。
  • each of 正确,every of 错;后者须改为 every one of。
  • some 也能出现在邀请式疑问句中,any 也能在肯定句中表示任何一个。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填 I 的正确形式:Please send the file to my teacher and ______.
    看答案

    ✅ me 并列部分整体作介词 to 的宾语,要用宾格。

  2. 选择:This seat is ______. A. my B. mine C. me
    看答案

    ✅ B. mine 空后没有名词,用名词性物主代词。

  3. 填 they 的正确形式:The students prepared lunch for ______ without any adult's help.
    看答案

    ✅ themselves 学生为自己准备午饭,主语与介词宾语同指。

  4. 选择:There are only two answers, and both are wrong. ______ answer is correct. A. Neither B. None C. All
    看答案

    ✅ A. Neither 两者中没有一个正确,neither 可直接限定单数 answer。

  5. 选择:The population of City A is larger than ______ of City B. A. one B. that C. it
    看答案

    ✅ B. that 比较不同城市的人口,用 that 替代前面的 population,并接 of 限定。

04 数词数量用基数,顺序用序数,倍数先分总量与增量。

📝 北京怎么考:数词是北京阅读信息定位、数据理解与写作表达的基础,不宜把文中出现数字算成独立数词设空题。

🔑 口诀:基数说多少,序数说第几;确数不加 s,概数加 s 再跟 of。
基数词的读写

基数词用于表示数量,重点在于拼写细节与大数分级。
• 区分 -teen(十几)与 -ty(几十):thirteen/thirty, fourteen/forty, fifteen/fifty, eighteen/eighty。
• 21—99 非整十数:十位与个位间加连字符(-)。
• 百位后接十/个位:英式加 and,美式可省。
• 大数读法:每三位一组,由右至左依次为 thousand, million, billion。

类别数字正确形式
teen 结尾14 / 15 / 18fourteen / fifteen / eighteen
ty 结尾40 / 50 / 80 / 90forty / fifty / eighty / ninety
非整十数58fifty-eight
百位306three hundred and six
千位2,450two thousand four hundred and fifty
百万1,000,000one million
数字读法
100one hundred
15,000fifteen thousand
1,250,000one million two hundred and fifty thousand
1,000,000,000one billion
There are twelve months in a year.
一年有十二个月。
My grandmother is seventy-eight years old.
我祖母七十八岁了。
The total cost was two thousand four hundred and fifty yuan.
总费用为两千四百五十元。
The company serves about five million customers.
这家公司服务着约五百万名顾客。
💡 forty 没 u,ninety 有 e;逗号分组三位一级,禁套“万、亿”逻辑。
序数词与顺序表达

序数词表示顺序,基本规则是末尾加 -th。
• 复合数:仅最后一个数词变序数。
• 表达方式:the first lesson 或 Lesson One。
• 限定词:已有 my 等词时,不再加 the。
• 日期:写 May 1,读 May the first 或 the first of May。
• 缩写:11th, 12th, 13th(看最后两位)。

基数序数缩写
onefirst1st
twosecond2nd
threethird3rd
fivefifth5th
eighteighth8th
nineninth9th
twelvetwelfth12th
twentytwentieth20th
twenty-onetwenty-first21st
one hundred and elevenone hundred and eleventh111th
场景表达说明
表示第一the first lesson序数词前有 the
表示排名She was the first.序数词单独作表语
表示编号Lesson Two标题或编号中首字母大写
表示日期May 1 / May 1st读作 May the first
表示顺序the first three chaptersthe 后接序数词和基数词
The first three volunteers were asked to stay.
前三位志愿者被要求留下来。
May 1st is a public holiday in China.
五一节是中国的一个法定节假日。
She came third in the final race.
她在决赛中获得了第三名。
Lesson Two begins with a short story.
第二课以一个短故事开始。
Her twenty-first birthday falls on the third of June.
她的二十一岁生日在六月三日。
💡 记忆口诀:一二三特殊记,5/12 ve换f,8少t,9去e,整十y变ie再加th。
分数、小数、百分数

分数用“基数词(分子) + 序数词(分母)”,百分数用“数词 + percent”。
• 分子 > 1 时,分母加 s。
• 例外:1/2 读 a half,1/4 读 a quarter。
• 小数点读 point,点后数字逐个读。
• percent 不因数字大于 1 而加 s。
• 分数/百分数 + of 作主语,谓语随 of 后名词的数变化。

类型写法读法
分数1/3one third / a third
分数2/3two thirds
分数3/4three quarters
小数0.25zero point two five
百分数12.5%twelve point five percent
带分数1½one and a half
主语结构谓语例句
Two thirds of the studentsareTwo thirds of the students are present.
Three quarters of the workisThree quarters of the work is finished.
Twenty percent of the applicantswereTwenty percent of the applicants were rejected.
Half of the waterisHalf of the water is clean.
Two thirds of the students have submitted their essays.
三分之二的学生已经提交了作文。
Three quarters of the work was completed on time.
四分之三的工作按时完成了。
The final score was twelve point five out of fifteen.
满分为十五分,最终得分是十二点五分。
About twenty percent of the applicants were rejected.
约百分之二十的申请者被拒绝。
We waited for two and a half hours.
我们等了两个半小时。
💡 分子多,分母 s;percent 永远不加 s;主谓一致看 of 后面。
倍数的三种常用句型

表达 A 是 B 的几倍,首选 as...as 或名词结构。
• 句型1:倍数 + as + 原级 + as
• 句型2:倍数 + the + size/length/height/weight 等 + of
• 句型3:倍数 + 比较级 + than(易产生总量与增量歧义,写作优先用前两种)
• 数量词:1倍用 once,2倍用 twice,3倍及以上用 three times 等

结构例句或含义
A is three times as long as B.A 的长度是 B 的三倍
A is three times the length of B.A 的长度明确为 B 的三倍
A is three times longer than B.高中常见,但可能产生“长三倍”或“是三倍”的歧义
比较对象常用搭配例句
可数数量twice as many + 复数名词 + astwice as many books as
不可数数量twice as much + 不可数名词 + astwice as much water as
长度或高度twice as + 形容词 + astwice as long as
价格或尺寸twice the + 名词 + oftwice the price of
The new sports hall is twice as large as the old one.
新体育馆的面积是原来的两倍。
This bridge is three times the length of the old bridge.
这座桥的长度是旧桥的三倍。
We have twice as many applicants as last year.
我们收到的申请者是去年的两倍。
The new system consumes three times as much power as the old one.
新系统消耗的电力是旧系统的三倍。
💡 写总量避歧义:直接用 three times as...as,别用比较级。
总量、增量与百分比变化

区分 increase to(增加到)与 increase by(增加了),明确总量与增量的关系。
• increase to + 最终数值
• increase by + 增加数值
• 原100 → 终300:是原3倍,增加了200%
• 增加300%:最终是原4倍
• 倍数计算:先定指标、基准和单位,再算总量
• 例外:不要把“翻倍”理解成增加两倍

结构含义例句
increase by 50%在原值的基础上增加 50%The number increased by 50%.
increase to 300增加到 300The number increased to 300.
fall by 20%比原值减少了 20%Sales fell by 20%.
fall to 20%下降到原值的 20%The rate fell to 20%.
原值变化表达最终值
100增加 50%150
100增加 200%300
100增加到 200%200
100减少 20%80
Sales increased by 30 percent, from 500 to 650.
销售额增长了百分之三十,从五百增加到了六百五十。
The sales figure rose by 20 percent to 1.2 million.
销售额增长了百分之二十,达到一百二十万。
The price was doubled in two years.
两年内价格翻了一番。
The number of visitors fell by one third to 600.
游客人数减少了三分之一,降至六百人。
💡 to看终点,by看差值;最终值 = 原值 × (1 + 增幅)。
hundred 等的确数与概数

确数不加 s 不接 of,概数加 s 必接 of

• 确数:具体数词 + hundred/thousand/million/billion (不加 s,不接 of),如 two hundred students
• 概数:hundreds/thousands of (表示数以百/千计)
• 例外:具体数词 + hundred... + of + 限定范围 (如 the/these/my),如 two hundred of the students (表示“这批学生中的”)
• 区分:dozen、score 的确数与概数表达同理

确数概数
three hundred peoplehundreds of people
two thousand treesthousands of trees
five million usersmillions of users
two dozen eggsdozens of eggs
a score of playersscores of players
表达数量关系例句
a hundred100a hundred guests
a dozen12a dozen eggs
two dozen24two dozen eggs
a score of20a score of players
scores of许多scores of fans
Two hundred students took part in the experiment.
两百名学生参加了实验。
Thousands of visitors filled the square.
数千名游客挤满了广场。
The bakery sells two dozen cakes every morning.
这家面包店每天早上出售二十四个蛋糕。
Two hundred of the applicants were selected from thousands of candidates.
从数千名候选人中选出了二百名。
Scores of people were waiting outside the station.
许多人在车站外等候。
💡 口诀:确数不 s 不 of,概数 s 加 of;看到 of 找限定,有 the 确数也能行。
年代、年份与年龄

数词在年代、年份与年龄中的正确形式与用法。
• 年代:in the 1990s(不加撇号),指20世纪90年代
• 年份:in 1990,指1990年
• 年龄段:in one's thirties,指30-39岁;可用 early/mid/late 修饰
• 年龄表语:用 years old
• 年龄定语:带连字符时 year 用单数

形式含义或读法
in 1990在1990年
in the 1990s在二十世纪九十年代
1996nineteen ninety-six
2008two thousand and eight
2024twenty twenty-four / two thousand and twenty-four
in her early forties她四十岁出头时
a six-year-old child一个六岁的孩子
年龄表达用法
six years old作表语
a six-year-old child作前置定语,year 用单数
in his twenties二十多岁
in his early thirties三十岁出头
at the age of twelve十二岁时
The 1990s saw rapid growth in mobile communication.
二十世纪九十年代,移动通信迅速发展。
In her late twenties, she moved to Beijing and began her career.
快到三十岁时,她搬到北京并开始了自己的职业生涯。
They have a seven-year-old daughter.
他们有一个七岁的女儿。
The project began in two thousand and eight.
该项目始于2008年。
💡 Tip:s结尾是“年代/年龄段”(复数),无s是“具体年份”(单数);连字符后year不加s。
2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

In my 30s, I made painter friends and learned new ways of looking at art. However, I couldn’t let myself have a go at actually doing it. Though these new friends were abstract painters using oil paints, or were printmakers or sculptors, I took oil painting as the taboo (禁忌) high form I wasn’t allowed to practice.

句中“In my 30s”体现了年龄的表达。其结构为“in + 形容词性物主代词 + 基数词十位数复数形式”,用来表示处于某个年龄段(此处指30-39岁)。需注意 my 决定了此处指年龄而非 20 世纪 30 年代。全句意为:在我三十多岁时,我结交了画家朋友并学习了欣赏艺术的新方法,但我不敢尝试实际创作,将油画视为一种我不被允许实践的高深禁忌形式。

数词作修饰与时间长度

数词修饰单位名词:直接表示数量看数用单复数,连字符作修饰语用单数。
• 直接表示数量:单位按数量用单复数。
• 连字符构成修饰语:单位用单数(如 a one-hour meeting)。
• 表示“另外两天”:可用 another two days 或 two more days。
• one and a half 之后:可数单位名词用复数(如 one and a half hours),例外:也可说 an hour and a half。

结构例句含义
数词 + 复数单位two hours两小时
数词-单数单位 + 名词a two-hour meeting一次持续两小时的会议
one and a half + 复数单位one and a half hours一个半小时
another + 数词 + 复数单位another three days另外三天
every + 数词 + 复数单位every four hours每四小时
twice + 时间单位twice a week每周两次
表达含义例句
another two days另外两天another two days
two more days另外两天two more days
two days longer多持续两天two days longer
a two-day trip持续两天的旅行a two-day trip
every other day每隔一天every other day
We had a two-hour rehearsal and needed another three days to prepare.
我们排练了两小时,还需要另外三天准备。
The journey took one and a half hours.
这趟旅程花了一个半小时。
The train leaves twice a week, on Mondays and Thursdays.
火车每周运行两次,分别在周一和周四。
The medicine must be taken every four hours.
这种药必须每四小时服用一次。
The school will hold a three-day sports meeting next week.
学校下周将举行为期三天的运动会。
💡 有连字符 → 变形容词 → 强制单数;无连字符 → 算数量 → 正常复数。
2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

•18 weekly one-hour pair meetings

句中“one-hour”体现了该知识点。它由“数词 + 名词”构成复合形容词,用连字符连接,修饰后面的名词 meetings。注意此时名词 hour 必须用单数形式,不能加 s。全句意为:18 次每周一次、每次一小时的搭档会面。

零、两者与部分、全部的数量表达

- zero 表示数量为零,也可表示零分或零度。
- a pair of 和 a couple of 在书面考试中通常表示两个。
- both 表示两者都,通常接复数名词并使用复数谓语。
- both of 后接 the、these、those、us、them 等或复数名词。
- either of 和 neither of 后接复数名词或代词,谓语通常用单数。
- one of 后接复数名词,谓语通常用单数。
- all of、some of、any of 后接限定复数名词或不可数名词,谓语随 of 后的名词变化。

表达含义例句
zero零Zero is a valid answer.
a pair of两个、一对a pair of shoes
a couple of两个a couple of days
both两者都Both answers are correct.
either of两者之一Either of the routes is suitable.
neither of两者都不Neither of the answers is correct.
one of其中一个One of the students is absent.
结构谓语例句
Both of my parents are teachers.areBoth of my parents are teachers.
Neither of the answers is correct.isNeither of the answers is correct.
Either of the routes is convenient.isEither of the routes is convenient.
One of the books is mine.isOne of the books is mine.
All of the students are ready.areAll of the students are ready.
Zero students were absent from the test.
考试缺席人数为零。
We bought a pair of black shoes.
我们买了一双黑鞋。
Both of my brothers are teachers.
我的两个哥哥都是教师。
Neither of the two answers is correct.
这两个答案都不正确。
One of the books on the desk is mine.
桌上的一本书是我的。
💡 看到 one、either 或 neither of 时先按单数处理,看到 both 或 of 后的复数名词时再检查谓语。
近似数量与数量范围表达

- many 后接可数名词复数,much 后接不可数名词。
- a few 表示有少量,few 表示几乎没有,二者都接可数名词复数。
- a little 表示有少量,little 表示几乎没有,二者都接不可数名词。
- several 后接可数名词复数,表示若干个。
- a number of 后接复数名词并使用复数谓语,the number of 表示数目并使用单数谓语。
- about、around、almost、nearly 可表示接近某个数。
- between ... and ... 和 from ... to ... 表示数量范围。
- more than、over、less than、under、at least、at most 可表示上下限。

表达后接成分含义
many可数名词复数许多
much不可数名词许多
a few可数名词复数少量
few可数名词复数几乎没有
a little不可数名词少量
little不可数名词几乎没有
several可数名词复数若干
a number of复数名词许多
范围结构含义例句
between five and ten五到十之间between five and ten
from five to ten从五到十from five to ten
more than / over超过more than ten
less than / under少于under ten
at least至少at least ten
at most至多at most ten
A number of students have asked for a refund.
许多学生要求退款。
The number of complaints has fallen sharply.
投诉数量大幅下降。
We need a few more chairs, but we have little time.
我们还需要几把椅子,但时间不多了。
The results will be announced in three to five days.
结果将在三至五天内公布。
The mountain is over 2,000 metres above sea level.
这座山海拔超过两千米。
💡 先判断中心词是 a number 还是 the number,再检查后面的名词可数与否以及范围介词和上下限词。
数词作主语时的主谓一致

- 单独的基数词作主语时通常按单数处理,如 Seven is a prime number。
- one of 后接复数名词时,谓语通常用单数,如 One of the students is absent。
- two of、three of 等后接复数名词时,谓语通常用复数。
- 分数或百分数与 of 构成主语时,谓语随 of 后的名词变化。
- the number of 后接复数名词时,谓语用单数,a number of 后接复数名词时,谓语用复数。
- 数词修饰复数名词时,谓语通常随该名词变化,如 The first three chapters are useful。
- each、every 后接单数名词,谓语用单数。

主语中心谓语例句
a number of applicantsareA number of applicants are waiting.
the number of applicantsisThe number of applicants is large.
one of the studentsisOne of the students is absent.
two of the studentsareTwo of the students are absent.
three quarters of the workisThree quarters of the work is done.
结构判断原则例句
数词 + of + 复数名词检查数词的数值和 of 后的名词Two of the students are ready.
分数或百分数 + of + 名词随 of 后的名词变化Half of the equipment has been checked.
数词 + 复数名词随名词变化The first three chapters are useful.
each / every + 单数名词使用单数谓语Every student has a dictionary.
Three of the five questions were extremely difficult.
五道题中有三道非常难。
One of the five questions is still unanswered.
五道题中有一道仍未作答。
Two thirds of the students passed the final exam.
三分之二的学生通过了期末考试。
Half of the equipment has been checked.
一半的设备已经检查完毕。
The number of applicants was much larger than expected.
申请者人数远多于预期。
💡 判断主谓一致时先找主语中心词,再重点检查 of 后的名词、a number of 和 the number of 以及分数结构。
数量表达常见搭配一览

- how many 后接可数名词复数,how much 后接不可数名词。
- how long、how far、how old、how often 分别询问时间长度、距离、年龄和频率。
- about、around、almost、nearly 表示接近某个数,between ... and ... 和 from ... to ... 表示范围。
- a pair of、a couple of 表示两个,a number of 表示许多,the number of 表示数目。
- once/twice/three times a week 和 every two days/every other day 表示频率。
- increase by/to、two hundred/hundreds of、one third/two thirds 是高考数量表达中的高频易混搭配。

考查场景核心结构例句
询问数量how many + 可数复数 / how much + 不可数名词How many students...? / How much water...?
近似数量about / around / almost / nearly + 数词about five hundred
数量范围between ... and ... / from ... to ...between five and ten
确数与概数two hundred / hundreds oftwo hundred students / hundreds of students
年代in 1990 / in the 1990sin 1990 / in the 1990s
数量变化increase by / increase toincreased by 20% / increased to 1,200
分数one third / two thirdsone third of the work / two thirds of the students
信息词提示意义
how many询问可数数量
how much询问不可数数量或价格
how long询问时间长度
how far询问距离
how old询问年龄
how often询问频率
How many students have applied for the scholarship?
有多少学生申请了这项奖学金?
How much water does the plant need each day?
这家工厂每天需要多少水?
The number of online applications increased sharply last year.
去年网上申请的数量大幅增加。
Neither of the two routes is suitable for a heavy truck.
这两条路线都不适合重型卡车通行。
💡 做题时先圈出数词、序数词、分数、倍数和范围词,再根据搭配表补全冠词、介词、of 及谓语形式。
⚠️ 易错点
  • 40 写 forty 而非 fourty;90 写 ninety 而非 ninty。
  • twenty-one 的序数只改最后一个词,写 twenty-first,不写 twentieth-first。
  • 三分之二是 two thirds,分母要加 s;百分数的 percent 则不写 percents。
  • two hundred students 不写 two hundreds students;hundreds of students 不能漏掉 of。
  • in her twenties 是她二十多岁,in the 1920s 才是在二十世纪二十年代。
  • a three-year-old boy 中 year 不加 s,而 three years old 中 years 要加 s。
  • 增加了200%是变为原来的三倍,增加到200%才是变为原来的两倍。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 用英文写出 42 的序数词。
    看答案

    ✅ forty-second forty 保持基数,最后的 two 改为 second。

  2. 用英文分数表达 3/5。
    看答案

    ✅ three fifths 分子用基数 three,分母用序数 fifth,分子大于一再加 s。

  3. 选择:______ students came to the lecture. A. Two hundreds B. Two hundred C. Two hundred of
    看答案

    ✅ B. Two hundred 确数 two 后的 hundred 不加 s,且泛指 students 前不加 of。

  4. 根据数字填空:A 长60米,B 长20米。A is ______ times as long as B.
    看答案

    ✅ three as long as 结构表达总长度比,60 ÷ 20 = 3。

  5. 改正一处错误:The interview is a twenty-minutes conversation.
    看答案

    ✅ The interview is a twenty-minute conversation. 数词与单位用连字符构成前置修饰语,minute 用单数。

05 形容词与副词先看修饰谁,再选词性;比较时统一对象、范围和程度。

📝 北京怎么考:北京语法填空常考形容词变副词、比较级及词性判断,完形填空还考语境中的形容词和副词辨析。本章收录北京卷单项填空 2 题(2008—2012 年中的 2 年)、语法填空 7 空(2019—2025 年中的 6 年)。

🔑 口诀:修饰名词多用形,修饰动作多用副;比较先找参照物,系后表状态用形。
词性与修饰关系

形容词修饰名词/状态,副词修饰除名词外的成分。
• 形容词:修饰名词,或说明主语、宾语的性质状态。
• 副词:修饰动词、形容词、其他副词、整个句子或介词短语。
• 判定:看实际修饰谁、充当什么成分,而非仅看是否在动词前后。

句法功能常见词性例子
作定语形容词a careful driver
作表语形容词The road is narrow.
作宾语补足语形容词Keep the room clean.
作状语副词drove slowly
修饰形容词副词extremely useful
评价整个句子副词Fortunately, nobody was hurt.
The careful driver drove slowly along the narrow road.
那位谨慎的司机沿着狭窄的道路缓慢行驶。
The road is narrow, so the driver moved slowly.
道路很窄,所以司机缓慢行驶。
Please keep your room tidy.
请保持房间整洁。
She explained the problem clearly to the visitors.
她向来访者清楚地解释了这个问题。
💡 画箭头指向被修饰词:指向名词 → 形容词;指向动作/其他 → 副词。
形容词、副词的位置与顺序

形容词与副词的位置有定式,顺序有先后。
• 多数形容词放名词前;修饰something/anything等复合不定代词或为形容词短语时后置。
• 多个前置形容词顺序:观点 → 大小 → 年龄 → 形状 → 颜色 → 来源 → 材料 → 用途。例外:受强调和习惯影响。
• 频率副词通常在实义动词前、be后或第一个助动词后。
• 方式副词常在动词宾语后,禁止插入动词与直接宾语之间。

结构位置例子
普通形容词定语名词前a narrow road
复合不定代词 + 形容词复合不定代词后something important
enough 作定语名词前或复合不定代词后enough time; something enough to eat
enough 作表语形容词后old enough
-ing/-ed 分词短语作定语名词后the man standing there
介词短语作定语名词后the book on the desk
顺序类别常用形容词
观点beautiful, good, wonderful
大小small, large, little
年龄old, young
形状round, square
颜色red, blue
来源Chinese, French
材料wooden, plastic
用途sports, sleeping
副词类型常见位置例子
频率副词实义动词前、be 后或第一助动词后She often visits; She is often late; She has often seen it.
方式副词动词及宾语后He explained the rule clearly.
程度副词所修饰的形容词或副词前very useful; extremely carefully
句子副词句首、句中或句尾However, we still tried.
She bought a beautiful small round wooden table.
她买了一张漂亮的小圆木桌。
We must discuss something important after lunch.
我们午饭后必须讨论一些重要的事情。
He is old enough to join the team.
他年龄足够大,可以加入队伍了。
She usually reads the instructions carefully at home.
她通常在家仔细阅读这些说明。
The boy standing near the window is my brother.
站在窗户旁边的男孩是我哥哥。
💡 形容词顺序:好大老圆色源材用;something new 记得后置。
形容词变副词的拼写

形容词变副词的核心规则是加 -ly。
• 多数形容词:直接加 -ly
• 辅音字母 + y:y 变 i 再加 ly
• -le 结尾:去 e 加 y(如 simple → simply)
• -ic 结尾:加 -ally,例外:public → publicly
• 词尾 e:多数保留(如 safely),例外:true → truly

拼写变化例词
直接加 lycareful—carefully; quiet—quietly; safe—safely
y → ilyhappy—happily; easy—easily; lucky—luckily
le → lysimple—simply; possible—possibly; gentle—gently
ic → icallybasic—basically; scientific—scientifically
特殊拼写true—truly; public—publicly; full—fully
容易误拼的词正确形式说明
truetruly去掉 e 再加 ly
publicpublicly直接加 ly
widewidely保留 e
wisewisely保留 e
fullfully直接加 ly
She answered the question politely and carefully.
她礼貌而仔细地回答了问题。
The children played happily in the park.
孩子们在公园里玩得很开心。
Simply follow the instructions on the label.
只需按照标签上的说明操作。
The results were basically the same as those of the first experiment.
结果基本上与第一次实验的结果相同。
He is truly grateful for your help.
他真诚地感谢你的帮助。
💡 safe 的 e 留下,true 的 e 去掉;friendly 虽以 ly 结尾,却是形容词。
同形词与 -ly 后意义变化

形容词与副词并非简单通过加 -ly 转换,需区分同形词与意义变化词。
• fast, hard, early, late 既是形容词也是副词,无需加 -ly。
• friendly, lovely, lonely, lively 是形容词;表示“友好地”用 in a friendly way。
• 部分词加 -ly 后意义改变,如 hardly 非 hard 的副词形式。
• good 是形容词,well 常作副词,也可作形容词表示身体健康。

原词常见意义带 ly 的词及意义
hard努力地;猛烈地hardly:几乎不
late晚;迟lately:最近
near在附近;靠近nearly:几乎
high高的;在高处highly:高度地;非常
good好的well:好地;健康地
类别常见词
形容词、副词同形fast, hard, early, late, straight, high
通常只作形容词friendly, lovely, lonely, lively
易混意义hard/hardly, late/lately, near/nearly
He works hard, but he hardly has time to rest.
他工作努力,却几乎没有时间休息。
The train arrived late, and lately it has been delayed every day.
火车晚点了,而最近它每天都延误。
His performance was highly praised, and the score was high.
他的表现得到了高度评价,得分也很高。
She sings well and looks well after the operation.
她唱得很好,手术后身体也很好。
The staff were friendly to all the visitors.
工作人员对所有来访者都很友好。
💡 hardly = 几乎不(自带否定);看到 hard/hardly 先翻译,再判断。
系动词后用形容词

系动词连接主语和表语,表语常为形容词。
• 常用系动词:be, seem, become, remain。
• 感官系动词:look, sound, smell, taste, feel。
• 例外:同一动词表示实际动作时,用副词修饰。
• 扩展:形容词可作宾语补足语,说明宾语状态(如 keep the room clean)。

结构例子含义
be/seem/become + 形容词The soup became cold.汤变凉了
感官动词 + 形容词The flowers smell sweet.花闻起来很香
感官动词 + 副词The cook tasted it carefully.厨师仔细地品尝它
宾语 + 形容词Keep the room clean.使房间保持整洁
The soup tastes delicious, and the cook tasted it carefully.
这汤味道鲜美,厨师则仔细地品尝了它。
The flowers smell sweet.
这些花闻起来很香。
She looked tired after the long journey.
长途旅行后,她看上去很疲惫。
Please keep the laboratory tidy during the experiment.
实验期间请保持实验室整洁。
The news made us happy.
这个消息使我们很高兴。
💡 判断方法:说“东西怎么样”用形,说“人怎么做”用副(如 The soup tastes good vs. The cook tastes carefully)。
-ed 与 -ing 形容词

-ing 形容词表“性质”(使人产生某种感受),-ed 形容词表“状态”(感受者的心情)。
• -ing:说明事物具有使人产生某种感受的性质。
• -ed:说明人或其他有感受者所处的状态。
• 例外:a boring person(令人厌烦的人),an excited voice(表现出兴奋情绪的声音)。
• 常见成对词:interested/interesting, bored/boring, excited/exciting, disappointed/disappointing。

人的感受或状态事物的性质例句
interestedinterestingan interested student; an interesting story
boredboringa bored student; a boring film
excitedexcitingan excited child; an exciting match
frightenedfrighteninga frightened child; a frightening noise
tiredtiringa tired worker; a tiring journey
disappointeddisappointinga disappointed fan; a disappointing result
形式作定语时的常见意义例子
-ing正在进行或具有主动作用a swimming pool; the man standing there
-ed受到动作或具有被动状态a broken window; the language spoken in China
The surprising result left the researchers deeply surprised.
这个出人意料的结果让研究人员十分惊讶。
The film was boring, so the children felt bored.
这部电影很无聊,所以孩子们感到百无聊赖。
Her frightened expression showed how frightening the noise was.
她惊恐的表情表明那声音多么吓人。
There is a swimming pool and a broken window near it.
附近有一个游泳池和一扇破窗户。
💡 判断标准:问“使别人怎样”用 -ing,问“自己感到怎样”用 -ed。
比较级、最高级的规则变化

比较级/最高级:短词加 -er/-est,长词用 more/most。
• 单音节及部分双音节词:加 -er/-est
• 词尾为 e:加 -r/-st
• 重读闭音节(辅+元+辅):双写末字母再加词尾
• 辅音字母 + y:y 变 i 再加词尾
• 多音节词及 -ly 副词:用 more/most
• 例外:部分双音节词两种形式均可

类型原级—比较级—最高级
直接加词尾small—smaller—smallest; fast—faster—fastest
词尾 elarge—larger—largest
双写末字母big—bigger—biggest; hot—hotter—hottest
辅音字母 + yhappy—happier—happiest; easy—easier—easiest
more / mostcareful—more careful—most careful; slowly—more slowly—most slowly
副词例外early—earlier—earliest; late—later—latest
The second explanation is clearer and more useful than the first.
第二种解释比第一种更清楚,也更有用。
This exercise is more challenging than the one we did yesterday.
这道练习比我们昨天做的更有挑战性。
A smaller room would be more suitable for this experiment.
一个更小的房间更适合这项实验。
She works harder than any other member of the team.
她比团队里的其他任何成员都更努力。
💡 Tip:more 与 -er 二选一,禁叠加(❌more easier);注意 early 是 earlier 而非 more early。
2023 北京 · 完形填空原文

Being new to the school made me even ____1____ , so it was surprising I’d ____2____ to anyone around me.

句中“even shyer”体现了该知识点。shyer 是形容词 shy 的比较级,遵循单音节形容词直接加 -er 的规则变化;而 even 在此作为程度副词,用于修饰比较级,表示“更加”。全句意思是:刚到新学校让我变得更加害羞,所以令人惊讶的是,我竟然能与周围的人交上朋友。

比较级、最高级的不规则变化

部分形容词和副词的比较级与最高级不遵循常规加-er/-est规则,需死记硬背。
• good/well → better → best
• bad/badly → worse → worst
• many/much → more → most
• little (数量少) → less → least;例外:体积小不适用
• farther:表实际距离
• further:表距离或进一步
• elder/eldest:用于家庭成员且常作定语;例外:不能在 than 结构中代替 older

原级比较级最高级
good / wellbetterbest
bad / badlyworseworst
many / muchmoremost
little(数量少)lessleast
farfarther / furtherfarthest / furthest
oldolder / elderoldest / eldest
My elder brother is three years older than I am.
我哥哥比我大三岁。
The weather is better today than it was yesterday.
今天的天气比昨天好。
She feels much better after taking the medicine.
服药后,她感觉好多了。
The new library has more books and better facilities than the old one.
新图书馆比旧图书馆藏书更多,设施也更好。
His home is farther from school, but we need further information.
他家离学校更远,但我们需要进一步的信息。
💡 elder 讲长幼(作定语),older 讲年龄(than 比较);further information 是更多资料而非更远资料。
同级比较与程度修饰

as...as 结构用原级,比较级前禁Very。
• as + 形容词/副词原级 + as:一样
• not as/so...as:不如
• 数量比较:as many + 复数名词 + as / as much + 不可数名词 + as
• 比较级修饰词:much, far, a lot, a little, a bit, even, still, rather
• 例外:very 修饰原级,或用于 the very best 等特定结构

结构含义例子
as + 原级 + as与……一样as careful as you
not as/so + 原级 + as不如……not as careful as you
as many + 复数名词 + as与……一样多as many books as you
as much + 不可数名词 + as与……一样多as much time as you
as + 形容词 + a/an + 名词 + as与……一样……的as good a teacher as his brother
修饰比较级的词语大致程度
much, far, a lot, even, still程度较大
rather, a little, a bit程度较小
slightly略微
This exercise is not as difficult as the previous one, but it takes much longer.
这道练习不如前一道难,但要花长得多的时间。
We collected as many bottles as the other team did.
我们收集的瓶子和另一队一样多。
He is as good a teacher as his brother.
他和哥哥一样是一位好老师。
The room was a little warmer than I had expected.
房间比我预想的暖一点。
💡 as...as 中间回原级;much better 对,very better 错。
比较级的常见句型

比较级核心:通过 than 或特定结构表达程度的递增与对比。
• 比较级 + than:比……更
• the + 比较级..., the + 比较级...:越……越……
• 比较级 + and + 比较级 / more and more + 原级:越来越……
• the + 比较级 + of the two:两者中较……的那个
• 比较级表最高级(需排除自身):同范围用 than any other + 单数 / than all the other + 复数;例外:跨范围比较不加 other

句型含义例子
比较级 + than比……更clearer than the first one
the + 比较级 ..., the + 比较级 ...越……越……The more..., the fewer...
比较级 and 比较级越来越……colder and colder
more and more + 原级越来越……more and more difficult
the + 比较级 + of the two两者中较……的the better of the two
The more carefully you read, the fewer details you will miss.
你读得越仔细,漏掉的细节就越少。
The weather is getting colder and colder.
天气越来越冷。
Of the two plans, this is the more practical one.
在这两个方案中,这个是较切实可行的一个。
Mia is taller than any other student in her class.
米娅比她班里的其他任何学生都高。
This is one of the better ways to learn English.
这是学习英语的较好方法之一。
💡 Tip:同班比高矮,得把自个儿剔除外(加other);the more... 可配 the less/better。
最高级、范围与比较对象

最高级用于明确范围内的程度比较,且比较对象必须同类同指标。
• 结构:the + 最高级 + 名词 + in/of...
• 结构:one of the + 最高级 + 复数名词
• 排名:序数词 + 最高级(如 the second largest)
• 比较对象:必须同类同指标,用 that/those 或所有格替代(例:不能拿人口数与城市比)
• 程度最低:less...than 表示不如,the least 表示最低

结构含义例子
the + 最高级 + 名词 + in/of某一范围内最……the best student in our class
one of the + 最高级 + 复数名词最……的……之一one of the most useful books
序数词 + 最高级按顺序排名the second largest city
比较级 + than + that/those同类对象比较larger than that of Town B
the least程度最低the least expensive method
This is one of the most peaceful places in the city.
这是这座城市里最宁静的地方之一。
The population of Town A is smaller than that of Town B.
A镇的人口比B镇少。
Of the three methods, the last is the least expensive.
在这三种方法中,最后一种花费最少。
This is the second most important rule in the game.
这是比赛中第二重要的规则。
💡 one of 后接复数名词;比人口用 larger/smaller,比人数用 more/fewer。
常用程度副词与 very 的区别

- very 通常修饰形容词或分词形容词,不能修饰比较级,也通常不直接修饰方式副词。
- very well 和 very much 是常见固定用法,不能据规则一概判错。
- absolutely、completely、entirely、fully、totally、utterly 都可表示“完全、彻底”。
- nearly、almost 表示“几乎”,hardly、scarcely、barely 表示“几乎不、几乎没有”。
- slightly、somewhat、rather、a bit 表示“略微、有点”,而 enough 修饰形容词或副词时要后置。

程度类别常见副词例句
程度高extremely, highly, deeply, stronglyextremely important; deeply moved
完全、彻底absolutely, completely, entirely, fully, totally, utterlycompletely wrong
接近某种程度nearly, almostalmost ready
程度低或接近零slightly, somewhat; hardly, scarcely, barelyslightly different; hardly possible
特殊后置enoughgood enough; old enough
常见搭配含义
think highly of对……评价很高
be deeply moved深受感动
be strongly opposed to强烈反对
not entirely不完全
hardly know几乎不知道
The task is extremely difficult.
这项任务极其困难。
She was deeply moved by the children's story.
孩子们 story 使她深受感动。
The room was not entirely clean.
房间并不完全干净。
He hardly knew the answer to the question.
他几乎不知道这个问题的答案。
The water is almost boiling.
水快开了。
💡 先找程度副词具体修饰的形容词、动词还是副词,再判断词义和位置。
常见形容词与介词搭配

- 表示技能或活动用 at,如 good at doing sth;表示表现或水平用 in,如 poor in English。
- 表示喜欢、意识、厌倦或骄傲用 of,如 fond of、aware of、tired of、proud of。
- 表示原因、声誉或责任用 for,如 famous for、known for、responsible for。
- 表示相似或优劣用 to,如 similar to、superior to、inferior to;表示差异用 from。
- 表示担心用 about,熟悉或满意用 with,适合用 for。

介词常见搭配例句
atgood at, bad atHe is good at solving problems.
inpoor in, rich inShe is poor in English but rich in patience.
offond of, aware of, capable of, proud ofHe is aware of the risk.
forfamous for, known for, responsible for, suitable forThe plan is suitable for beginners.
tosimilar to, superior to, inferior to, devoted toHis style is similar to mine.
fromdifferent from, free fromThe result is different from my expectation.
aboutworried about, anxious about, excited aboutThey were excited about the result.
withfamiliar with, satisfied withI am familiar with this method.
He is good at solving maths problems and is interested in physics.
他擅长解决数学问题,并且对物理感兴趣。
After the long journey, she was tired of walking and anxious about missing the train.
长途旅行后,她厌倦了步行,并且担心错过火车。
The village is famous for its bridges and known for the friendly locals.
这个村庄以桥梁闻名,也因友好的当地人而出名。
This design is similar to mine but completely different from the old one.
这个设计与我的相似,但与旧设计完全不同。
💡 看到 be 动词或形容词后先判断固定介词,搭配要作为整体记忆。
常见副词固定搭配

- 某些副词与动词构成固定搭配,如 work hard、try hard、speak English、think highly of。
- in time 表示及时,on time 表示准时,at once 和 right away 表示立即。
- on purpose 表示故意,by accident 和 by chance 表示偶然。
- on average 表示平均而言,in general 表示一般来说,at least 和 at most 分别表示至少和至多。
- 固定副词短语的位置相对固定,句首、句尾常见,不能随意拆开。

功能常见搭配含义
方式work hard; try hard; speak English fluently努力工作;努力尝试;流利地说英语
时间in time; on time; at once; right away及时;准时;立即;立刻
目的或原因on purpose; by accident; by chance故意;偶然;碰巧
频率或统计on average; in general; at least; at most平均而言;一般来说;至少;至多
评价think highly of; speak well of高度评价;称赞
We arrived in time to catch the last train.
我们及时赶到,乘上了末班车。
The final results will be announced on time.
最终结果将按时公布。
The fire started by accident.
火灾是偶然引发的。
On average, students spend about two hours a day reviewing lessons.
学生平均每天花大约两小时复习功课。
She speaks English fluently.
她英语说得很流利。
💡 把副词及副词短语作为一个整体翻译,再检查它在句中修饰动作还是评价整句。
常见易混形容词辨析

- continuous 表示连续不间断,continual 表示反复发生。
- considerable 表示数量大或程度显著,considerate 表示体贴、考虑周到。
- historic 表示历史上重要或具有重大意义,historical 表示与历史有关。
- principal 作形容词表示主要的,principle 作名词表示原则或原理。
- imaginary 表示虚构的、不存在的,imaginative 表示富有想象力的。
- successful 表示取得成功的,successive 表示接连的;alone 表示独自,lonely 表示孤独。

词一核心含义词二核心含义
continuous连续不间断continual反复发生
considerable显著、相当大considerate体贴周到
historic历史上重大的historical与历史有关的
principal主要的principle原则、原理
imaginary虚构的imaginative富有想象力的
successful成功的successive接连的
alone独自、无他人lonely感到孤独
There was a continuous stream of traffic, although drivers complained of continual interruptions.
车流一直连续不断,但司机们抱怨交通反复中断。
She showed considerable patience and was considerate of his feelings.
她表现出了极大的耐心,也很体谅他的感受。
The museum displays many historic objects and has a historical exhibition about the 1920s.
博物馆展出许多具有历史意义的文物,并举办了一场关于20世纪20年代的历史展览。
After three successive competitions, the team became successful, and the principal explained the principle of teamwork.
经过三场连续比赛,团队取得了成功,校长解释了团队合作的原则。
The imaginative child created an imaginary city; the lonely child drew it alone.
那个富有想象力的孩子创造了一座虚构的城市,孤独的孩子独自把它画了出来。
💡 先看词义和搭配对象,再比较拼写,不能只凭读音判断。
倍数与比例比较

- 表示倍数可用“倍数 + as + 原级 + as”,如 twice as tall as。
- 可数名词复数用 twice as many ... as,不可数名词或数量用 twice as much ... as。
- 分数倍数用“分数 + as + 原级 + as”,如 one-third as much as。
- more than 表示大于,less than 表示小于,not more than 表示不超过,not less than 表示不少于。
- 表示明确倍数时使用 twice as ... as,不使用含义含混的 twice more than。

结构含义例子
twice as + 原级 + as是……的两倍twice as large as
twice as many + 复数名词 + as数量是……的两倍twice as many books as
twice as much + 不可数名词 + as数量是……的两倍twice as much water as
one-third as + 原级 + as是……的三分之一one-third as many as
not more than / not less than不超过 / 不少于not more than 20; not less than 50
This box is twice as heavy as that one.
这个箱子的重量是那个箱子的两倍。
She bought twice as many books as her brother did.
她买的书是弟弟的两倍。
He spent one-third as much money as I did.
他花的钱是我的三分之一。
The number of tickets was not more than 300.
票数不超过300张。
The final score was not less than 90.
最终分数不少于90分。
💡 先判断被比较名词是否可数,再选择 many 或 much,并把倍数准确译成“是……的几倍”。
so...that 与 such...that

- so + 形容词 + that 从句 表示“如此……以至于……”,这是最常见的结构。
- so + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词 + that 从句 可改写为 such + a/an + 形容词 + 单数可数名词 + that 从句。
- 表示数量时,so many + 复数名词 + that 和 so much/little + 不可数名词 + that 表示“如此多/少……以至于……”。
- such + 形容词 + 复数或不可数名词 + that 可表示“such books that”或“such bad weather that”。
- such as 表示“例如”,不能与表示结果的 that 从句混用。

结构例句含义
so + 形容词 + thatso tired that he fell asleep如此累以至于睡着了
so + 形容词 + a/an + 单数名词 + thatso useful a book that everyone wants it如此有用的书,以至于人人都想要
such + a/an + 形容词 + 单数名词 + thatsuch a useful book that everyone wants it与 so useful a book that 同义
so many/much/little + 名词 + thatso many books that the shelves were full如此多或少以至于……
such + 形容词 + 复数/不可数名词 + thatsuch bad weather that they stayed indoors天气如此糟糕,以至于他们待在室内
易混结构含义例子
such as例如Hobbies such as painting and reading
enough to do足以做某事strong enough to lift it
too ... to do太……而不能做某事too tired to walk
The box was so heavy that I could hardly lift it.
箱子重得我几乎提不动。
He is such a careful driver that he never causes accidents.
他是一位如此谨慎的司机,以至于从未发生过事故。
There were so many applicants that all the seats were filled.
申请者太多了,以至于所有座位都满了。
She showed such patience that everyone was impressed.
她表现得如此耐心,以至于每个人都印象深刻。
💡 先判断名词是否可数及是否需要冠词,再在 so...that 与 such...that 之间转换。
📌 北京真题 9 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 2 题;语法填空 7 空
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

After the long journey, the three of them went back home, .

A. hungry and tiredlyB. hungry and tiredC. hungrily and tiredlyD. hungrily and tired

看答案

✅ B. hungry and tired(形容词作主语补足语)

句子主干是 the three of them went back home,结构完整。空格处需填入成分描述主语的状态,此处应使用形容词作主语补足语,因此选择 hungry and tired。这类结构常用于描述人物在动作发生时的状态。最容易误选 C,因为很多学生习惯性认为修饰动词 went 必须用副词,但此处强调的是人的状态而非动作的方式。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

Many people have donated that type of blood; however, the blood bank needs .

A. someB. lessC. muchD. more

看答案

✅ D. more(形容词比较级)

首先关注关键词 however,它表示转折,意味着前后句意相反。前半句说很多人捐了那种血,后半句则应表达血库仍然“不足”或“需要更多”。根据语境,more 表示“更多”,符合逻辑。A 选项 some 虽通顺但缺乏转折力度,B 选项 less 表示“更少”与 needs 矛盾,C 选项 much 通常不单独作宾语且无比较含义。最容易误选 A,因为它忽略了 however 带来的对比逻辑。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 10 空

Students should have a proper attitude towards college before thinking about which college to attend, and it’s never too early to make necessary preparations for a healthy and (meaning) college experience.

看答案

✅ meaningful(形容词)

与 healthy 并列修饰名词 experience,填形容词 meaningful。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 2 空

Oliver says if you're (luck) enough to have someone close to you who enjoys cooking, ask them 3 you can join in when it's possible.

看答案

✅ lucky(形容词作表语)

系动词 are 后作表语,用形容词 lucky。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 10 空

They were much stronger than modern humans, but it's long been assumed that human ancestors were (smart) than the Neanderthals.

看答案

✅ smarter(形容词比较级)

than 表示比较,smart 的比较级为 smarter。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 16 空

Sam walked her to a nearby convenience store so that she could (safe) wait for the police to take her home.

看答案

✅ safely(形容词变副词)

修饰动词 wait 用副词 safely。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 19 空

That’s a big problem and it is getting even (bad).

看答案

✅ worse(不规则比较级)

even 修饰比较级,bad 的不规则比较级为 worse。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 12 空

Soon after moving to Switzerland, I 〔11〕(throw) a house-warming party and was greatly surprised when all 30 guests showed up (exact) on time.

看答案

✅ exactly(形容词变副词)

副词 exactly 修饰介词短语 on time。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 14 空

Maybe this morning you debated whether to get up or stay in bed slightly (long).

看答案

✅ longer(形容词比较级)

slightly 修饰比较级,表示“稍微更久”。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 系动词说明主语状态时用形容词,The flowers smell sweet 不写 sweetly;实际嗅闻动作才可由副词修饰。
  • friendly 通常是形容词,fast 和 hard 本身可作副词;不能见到副词就强行加 ly。
  • hardly 表示几乎不,不能用它表达努力地;努力工作是 work hard。
  • -ed/-ing 要按感受状态与引发感受的性质区分,不能机械记成人用 -ed、物用 -ing。
  • 比较级不能同时叠加 more 和 -er,much easier 正确,more easier 和 very easier 错。
  • as...as 中用原级,not as tall as 不能写成 not as taller as。
  • 在同一范围比较须排除自身,班里最高者用 taller than any other student,不能漏 other。
  • one of the best 后接复数名词,one of the best student 应改为 students。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 用 careful 的正确形式填空:Please check every number ______.
    看答案

    ✅ carefully 修饰动作 check,需用副词 carefully。

  2. 选择:The music sounds ______. A. beautiful B. beautifully
    看答案

    ✅ A. beautiful sound 是系动词,后接形容词说明音乐的性质。

  3. 选择:The story was so ______ that I felt ______. A. boring; bored B. bored; boring
    看答案

    ✅ A. boring; bored 故事令人厌烦用 boring,人的感受用 bored。

  4. 用 bad 的正确形式填空:His condition became much ______ than before.
    看答案

    ✅ worse much 与 than 提示比较,bad 的比较级为 worse。

  5. 用 careful 的正确形式填空:The more ______ you plan, the fewer mistakes you make.
    看答案

    ✅ carefully plan 是动作,more carefully 构成副词比较级,配合 the fewer 表示越……越……。

06 介词介词连接关系;先看搭配,再看时间、空间与宾语形式。

📝 北京怎么考:北京语法填空常在无提示词空考时间介词和固定搭配,旧卷单项填空也考介词辨析。本章收录北京卷单项填空 9 题(2008—2018 年中的 9 年)、语法填空 8 空(2019—2026 年中的 8 年)。

🔑 口诀:时点 at,日子 on,大段 in;介词后有宾语,动词常变 doing。
时间介词 in、on、at

时间介词由小到大:at点 → on天 → in段。
• at:具体时刻、noon、night
• on:具体某一天、日期、星期、具体某天的早中晚
• in:年、月、季节、泛指的上午/下午/晚上
• 例外:受修饰而具体化的早晚用 on(如 on a cold night)
• 注意:last, next, this, every 限定的时间表达前不加 in/on/at

介词常见时间表达
atat six; at noon; at night; at midnight
onon Monday; on May 1; on Sunday evening; on a rainy morning
inin 2025; in July; in winter; in the morning
通常不加介词next week; last night; this morning; every Friday
时间层级常用介词判断重点
钟点、noon、midnightat把时间看作一个点
日期、星期、某天的时段on能确定到某一天
年、月、季节、一般时段in范围大于一天或未限定具体日期
next、last、this、every 后的时间不加介词限定词已经明确时间范围
The conference will begin at eight on Friday.
会议将于星期五上午八点开始。
Our school will hold the sports meeting in October.
我们学校将在十月举行运动会。
The accident happened on May 1, 2024.
事故发生于2024年5月1日。
We usually read at night, but on that cold night we talked until midnight.
我们通常在晚上读书,但在那个寒冷的夜晚我们一直谈到午夜。
The exam is next Monday, so we have three days to prepare.
考试在下星期一,所以我们有三天时间准备。
💡 判断标准:点用at,天用on,段用in;有修饰语的夜/早/晚 → 变“天” → 用on。
时间范围与截止:for、since、during、by、until

区分时间长度、起点、期间及截止期限。
• for + 一段时间:表示持续长度
• since + 起点:表示自从,常与完成时连用
• during + 时期/事件:表示在……期间
• by + 截止点:表示不迟于该点,不自动决定时态
• until/till:强调状态或动作持续到某时
• in + 时间段:表示从参照点再过多久,常见于将来语境
• after + 时间段:表示从叙述参照点以后多久,须结合时态理解

形式关注点例句
for + 一段时间持续长度for two hours
since + 时间点起始点since Monday
during + 时期或事件发生的期间during the holiday
by + 时间点最迟完成的截止点by Friday
until/till + 时间点持续的终点until Friday
in + 一段时间从现在再过多久in two days
after + 一段时间从过去参照点以后多久after two days
参照类型介词结构常见语境
长度for three days动作或状态持续三天
起点since three o'clock从三点开始持续
将来终点until tomorrow持续到明天
截止点by tomorrow最迟明天完成
过去参照点two days later两天以后
The experiment lasted for nearly two hours.
实验持续了将近两个小时。
The course began on Monday and has run since then.
课程于星期一开始,此后一直开设。
The library will remain closed during the holiday.
假期期间图书馆将一直关闭。
Please submit the application by Friday.
请最迟在星期五提交申请。
We will wait here until the teacher arrives.
我们会一直在这里等到老师到来。
💡 for看长度,since看起点;by问“最晚何时完”,until问“持续到何时”。
地点介词 in、on、at

in 表空间/区域,on 表表面/线/街道,at 表点/入口/活动地,且不可仅按面积大小区分。
• in:在空间内部或区域内。
• on:在表面上、线上或沿某街道。
• at:把位置看作一个点、入口或活动地点。
• 例外:at school 强调地点或活动状态,in the school 强调在校内。
• 例外:on the wall 表示附着表面,in the wall 表示嵌入墙中。

关系介词常见表达
内部或区域inin the room; in China; in a box
表面或接触面onon the desk; on the wall; on the coast
地点、入口或活动点atat school; at the entrance; at a concert
具体交通场所atat the station; at the airport
交通载体内部或表面in/onin a taxi; on the bus
对比表达强调重点
at school在上学或在校活动状态
in the school在学校建筑内具体内部位置
at the station在车站车站这一地点
in the station在车站里面站内空间
on the wall在墙面上附着表面
in the wall在墙里面嵌入墙体
The keys are in the drawer.
钥匙在抽屉里。
A picture hangs on the wall.
墙上挂着一幅画。
Visitors should wait at the entrance.
访客应该在入口处等候。
The children are in the classroom, while their teacher is at school.
孩子们在教室里,而他们的老师在学校办公。
We met at the entrance of the museum.
我们在博物馆入口处见面。
💡 看视角:at the station 看作地图上的点,in the station 看作建筑内部。
方向、穿越与上下方

介词区分核心在于:区分“点/面/体”以及“静态位置”与“动态方向”。
• to 向某处;into 进入内部;onto 到表面上
• in/on 常表示位置
• across 横穿表面或从一边到另一边
• through 穿过内部空间
• over 越过上方或跨越障碍
• along 沿着
• above/below 高于或低于(不必正对)
• over/under 上下对应关系,但须结合具体搭配

介词核心意义例子
to朝某处go to the station
into由外进入内部run into the room
onto到表面或支撑物上jump onto the table
from起点或来源come from Beijing
across横穿表面或开阔区域across the square
through穿过内部空间through the tunnel
over在上方或跨过障碍over the fence
under/below在下方under the table; below the bridge
along沿着路线along the river
past经过某处past the bank
路径特征常用介词例句
从表面一边到另一边acrosswalk across the field
从空间内部穿过throughdrive through the tunnel
跨过障碍overclimb over the wall
从下方经过underpass under the bridge
顺着狭长路线alongrun along the track
The bird flew into the room and landed on the lamp.
鸟飞进房间,落在了灯上。
We walked across the square and through the park.
我们横穿广场,又穿过公园。
The ball rolled under the car and stopped beside it.
球滚到汽车下面,停在了旁边。
He pointed to the map on the wall.
他指着墙上的地图。
The train passed the hospital and continued toward the station.
火车经过医院,继续向车站驶去。
💡 画路径判断:隧道有内部用 through,广场是表面用 across。
方式、工具、语言与交通

区分“用”的不同表达:by表方式/执行者,with表工具,in表语言/材料。
• by + doing:通过做某事
• with:所用工具
• in:语言、墨水或材料
• 交通方式:by + 交通工具(不加冠词);例外:步行用 on foot
• 具体车辆:on the bus / in a taxi
• 被动句:by 引出执行者,with 引出工具

关系介词结构常见表达
方式或手段by + 名词/doingby email; by working together
具体工具with + 名词with a knife; with a key
语言、书写方式或材料in + 名词in English; in ink; in pencil
一般交通方式by + 交通工具by bus; by train; by plane
具体乘坐in/on + 交通工具in a taxi; on the train
步行on footwalk on foot
被动句执行者by + 人或机构by a famous scientist
句子类型介词例句
主动句withHe opened the door with his key.
被动句byThe door was opened by a student.
被动句中的工具withThe door was opened with a key.
The two teams solved the problem by working together.
两队通过合作解决了问题。
She cut the apple with a sharp knife.
她用一把锋利的刀切了苹果。
The instructions are written in English.
这些说明是用英语写的。
We went to Shanghai by train and returned on foot.
我们乘火车去上海,步行返回。
The bridge was designed by a group of engineers.
这座桥由一组工程师设计。
💡 判断“用”:语言用in,方式用by,工具用with;被动句问“被谁”用by,问“用啥”用with。
between、among 与排除、添加

区分对象关系(between/among)、包含排除(besides/except)及范围(beyond)。
• between:用于两个对象,或三个及以上彼此明确、逐一对应的关系。
• among:强调在一个群体中。
• besides:除……之外还包括。
• except:从整体中排除。
• except for:用于总体评价后指出局部例外。例外:并非所有语境都能与 except 互换。
• beyond:表示超出范围或能力。

介词或结构意义例子
between两者之间或彼此对应between you and me
among群体之中among the students
besides除……之外还包括besides English
except从整体中排除everyone except Tom
except for指出局部例外It is a good plan except for one detail.
beyond超出范围或能力beyond my understanding
类型判断方法例词
两个对象常与 and 连接between the two banks
多个对象逐一对应常与 each、every、or 搭配a treaty between three countries
一个群体常与 the、these、those 等连用among the audience
整体中排除后面直接列被排除项目except Friday
总体说明后的例外整体评价在前,后接例外except for the last question
The agreement between the three countries was discussed among the delegates.
三国间的协议在代表们中间进行了讨论。
She is respected among the students.
她在学生中很受尊敬。
Besides biology, she also studies chemistry.
除生物外,她还学习化学。
All the students took part in the activity except Tom.
除汤姆外,所有学生都参加了活动。
The plan is practical except for its high cost.
这个计划很实用,只是成本太高。
💡 besides 是加法(+),except 是减法(-)。between 不止能接两个对象。
北京原卷考过的搭配

先认出整体搭配,再决定介词。
• 2019年:in + 年份
• 2021年:on a cold night
• 2023年:call attention to
• 2024年:think to oneself
• 例外:样例出现过不等于统计证实高频。

搭配意义已核对出处
in 1970在1970年2019 第5空
on a cold night在一个寒冷的夜晚2021 第14空
call attention to引起对……的关注2023 第17空
think to oneself心想、暗想2024 第18空
The city was largely rebuilt in 1970.
这座城市于1970年进行了大规模重建。
On a cold night, the rescue team searched the forest.
在一个寒冷的夜晚,救援队搜索了森林。
The campaign calls attention to the need for clean drinking water.
这项活动呼吁人们关注清洁饮用水的需求。
She thought to herself that this was her last chance.
她暗想,这是她最后的机会。
💡 call attention to 后面接“被关注对象”;think to oneself 必须带 to,别被中文翻译误导。
补充固定搭配与介词 to

部分固定搭配中的 to 是介词,后接名词或 doing。
• 必背搭配:depend on, belong to, be interested in, be proud of, be responsible for, protect...from..., succeed in, at the expense of
• to 为介词(后接 n./doing):look forward to, be used to (习惯于), pay attention to, devote...to
• 例外:used to do (过去常常) 和 be used to do (被用来做),to 为不定式标记,后接原形

结构后接形式意义
look forward to名词/doing期待
pay attention to名词/doing注意
devote oneself to名词/doing致力于
object to名词/doing反对
be used to名词/doing习惯于
used to动词原形过去常常
be used to动词原形被用来做
be interested in名词/doing对……感兴趣
be responsible for名词/doing对……负责
succeed in名词/doing成功做到
protect...from...名词/doing保护……免受……
at the expense of名词/doing以……为代价
结构to 的性质检验方法
look forward to hearing介词可改为 look forward to it
want to leave不定式标记want to do sth
used to leave不定式标记过去常常离开
be used to leaving介词习惯于离开
be used to leave不定式标记被用来离开
I am looking forward to hearing from you.
我期待收到你的回复。
Please pay attention to reducing food waste.
请注意减少食物浪费。
She devoted herself to helping children in rural areas.
她致力于帮助农村儿童。
I am used to getting up early, and I used to get up at six.
我习惯早起,过去常常六点起床。
The spare room is used to store sports equipment.
这间空余的房间被用来存放体育器材。
💡 判断 to 后面用什么:尝试把 to 后的内容换成名词,能换通 → 介词 (doing);不能换通 → 不定式 (do)。
介词后的宾格与名词

介词后必须接宾语,代词必须用宾格。
• 宾语形式:名词、代词、动名词或合适从句。
• 人称代词用宾格。
• 例外:与主语同指时用反身代词。
• 介词后不能直接接普通限定动词作谓语。
• 介词后不能直接接 to do,须判断整体结构。

主语宾格物主代词反身代词
Imemymyself
youyouyouryourself
hehimhishimself
sheherherherself
itititsitself
weusourourselves
theythemtheirthemselves
介词宾语类型例子
名词a teacher, the library
宾格代词him, them
物主代词her, their
反身代词himself, ourselves
动名词studying, leaving
名词性从句what he said, whether he agreed
The choice is between you and me.
选择在你和我之间。
He sat beside her without talking to her.
他坐在她旁边,没有和她说话。
The child was looking at himself in the mirror.
那个男孩在镜子里看着自己。
This book is for you, not for him.
这本书是给你的,不是给他的。
She is good at solving difficult problems.
她擅长解决难题。
💡 检查介词后:he/they 必错 → him/them;看主语是否相同 → 换反身代词。
介词后接动名词

介词后接动词必须用动名词 doing。
• 主动:用 doing
• 被动:用 being done
• 强调先完成:用 having done
• 例外:before/after 后有主谓结构为从句,无主谓结构为 doing
• 固定搭配:如 prevent...from doing, thank sb for doing, be good at doing 按搭配判断

结构含义例子
before/after + doing在……之前/之后after checking the report
before/after + 从句在……之前/之后after she checked the report
by + doing通过做某事by working together
without + doing没有做某事without asking
being + 过去分词处于被……的状态being criticized
having + 过去分词已经完成某事having left the office
to + doing介词 to 后接动名词look forward to seeing you
介词常见动名词搭配
withoutwithout doing
byby doing
instead ofinstead of doing
be good atbe good at doing
be interested inbe interested in doing
thank...forthank sb for doing
prevent...fromprevent sb from doing
Before leaving the lab, remember to turn off the lights.
离开实验室之前,记得关灯。
After reading the report, she made a few changes.
读完报告后,她作了几处修改。
He was criticized for being late.
他因为迟到而受到批评。
The team succeeded in completing the task on time.
团队成功地按时完成了任务。
I appreciate your having helped me.
我很感激你帮助了我。
💡 判断 before/after:有主语+谓语 → 从句;只有 doing → 介词。
介词后接名词性从句

介词后可接名词性从句作宾语,从句内部用陈述语序。
• what/who/where/how等引导,what在从句中作主语或宾语等成分。
• whether引导表示“是否”,介词后用whether不用if。
• that从句不能直接作介词宾语。例外:except that、in that需整体识别。
• 辨析:about where she lives是宾语从句,the house in which she lives是定语从句。

结构从句功能例子
about how...表示方式、内容about how we can save energy
on whether...表示是否depends on whether it will rain
by what...what 在从句中作成分impressed by what he did
except that...说明例外he agreed, except that he wanted more time
in which...关系代词作介词宾语the city in which she lives
with whom...关系代词作介词宾语the teacher with whom I spoke
引导词在从句中的作用例句
what充当从句中的一个成分I know what he needs.
whether表示是否It depends on whether he agrees.
how表示方式That is how he solved it.
where表示地点That is where he lives.
that一般不直接作介词宾语I believe that he is right.
We talked about how we could reduce food waste.
我们讨论了如何减少食物浪费。
The plan depends on whether the weather improves.
这个计划取决于天气是否会好转。
I was impressed by what the volunteers had achieved.
志愿者们取得的成果给我留下了深刻印象。
The city in which she lives has a beautiful lake.
她居住的城市有一个美丽的湖。
He agreed to the plan, except that he wanted more time.
他同意这个计划,只是想要更多时间。
💡 看引导词:what既是连接词又是成分;whether仅表示“是否”;见that找except/in。
常见动词与介词搭配一览

- 动词与介词的固定搭配应整体记忆,不能逐词按汉语翻译。
- 同一动词换用不同介词可能改变含义,如 look at、look for 和 look after。
- 被动结构中的动词也保留原介词搭配,如 be based on、be referred to。
- 表格中的搭配既可接名词,也可接 doing,应结合句意和固定用法判断。

动词与介词意义
account for解释;占(比例)
adapt to适应
adjust to适应;调整
apply to适用于;申请
approve of赞成
believe in信任;相信
care about关心;在乎
concentrate on专注于
consist of由……组成
contribute to促成;有助于
depend on依靠;取决于
insist on坚持
lead to导致
look forward to期待
object to反对
participate in参加
refer to提到;参考
rely on依赖
result in导致
result from由……引起
stick to坚持;遵守
succeed in成功做到
take part in参加
wait for等待
易混搭配区别
look at / look for / look after看;寻找;照顾
result in / result fromA results in B;B results from A
deal with / deal in处理;交易
provide sb with sth / provide sth for sb向某人提供某物;为某人提供某物
participate in / take part in均表示参加活动
The weather accounts for a large part of the delay.
天气是延误的主要原因之一。
The students must contribute to protecting the environment.
学生必须为保护环境作出贡献。
The result of the experiment depends on several factors.
实验结果取决于若干因素。
She succeeded in solving the problem by herself.
她成功独立解决了这个问题。
Many young people are interested in traditional culture.
许多年轻人对传统文化感兴趣。
💡 做完空后把动词和介词作为一个整体代入句子,并检查整个搭配是否符合惯用法。
形容词与介词搭配

- 许多形容词后接固定介词,再接名词或动名词作宾语。
- 形容词与介词构成整体意义,如 interested in、responsible for、similar to。
- 同一形容词搭配不同介词可能表示不同关系,如 known for 表示“以……闻名”,known as 表示“被称为”。
- 少数形容词后接不定式,如 eager to do、willing to do,此时 to 不是介词。
- 表语位置和定语位置使用的形容词通常遵循相同介词搭配。

形容词介词典型意义
anxiousabout为……焦虑
awareof意识到
capableof能够做;有……能力
confidentof对……有信心
differentfrom与……不同
essentialfor对……至关重要
familiarwith熟悉
fondof喜爱
fullof充满
goodat擅长
gratefulfor因……而感激
interestedin对……感兴趣
keenon热衷于
knownfor以……闻名
proudof为……自豪
responsiblefor对……负责
richin富含
satisfiedwith对……满意
similarto与……相似
suitablefor适合
surprisedat对……感到惊讶
tiredof厌倦
typicalof典型的
worriedabout担心
易混搭配意义区别
interested in / bored with对……感兴趣;对……感到厌烦
known for / known as以……闻名;被称为
famous for / famous as因……而闻名;以……身份闻名
similar to / different from与……相似;与……不同
superior to / close to优于;接近
The students are interested in traditional Chinese culture.
这些学生对中国传统文化感兴趣。
She is good at solving mathematical problems.
她擅长解决数学问题。
The city is famous for its beautiful ancient buildings.
这座城市以美丽的古建筑闻名。
We are responsible for protecting the environment.
我们负责保护环境。
His opinion is similar to mine.
他的观点与我的观点相似。
💡 看到形容词后有空格,先判断该形容词是否需要固定介词,再核对介词后的名词或动名词。
名词与介词搭配

- 许多名词后接固定介词,再接名词或动名词,说明其范围、原因、对象或方式。
- 常见结构包括 key to、reason for、solution to、effect on、research into 等。
- 介词选择取决于名词的固定语义,不能只按“对于、关于”机械翻译。
- the reason for... 指原因,the reason why... 指原因背后的理由或原因从句。
- 表示数量变化时常用 increase、decrease、rise、drop 与 in 搭配。

名词介词典型意义
accessto接触或使用……的机会
approachto处理……的方法
attitudeto/towards对……的态度
awarenessof对……的认识
causeof……的原因
confidencein对……的信心
concernabout对……的关注或担忧
demandfor对……的需求
dependenceon对……的依赖
differencebetween……之间的差异
effect/influenceon对……的影响
emphasison对……的重视
increase/decreasein……的增加或减少
keyto……的关键
knowledgeof对……的了解
reasonfor……的原因
requirementfor对……的要求
researchinto对……的研究
respectfor对……的尊重
solutionto解决……的方法
结构意义例子
the reason for doing sth做某事的原因the reason for leaving
the reason why...……的理由the reason why he left
the key to doing sth做某事的关键the key to passing the exam
an increase in...……的增加an increase in sales
the solution to a problem问题的解决办法the solution to the problem
Regular practice is the key to improving spoken English.
经常练习是提高英语口语的关键。
Her attitude towards the project was positive.
她对这个项目的态度是积极的。
The heavy traffic was the main reason for the delay.
交通拥堵是延误的主要原因。
There has been a sharp increase in online learning.
在线学习出现了大幅增长。
The school has carried out research into students' learning habits.
学校对学生的学习习惯进行了研究。
💡 先确定名词表达的是原因、影响、办法还是数量变化,再选择相应介词。
介词短语在句中的成分

- 介词短语由介词及其宾语构成,可在句中作状语、定语或补足语。
- 作状语时可表示时间、地点、方式、原因、目的和条件,具体意义由介词及上下文决定。
- 作定语时通常置于被修饰名词之后,如 the student sitting by the window。
- 作补足语时可说明主语或宾语的位置、状态等,如 He is in the room。
- 介词加关系代词可构成定语从句,如 the person to whom I spoke。
- 判断成分时应先找介词短语的中心词,再看它修饰前面的名词、谓语还是主语、宾语。

成分常见作用例子
时间状语说明动作发生的时间at noon
地点状语说明动作发生的地点或方向outside the gate
方式状语说明动作怎样发生in a soft voice
原因状语说明动作发生的原因because of the rain
目的状语说明行动的目的to protect the environment
定语修饰后面的名词sitting by the window
宾语补足语补充说明宾语的位置或状态on the shelf
主语补足语说明主语的位置或状态in the classroom
位置信号可能成分判断问题
位于名词之后定语它说明哪个名词的特征?
位于动词前后状语或补足语它说明时间、地点、方式,还是宾语状态?
位于 be 动词后主语补足语它说明主语在哪里或处于何种状态?
介词 + which/whom定语从句关系代词在从句中作介词宾语
The train leaves at noon.
火车中午十二点出发。
They waited outside the gate.
他们在大门外等候。
She spoke in a soft voice.
她轻声说话。
The student sitting by the window is Li Ming.
坐在窗边的学生是李明。
Please put the books on the shelf.
请把书放到书架上。
💡 先圈出介词短语,再问它在修饰名词、说明动作,还是补充主语或宾语。
易混介词与复合介词辨析

- in、on、at 的区别取决于空间层次:内部、表面和具体地点。
- across、through、over 的区别取决于路径:横穿表面、穿过内部、跨过障碍。
- above、over 均可表示在上方,over 还能表示跨过,above 不表示跨越。
- by、with 的区别在于手段类别与具体工具,besides、except 的区别在于添加与排除。
- since、for 的区别在于起点与长度,until、by 的区别在于持续终点与完成截止点。
- in charge of 表示“负责”,in the charge of 表示“在某人的管理之下”。
- 复合介词应作为一个整体记忆,如 because of、according to、instead of、out of、regardless of。

易混项目主要区别对比例
in / on内部 / 表面in the box; on the desk
across / through横穿表面 / 穿过内部across the field; through the forest
over / above可跨过 / 只表示高于over the fence; above the roof
by / with手段类别 / 具体工具by train; with a pen
besides / except添加 / 排除besides English; except Tom
since / for起点 / 长度since Monday; for three days
until / by持续到 / 最迟完成until Friday; by Friday
in charge of / in the charge of负责 / 受某人管理in charge of sales; in the charge of the manager
复合介词意义后接形式
because of因为名词/doing/that 从句
due to由于名词/doing
according to根据名词
instead of而不是名词/doing
out of从……出来;出于名词/doing
thanks to多亏;由于名词/doing
regardless of不管;不顾名词/doing
in front of在……前面名词
next to紧靠名词
The map is on the wall, and the key is in the drawer.
地图在墙面上,钥匙在抽屉里。
We crossed the field and walked through the forest.
我们横穿田野,走过森林内部。
The task was completed by teamwork and with useful tools.
这项任务通过团队合作并借助有用的工具完成了。
Everyone came except Tom; besides, we had enough time.
除汤姆外大家都来了,而且我们还有足够的时间。
The department is in the charge of the manager, who is in charge of daily affairs.
这个部门由经理管理,而经理负责日常事务。
💡 辨析时同时看语义和结构:先画空间或时间关系,再检查介词后接名词还是动名词。
📌 北京真题 17 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 9 题;语法填空 8 空
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

If you really have to leave during the meeting, you’d better leave the back door.

A. forB. byC. acrossD. out

看答案

✅ B. by(介词表示方式或途径)

句子主干是 you’d better leave,空格处需填入介词修饰离开的方式。by 在此处表示“通过……途径/方式”,by the back door 意为“经由后门(离开)”,符合语境。A 选项 for 表示方向,leave for 意为“出发去某地”,与后文不符;C 选项 across 表示横跨;D 选项 out 是副词,不能直接接名词。最容易误选 A,因为它忽略了 back door 是离开的通道而非目的地。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

The wine industry in the area has developed in a special way, little foreign ownership.

A. byB. ofC. withD. from

看答案

✅ C. with(with 引导的伴随状语)

句子主干为 The wine industry has developed,空格处需填入介词引导的短语作伴随状语,描述行业发展时的状态。with 在此处表示“伴随/具有”,与 little foreign ownership 结合,意为“伴随着极少的外资所有权”。故选 with。容易误选 by,因为 by 通常表示手段或方式,而此处强调的是一种共存的状态而非达成发展的具体手段。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

Would you mind not picking the flowers in the garden? They are everyone's enjoyment.

A. inB. atC. forD. to

看答案

✅ C. for(介词固定搭配)

首先分析句意,前句请求不要采花,后句解释原因,空格处需填入介词连接 enjoyment。这里考查 for enjoyment 这一固定表达,意为“为了寻求乐趣/为了欣赏”,表示目的。因此选 C。容易误选 A,因为 in 虽常与 enjoyment 连用(如 in enjoyment),但此处强调花朵存在的目的是给大众欣赏,而非处于某种状态。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

With new technology, pictures of underwater valleys can be taken color.

A. byB. forC. withD. in

看答案

✅ D. in(介词固定搭配)

首先分析句子,主语是 pictures,谓语是 can be taken,空格处需要一个介词来修饰 color,表示照片的呈现方式。在英语中,表示“用某种颜色”或“彩色地”要用固定搭配 in color。因此选择 D。很多同学容易误选 A (by),因为习惯性认为 by 表示方式,但 by 通常接交通工具或手段,不能与 color 搭配表示色彩状态。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

Do you think this shirt is too tight the shoulders?

A. atB. onC. toD. across

看答案

✅ D. across(介词辨析)

句子主干是 Do you think this shirt is too tight,关键在于 tight 与 shoulders 之间的空间关系。across 表示“横跨、在……整个宽度上”,此处指衬衫在肩膀这个区域横向太紧,符合语境。at 强调点,on 强调表面,to 表示方向,均不能体现衣服紧绷的横向跨度。最容易误选 A,因为 at 常接具体位置,但描述衣服尺寸紧绷时,across 是更地道的表达。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

I have an appointment Dr. Smith, but I need to change it.

A. toB. offC. withD. from

看答案

✅ C. with(固定搭配 appointment with)

首先观察句子,关键词是 appointment(预约)和 Dr. Smith(人名)。在英语中,表示“与某人预约”要使用固定搭配 appointment with sb.,因此这里填 with 表示预约的对象。A 选项 to 虽然也可以接名词,但它通常表示方向或对象(如 go to the doctor),而不能与 appointment 搭配来表示“与某人预约”,故排除。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

Jane is in a hurry because the train to the airport leaves half an hour.

A. byB. inC. forD. until

看答案

✅ B. in(表示时间的介词)

观察句子,because 引导原因状语从句,从句谓语 leaves 用一般现在时表示将来,关键词是 half an hour(半小时)。在表示“在一段时间之后”时,习惯用介词 in,故选 B。in half an hour 意为“半小时后”。很多同学容易误选 A,因为 by 意为“不迟于/在...之前”,强调截止时间,而此处表达的是距离出发的时间间隔。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

Many people who live along the coast make a living fishing industry.

A. atB. inC. onD. by

看答案

✅ B. in(介词固定搭配)

首先分析句子结构,主语是 Many people,谓语是 make a living,意为“谋生”。此处需填入介词连接 fishing industry(渔业)。在英语中,表示在某个行业或领域中工作谋生,习惯用介词 in,即 make a living in...。因此选择 B。很多同学容易误选 D,因为 by 常接方式(如 by fishing),但此处宾语是 industry(行业),不能用 by。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 14 题

—Good morning, Mr. Lee’s office.
—Good morning. I’d like to make an appointment next Wednesday afternoon.

A. forB. onC. inD. at

看答案

✅ A. for(介词 for 的用法)

首先看关键词 make an appointment(预约),后接具体时间。这里选 for 是因为 for 在此处表示“预定在……”,强调预约的目标时间点,make an appointment for + 时间是常用表达。很多同学容易误选 B (on),因为习惯性认为具体日期前用 on,但 on 侧重于动作发生的时刻,而 for 更能体现出“为了某个时间而预约”的预定含义。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 5 空

First celebrated 1970,the Day now includes events in more than 190 countries and regions(地区).

看答案

✅ in(年份前用 in)

年份前表示“在……年”用介词 in。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 6 空

Over time, the bags fall apart countless tiny pieces, and fish cam accidentally eat some of them.

看答案

✅ into / to(结果介词)

解析接受 into / to;结合语境表示碎裂、变成许多小片。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 14 空

While riding his bike home a cold night,he came across a sad-looking elderly woman wandering the streets by herself.

看答案

✅ on(具体某个夜晚前用 on)

具体某个夜晚前用介词 on。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 11 空

Helen was walking down the street late the evening, her arms filled with grocery bags.

看答案

✅ in(一天中的晚上)

表示“在晚上”用固定表达 in the evening。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 17 空

All of her runs have a guiding purpose: to call attention global water issues.

看答案

✅ to(call attention to)

固定搭配 call attention to 表示“引起对……的关注”。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 18 空

I thought myself, “Why would he carry all his books?

看答案

✅ to(think to oneself)

固定搭配 think to oneself 表示“心想”。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 20 空

After all, exploring the world shouldn’t come the planet’s expense.

看答案

✅ at(at the expense of)

固定表达 come at the expense of,意为“以……为代价”。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 15 空

When you see her walking towards you, you feel a deep sense of connection well up you.

看答案

✅ within / inside(表示内心涌现)

解析接受 within / inside;表示某种感受在某人内心涌现。

⚠️ 易错点
  • at night 是泛指夜间,on a cold night 是具体夜晚;不要看到 night 就固定填 at。
  • next Monday、this afternoon 前通常不用介词,不能机械写 on next Monday 或 in this afternoon。
  • by Friday 是最迟星期五,until Friday 是持续到星期五;两者不能只按“到”字互换。
  • 穿过森林通常用 through the forest,横穿街道用 across the street,不能只译成“穿过”就忽略路径。
  • by bus 不加冠词,on the bus 有限定词;不能混写 by the bus 来表达一般乘车方式。
  • 介词 to 后的动词要用 doing,如 look forward to meeting;不定式 to 后才接原形。
  • 介词后人称代词用宾格:depend on him,不写 depend on he。
  • 介词后的“是否”用 whether,如 depend on whether...;从句须用陈述语序。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 选择:The class will meet ______ a sunny morning next week. A. in B. on C. at
    看答案

    ✅ B. on a sunny morning 是具体的一个早晨,用 on。

  2. 按“最迟”之意填 by 或 until:Please send your reply ______ noon tomorrow.
    看答案

    ✅ by 表示发送回复的最后期限,用 by。

  3. 用 see 的正确形式填空:We look forward to ______ you again.
    看答案

    ✅ seeing look forward to 中 to 是介词,后接动名词。

  4. 用 he 的正确形式填空:The teacher sat beside ______ during the test.
    看答案

    ✅ him beside 是介词,后面用人称代词宾格。

  5. 填 if 或 whether:They disagreed about ______ the museum should close on Mondays.
    看答案

    ✅ whether about 后是表示是否的宾语从句,介词后用 whether。

二、动词

时态、语态、主谓一致、非谓语、情态、虚拟

07 动词时态先定时间参照点,再看动作状态。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷语法填空常考谓语时态,旧卷单项填空也常考;阅读靠时态还原事件顺序,写作要求时间线一致。本章收录北京卷单项填空 34 题(2008—2018 年中的 11 年)、语法填空 16 空(2019—2026 年中的 8 年)。

🔑 口诀:时间先定位,状态再分清。
十大时态构成总表

时态 = 时间点 + 状态(经常/正在/完成)
• do/did/done 为形式代号,非全部填 do
• 助动词须随主语变化
• 本章学习范围为十大时态,并非英语仅有十种形式

时态肯定式主要时间指向典型用法
一般现在时do / does;am / is / are现在、习惯、事实表示经常发生的事、客观事实或现在的状态
一般过去时did;was / were已经结束的过去表示过去某时发生或过去经常发生的事
一般将来时will do;am / is / are going to do说话人所说的将来表示预测、意愿、计划或临时决定
过去将来时would do;was / were going to do从过去看将来常用于过去时的转述或表示过去原先的打算
现在进行时am / is / are doing现在或当前阶段表示此刻正在进行、近期反复发生或暂时状态
过去进行时was / were doing过去某一时刻或一段时间表示过去正在进行,常作背景动作
将来进行时will be doing将来某一时刻表示将来某时正在进行
现在完成时have / has done过去联系现在表示过去动作对现在的影响或状态持续至今
过去完成时had done过去某点之前表示在过去参照点之前已经发生或已经完成
现在完成进行时have / has been doing从过去持续到现在强调持续或反复进行的活动过程
The Earth goes around the Sun.
地球围绕太阳公转。
We have worked on the project since May.
我们从五月起一直在做这个项目。
She was cooking when I arrived.
我到达时,她正在做饭。
This time tomorrow, I will be taking the exam.
明天这个时候,我正在参加考试。
💡 标志词仅为线索,必须结合上下文决定答案。
一般现在与一般过去

一般现在时表习惯、稳定状态和客观事实;一般过去时表已结束的过去事件或过去习惯。
• 现在时:主语为第三人称单数,普通实义动词通常加 -s/-es。
• 过去时:只要叙述时间属于过去即可使用,无需 yesterday。
• 否定/疑问:现在时用 do/does,过去时用 did,实义动词恢复原形。
• be 动词:不使用 do/does/did,按自身形式变化。

比较项目一般现在时一般过去时
时间指向现在、平时、习惯或事实已经结束的过去
肯定结构do / does;am / is / aredid;was / were
否定结构don't / doesn't do;am / is / are notdidn't do;was / were not
疑问结构Do / Does ...;Is / Are ...Did ...;Was / Were ...
常见信号always、usually、often、every day、on Mondaysyesterday、last week、in 2020、two days ago
My aunt teaches biology, but she worked in a hospital ten years ago.
我姑姑现在教生物,但十年前她在一家医院工作。
The earth moves around the sun.
地球围绕太阳公转。
When I was a child, we often went to the museum.
我小时候常常去博物馆。
Did you finish the report last night?
你昨晚完成报告了吗?
💡 看到 every day 不一定是现在时,看它是在说“现在的习惯”还是“过去的习惯”。
进行时与状态动词

进行时强调“正在发生”,状态动词不用进行时。
• 现在进行时:说话时或现阶段正在发生。
• 过去进行时:过去某时刻或一段时间正在发生,常作背景。
• 状态动词:know, belong, own 等不用进行时。
• 例外:动词转为动作意义时可用,如 think 表示“考虑”。
• always + 进行时:表示赞赏或不满。

动词或结构常见意义例句
know / believe / own / belong表示状态、认识或所属,通常不用进行时She knows the answer.
think既可表示“认为”,也可在动作意义下用于进行时She is thinking about changing her study plan.
smell既可表示状态“闻起来”,也可表示动作“正在闻”The room smells pleasant. / He is smelling the flowers.
be doing可表示暂时性行为He is staying here until Friday.
always + 进行时表示反复行为及相应情绪He is always leaving his notes on the desk.
I am reading an English novel now.
我现在正在读一本英文小说。
I was taking notes when the screen went black.
屏幕变黑时,我正在记笔记。
I know the answer, but she is thinking about another method.
我知道答案,但她正在思考另一种方法。
He is always leaving his notes on the desk.
他总是把笔记忘在桌上,真让人无奈。
💡 背景用进行时,插入事件用过去时。问:此时此刻/那时此刻正在做什么?
将来表达与过去将来

将来表达取决于“决定时间”和“确定程度”,过去将来则将参照点移至过去。
• will do:预测、意愿或临时决定
• be going to do:事先打算或根据迹象预测
• 现在进行时:已安排的活动
• 一般现在时:时刻表规定的事件
• would do:当时说将会(例外:不一定表示虚拟)

表达核心意义典型语境例句
will do预测、意愿或临时决定说话时作出的选择I will answer the phone.
am / is / are going to do已有打算或依据迹象预测计划、迹象It is going to rain.
am / is / are doing已安排好的将来活动约定、具体时间We are meeting at eight.
do按规定发生的将来事件时刻表、课程表The train leaves at 7:15 tomorrow.
would do从过去看将来过去时的转述He said that he would call me.
The phone is ringing. I will answer it.
电话响了,我来接。
Judging from the dark clouds, it is going to rain.
从乌云来看,马上要下雨了。
We are meeting our guide at eight tomorrow.
我们安排在明天八点见导游。
The train leaves at 7:15 tomorrow.
火车明天七点十五分发车。
He told me that he would return the following day.
他告诉我,他会在第二天回来。
💡 临时用will,打算用going to,定死用进行时,时刻表用现在时。
主将从现

主句将,从句现(主将从现)。
• 引导词:if, unless, when, before, as soon as, until。
• 从句:用一般现在时表示将来。
• 强调先完成:从句可用现在完成时。
• 主句:可用将来时、祈使句或情态动词。
• 例外:宾语从句不适用(如 I wonder when he will arrive)。

从句类别将来时语境中的常见形式例句
时间状语从句一般现在时We will start when everyone arrives.
条件状语从句一般现在时If it rains, we will stay at home.
强调从句先完成现在完成时You may leave after you have checked the answers.
宾语从句按句意使用将来时或其他时态I wonder when he will arrive.
We will begin as soon as everyone arrives.
大家一到齐,我们就开始。
Unless it rains tomorrow, we will go hiking.
除非明天下雨,否则我们去徒步。
You can leave after you have checked every answer.
你检查完每道题后就可以离开了。
I wonder when he will arrive.
我想知道他什么时候会到。
💡 看when引导的是‘时间’还是‘内容’:‘当...时’用现在时,‘何时’用将来时。
现在完成与一般过去

现在完成时看结果/持续,一般过去时看过去。
• 现在完成时:过去动作造成当前结果,或状态持续至今。
• 一般过去时:事件发生在已结束的过去时间。
• 现在完成时禁配:yesterday, in 2020, two days ago 等明确结束的时间状语。
• today, this week:视作仍在继续则用完成时。
• have been to:去过且已返回。
• have gone to:已去且未返回。

比较项目一般过去时现在完成时
参照点过去现在
关注点过去某时发生的事件过去动作的当前结果或持续至今的状态
明确过去时间状语通常可以通常不可以
典型信号yesterday、last week、in 2020、... agoalready、just、yet、so far、since、for、up to now
I have read three chapters, so I can discuss the opening with you now.
我已经读了三章,所以现在可以和你讨论开篇了。
I read three chapters last night.
我昨晚读了三章。
Have you been to Beijing?
你去过北京吗?
He has gone to Shanghai on a business trip.
他去上海出差了,还没有回来。
💡 判断标准:动作与现在有联系吗?有 → 完成时;纯粹是过去的事 → 一般过去时。
持续时间与完成进行时

for接时间长度,since接时间点或一般过去时从句,常与现在完成类时态连用。
• 短暂动作(如arrive, leave, buy)不可直接搭配持续时间,需改为be here, be away, have等。
• 现在完成进行时:强调活动持续或反复,可能仍在继续,或刚停止且留下痕迹。
• 现在完成时:突出成果或数量。
• 例外:状态动词通常仍用现在完成时。

结构关注重点典型搭配或用法例句
have / has done结果、数量或持续状态state verbs、for、sinceShe has owned the book for three years.
have / has been doing活动过程、持续时间或反复行为for、since、all morningWe have been waiting since seven.
for + 时间长度说明持续了多久for two hours、for yearsI have lived here for ten years.
since + 时间点说明从何时开始since 2020、since he leftShe has studied English since she was a child.
We have been waiting for the coach since seven.
我们从七点起一直在等长途汽车。
I have known her for more than ten years.
我认识她已经十多年了。
He has written five chapters of the novel.
这部小说他已经写了五章。
Her hands are dirty because she has been planting flowers.
她的手脏了,因为她刚才一直在种花。
💡 看结果用完成时(have written 5 pages),看过程用完成进行时(have been writing)。
过去完成时的参照点

过去完成时 = 过去的过去(动作发生在某个过去点之前,或状态持续到该点)。
• 判断标准:能明确指出“过去点”和“更早动作”。
• 误区:不等于“很久以前”。
• 例外:before、after 已交代先后时,可用一般过去时。
• 特殊用法:had hoped/planned 表示原先愿望或打算未实现。

时间线索时态处理例句
by the time + 过去事件主句用过去完成时By the time he arrived, we had finished the work.
before + 过去事件较早动作常用过��完成时Before he joined the team, he had trained for two years.
after + 过去事件较晚动作通常用一般过去时After he arrived, he called us.
两个过去动作顺序清楚两个动作均可使用一般过去时He got up, washed his face and went out.
had hoped / had planned表示原先的愿望或打算未实现He had wanted to travel abroad, but his illness prevented him.
By the time the guests arrived, we had laid the table.
客人到达时,我们已经摆好了餐具。
Before he joined the team, he had trained for two years.
加入球队之前,他已经训练了两年。
After he arrived, he called his mother.
他到达后给母亲打了电话。
He had wanted to travel abroad, but his illness prevented him.
他本来想去国外旅行,但疾病使他没有去成。
💡 画时间线:先标“过去点”,把“更早动作”放在其左边。
时态呼应与解题顺序

主句定基调,从句按时间线呼应。
• 主句过去时 → 同时发生:用过去时
• 主句过去时 → 更早发生:用过去完成时
• 主句过去时 → 后来发生:用过去将来时
• 例外:客观真理或仍然有效的事实,保留现在时
• 语法填空步骤:判断是否缺谓语 → 找全文及局部时间线 → 检查主谓一致与语态

主句叙述时间从句与主句动作的关系从句常用形式例句
现在从句表示将来will doI know that he will come.
过去与主句动作同时发生一般过去时She said that she was busy.
过去早于主句动作发生过去完成时She said that she had finished it.
过去晚于主句动作发生过去将来时She said that she would call me.
过去表达客观真理或长期规律一般现在时He explained that the earth revolves around the sun.
The teacher explained that water freezes at zero degrees Celsius.
老师解释说,水在零摄氏度结冰。
She said that she had sent the file before lunch.
她说她午饭前已经发出了文件。
He told me that he would return the following day.
他告诉我,他会在第二天回来。
The guide said that the museum opens at nine every day.
导游说博物馆每天九点开门。
💡 画线定先后,别见过去就用完成时;最后问:主谓一致了吗?被动语态了吗?
各时态标志词速查

• 标志词作用:时间状语和标志词只提供时态线索,不能脱离语境机械决定答案。
• 双重判断:一个短语可能同时提供时间指向和动作状态,需要结合谓语结构一起判断。
• 参照转换:for、since 等词可以提示持续关系,但完成时还是过去完成时取决于参照点。
• 过去将来:the following day、two years later 等词只有放在过去语境中才表示过去将来。
• 信号冲突:多个时间信号不一致时,应以句子的叙述时间和逻辑关系为准。

时态常见标志词或时间状语语境提示
一般现在时always、usually、often、sometimes、every day、on Mondays、twice a week习惯、事实、状态或按规定发生的事
一般过去时yesterday、last night、last week、in 2020、two days ago、the other day已经结束的过去事件或过去习惯
一般将来时tomorrow、next week、next year、in three years、soon说话人所说的将来
过去将来时the following day、the next week、two years later、the next month以过去为参照点的将来
现在进行时now、at present、currently、these days、Look!、Listen!此刻正在进行、近期反复或暂时状态
过去进行时at that time、at that moment、then、while、when + 过去事件、all morning过去某时正在进行
将来进行时this time tomorrow、this time next week、at nine tomorrow将来某一时刻正在进行
现在完成时already、just、yet、ever、never、so far、recently、since、for、up to now过去与现在有关或状态持续至今
过去完成时by + 过去时间点、by the time + 过去事件、before + 过去事件、already by then早于某个过去参照点
现在完成进行时for、since、how long、all morning、recently、lately活动持续到现在并强调过程
容易误导的信号可能表示的时间进一步判断
now现在进行时或一般现在时看谓语表示正在进行的动作还是存在的状态
this morning / this week一般过去时或现在完成时该时间段已经结束还是仍在继续
in two weeks / in 2020前者常指将来,后者常指过去以说话时间为中心判断
since / for现在完成时或过去完成时先找持续关系的参照点
when可出现在多种时态中看主句和从句的动作关系
The shop opens at nine every day.
这家商店每天九点开门。
We have never seen such a beautiful sunset.
我们从未见过如此美丽的日落。
I was cooking at eight last night.
昨晚八点我正在做饭。
This time tomorrow, I will be waiting at the school gate.
明天这个时候,我将在校门口等候。
💡 把标志词当作定位时间的线索,随后还要用主句、从句和上下文验证答案。
常见搭配一览

• 搭配作用:正确的时间状语搭配和固定动词搭配能够帮助判断时态、语态和动作状态。
• in 的用法:in two weeks 表示从现在起过两周,in 2020 表示在过去某年。
• on 和 at:on 后接具体日期或某天的名称,at 后接钟点或具体时刻。
• by 的用法:by + 时间点表示截至该时间已经完成某事。
• for 和 since:for 接持续的长度,since 接持续的起点。
• 固定搭配:have been to、have gone to、be about to do、be used to doing 等结构具有固定意义。
• 形式限制:take place 通常不用进行时,to 在 be used to 和 look forward to 中是介词,后接 doing。

搭配结构表达的意义例句
in + 时间段从某时起经过若干时间,常指将来The results will be announced in two weeks.
in + 年份表示某一年发生的事She graduated in 2020.
on + 日期或某天表示具体日期或某一天The exam will be on Friday.
at + 钟点表示具体时刻The meeting starts at eight.
by + 时间点表示截至该时间已经完成You must finish the work by Friday.
for + 时间长度表示持续了多长时间He has lived here for ten years.
since + 时间点表示从某个时间点开始She has worked here since 2018.
the day / morning / week after表示某一天之后的相应时间We met again the day after the interview.
固定搭配意义例句
have been to去过并且已经回来She has been to Xi'an twice.
have gone to已经去了,尚未返回He has gone to the airport.
be about to do即将做某事The train is about to leave.
happen to do碰巧做某事I happened to meet him there.
take place举行、发生,通常不用进行时The ceremony will take place outdoors.
be used to doing习惯于做某事She is used to getting up early.
look forward to doing期待、盼望做某事I am looking forward to hearing from you.
remember / forget / regret to do表示将要做某事Remember to lock the door.
remember / forget / regret doing表示已经做过某事I will never forget meeting her.
The results will be announced in two weeks.
结果将在两周后公布。
Her plane took off two hours ago.
她的飞机两小时前起飞了。
He happened to meet his old teacher at the station.
他在车站碰巧遇见了以前的老师。
I am looking forward to hearing from you.
我期待收到你的回信。
Remember to lock the door when you leave.
离开时记得锁门。
💡 做题时把句中的时间状语连同介词一起圈出,再核对它与谓语形式是否符合固定搭配。
时态、语态与情态动词的配合

• 区分维度:时态说明动作发生的时间和状态,语态说明动作的承受者,情态动词说明能力、义务、可能或意愿。
• 情态结构:can、must、should、may、might、will、would、need 等情态动词后接动词原形,不带 to,也不随主语变化。
• 完成式情态:can、could、must、may、might、should 等后可接 have 加过去分词,表示对过去的推测或能力。
• 被动结构:被动语态由 be 加动词过去分词构成,其中 be 承担时态和数的变化。
• 时态位置:被动句的时态主要通过 am/is/are、was/were、will be、has been、had been 等形式体现。
• 主动被动一致:主动句和被动句通常使用相同的时态,不能只根据动词是-ed 形式就判断为被动。
• 过去推测:must have done 表示对过去情况的肯定推测,不能等同于现在时的 must do。

结构构成表达功能例句
情态动词 + 动词原形can / must / should / may + do能力、义务、可能或意愿He can solve the problem.
情态动词 + have donecan / could / must / may + have done对过去的推测或能力She must have left earlier.
现在被动am / is / are + 过去分词现在或一般事实The results are being checked.
过去被动was / were + 过去分词过去发生的被动动作The old bridge was built in 1890.
将来被动will be + 过去分词将来发生的被动动作The results will be announced tomorrow.
现在完成被动have / has been + 过去分词被动动作对现在的影响The work has been completed.
过去完成被动had been + 过去分词过去参照点之前已经完成The room had been cleaned before we arrived.
He can solve the problem in ten minutes.
他十分钟就能解出这道题。
The results have been announced.
结果已经公布了。
The old bridge was built in 1890.
那座旧桥建于1890年。
She must have left earlier.
她Earlier一定已经离开了。
💡 先判断是否需要情态动词或被动语态,再让情态结构和 be 动词共同体现正确时态。
时态易混辨析

• 过去与完成:一般过去时关注过去事件本身,现在完成时关注过去动作与现在的联系。
• 短动作与背景:过去一般时通常表示较短的完成动作,过去进行时通常表示较长的背景过程。
• 结果与过程:现在完成时强调结果或数量,现在完成进行时强调持续过程或反复活动。
• 两个过去动作:只有需要明确较早动作已经完成时,才使用过去完成时,否则两个一般过去时即可。
• 将来表达:will、be going to、现在进行时和一般现在时分别对应临时决定或预测、已有打算、具体安排和时刻表。
• 最终依据:判断时态时应综合时间状语、上下文、动作关系和谓语结构,不能只进行中文对译。

易混时态关键区别典型例句
一般过去时 / 现在完成时过去事件本身 / 过去与现在的联系I lost my key yesterday. / I have lost my key.
一般过去时 / 过去进行时较短且完成的动作 / 较长且作为背景的动作She came in. / She was coming home.
现在完成时 / 现在完成进行时结果、状态或数量 / 持续过程或反复活动He has written the report. / He has been writing the report.
一般过去时 / 过去完成时普通过去动作 / 明确早于另一个过去参照点He called me after he arrived. / He had called me before he arrived.
will do / be going to do临时决定或一般预测 / 事先打算或依据迹象预测I will help you. / I am going to help you.
be going to do / 现在进行时计划、打算或迹象 / 已安排好的具体活动I am going to study abroad. / I am meeting her tomorrow.
I lost my key yesterday.
我昨天把钥匙弄丢了。
I have lost my key.
我把钥匙弄丢了,现在找不到。
She was walking home when it began to rain.
她正在走回家,这时开始下雨了。
We have known each other for ten years.
我们认识十年了。
Her hands are dirty because she has been gardening.
她的手脏了,因为她刚才一直在花园里干活。
💡 做题时依次问“参照点是什么、动作是否正在进行、是否强调结果、是否需要区分先后”,再确定时态。
📌 北京真题 50 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 34 题;语法填空 16 空
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

—Have you read book called Waiting for Anya?
—Who it?

A. writesB. has writtenC. wroteD. had written

看答案

✅ C. wrote(一般过去时)

对话中提到一本已出版的书,询问作者是谁。写书这个动作发生在过去且已经完成,是一个具体的历史事实,因此应使用一般过去时 wrote。虽然书的内容现在依然存在,但“创作”这一行为是过去发生的。最容易误选 B,因为虽然现在完成时强调对现在的影响,但在询问具体作者身份时,习惯上将其视为过去发生的单一事件,而非持续到现在的状态。

2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

The hotel wasn’t particularly good. But I in many worse hotels.

A. was stayingB. stayedC. would stayD. had stayed

看答案

✅ D. had stayed(过去完成时)

首先分析时态,前句 wasn’t 为一般过去时,交代了入住酒店时的状态。后句表达的是在入住这家酒店“之前”就已经经历过很多更差的酒店,属于“过去的过去”,因此必须使用过去完成时 had stayed。选项 B stayed 为一般过去时,无法体现出动作发生的先后顺序,是学生最容易误选的干扰项。

2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

No decision about any future appointment until all the candidates have been interviewed.

A. will be madeB. is madeC. is being madeD. has been made

看答案

✅ A. will be made(主将从现)

观察句子结构,until 引导的是时间状语从句,从句谓语 have been interviewed 使用了现在完成时。根据“主将从现”原则,主句应使用一般将来时。且 decision 与 make 构成被动关系,故选 will be made。最容易误选的 B 选项 is made 是一个一般现在时,无法与 until 引导的未来时间逻辑相匹配。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

Scientists have many theories about how the universe into being.

A. cameB. was comingC. had comeD. would come

看答案

✅ A. came(一般过去时)

句子主干是 Scientists have many theories,宾语从句探讨的是宇宙产生的方式。宇宙的诞生是一个发生在远古时期的既定事实,因此从句应使用一般过去时,选择 came。come into being 是固定搭配,意为“产生、出现”。很多同学容易误选 C,认为主句是现在时,从句必须用过去完成时,但此处并非强调“过去的过去”,而仅是陈述历史事实。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

When I talked with my grandma on the phone, she sounded weak, but by the time we up, her voice had been full of life.

A. were hangingB. had hungC. hungD. would hang

看答案

✅ C. hung(by the time 引导的时态)

首先观察关键词 by the time 和主句的时态 had been。by the time 引导的时间状语从句表示“到……时候为止”,其从句时态通常与主句形成递进关系。主句使用了过去完成时,说明动作发生在过去,因此从句应使用一般过去时,故选 hung。最容易误选 B,因为很多学生习惯性认为 by the time 必须搭配完成时,但实际上完成时应体现在主句中,而非从句中。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

John was given the same suitcase his father and grandfather with them to school.

A. tookB. had takenC. were takingD. would take

看答案

✅ B. had taken(过去完成时)

首先分析结构,the same suitcase 后省略了关系代词 that,引导定语从句修饰 suitcase。主句谓语 was given 是过去时,而父亲和祖父带行李去学校的行为发生在“被赠送”之前,属于“过去的过去”,因此必须使用过去完成时 had taken。A 选项 took 仅表示过去,无法体现动作的先后顺序,是学生最容易误选的干扰项。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

--I'm not finished with my dinner yet.
--But our friends for us.

A. will waitB. waitC. have waitedD. are waiting

看答案

✅ D. are waiting(现在进行时)

首先看对话语境,第一句“I'm not finished... yet”表明说话人此时还没吃完饭。第二句用 But 引导转折,意在催促对方,暗示朋友们此时此刻正在等待。因此,应使用 are waiting 表示动作正在进行。A 选项 will wait 表示将要发生,不符合此时此刻催促的紧迫感,故排除。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

--I'm sorry, but I don't quite follow you. Did you say you wanted to return on September 20?
--Sorry, I myself clear. We want to return on October 20.

A. hadn't madeB. wouldn't makeC. don't makeD. haven't made

看答案

✅ D. haven't made(现在完成时)

分析对话语境,对方表示没听懂,说话人意识到之前的表达导致了现在的误解。这里强调的是“到目前为止没说清楚”这一状态对现在产生的影响,因此使用现在完成时 haven't made。选项 A 过去完成时需有明确的过去时间点;B 属于情态动词 would 的否定形式,不合逻辑;C 一般现在时无法体现动作对现在的影响。最容易误选 A,但此处并非“过去的过去”,无需使用过去完成时。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

It took me a long time before I was able to fully appreciate what they for me.

A. had doneB. didC. would doD. were doing

看答案

✅ A. had done(过去完成时)

观察句子结构,主句谓语 was able to 为过去时,表示在过去某个时间点才意识到某事。而“他们为我做的事”在逻辑上发生在“意识到”之前,使用过去完成时 had done 可以清晰地标示出动作的先后顺序。B 选项 did 在语法上同样正确,但在高考单项选择题的语境下,当考点旨在考察“过去的过去”这一逻辑关系时,had done 是更符合出题意图的精准选项。C 和 D 时态与语境不符。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

Tom in the library every night over the last three months.

A. worksB. workedC. have been workingD. had been working

看答案

✅ C. have been working(现在完成进行时)

观察时间状语 over the last three months,表示从过去持续到现在的时间段,是典型的现在完成时或现在完成进行时的标志。句中强调动作的持续性,故选 have been working。注意主语 Tom 为第三人称单数,此处 have 应为 has,原题选项 C 存在印刷错误,但逻辑上考查的是现在完成进行时。B 选项 worked 表示过去某个时间点,与持续性状语不符。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

—That must have been a long trip.
—Yeah, it us a whole week to get there.

A. takesB. has takenC. tookD. was taking

看答案

✅ C. took(一般过去时)

首先观察对话上下文,第一句中的 must have been 是对过去情况的肯定推测,明确了整个对话发生的背景是过去。第二句是在具体描述这次旅行花费的时间,属于过去发生的既定事实,因此动词应使用一般过去时,选择 took。最容易误选的是 B,因为看到 a whole week 容易联想到现在完成时,但此处强调的是过去的一次具体经历,而非持续到现在的状态。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

—Bob has gone to California.
—Oh, can you tell me when he ?

A. has leftB. leftC. is leavingD. would leave

看答案

✅ B. left(一般过去时)

首先看前文 Bob has gone to California,可知 Bob 已经离开,这是一个既定事实。问句询问的是他离开的具体时间点,而“离开”这个动作发生在过去,因此应使用一般过去时 left。注意 when 引导的宾语从句中,询问过去发生的具体时间时不能用现在完成时,故 A 选项 has left 错误。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

By the time you have finished this book, your meal cold.

A. getsB. has gotC. will getD. is getting

看答案

✅ C. will get(主将从现(完成时))

观察关键词 By the time,它引导时间状语从句。从句使用了现在完成时 have finished,表示在未来某个时间点之前动作已完成,此时主句应使用一般将来时来描述届时的状态,因此选择 will get。最容易误选 B,因为考生常机械地将 by the time 与完成时挂钩,而忽略了主句是对未来结果的预测。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

George said that he would come to school to see me the next day, but he .

A. wouldn’tB. didn’tC. hasn’tD. hadn’t

看答案

✅ B. didn’t(时态一致与省略)

首先观察句子结构,前半句用 said 引导宾语从句,交代了过去的一个约定。后半句由 but 连接,表示实际发生的情况与约定相反。这里发生了省略,完整表达应为 but he didn't come to school,因此应选 didn't 来与前半句的过去时态保持一致。最容易误选 A,因为看到 would 习惯性想选 wouldn't,但 wouldn't 表示“意愿”或“过去将来”,而此处强调的是事实结果,必须用一般过去时。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

Our friendship quickly over the weeks that followed.

A. had developedB. was developingC. would developD. developed

看答案

✅ D. developed(一般过去时)

观察时间状语 over the weeks that followed,其中 followed 是定语从句中的谓语动词,明确了整个语境发生在过去。句子描述的是过去一段时间内发生的客观事实,无需强调动作的持续或完成,因此直接使用一般过去时 developed。B 选项进行时强调动作正在进行,C 选项将来时与过去语境冲突,最容易误选 A,因为 had developed 表示过去完成时,需有另一个过去的时间点作为参照,而此处仅是简单的过去叙述。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

—Do you think Mom and Dad late?
—No, Swiss Air is usually on time.

A. wereB. will beC. would beD. have been

看答案

✅ B. will be(一般将来时)

首先观察对话语境,问句在询问父母是否会迟到,答句提到航空公司“通常准时”,说明讨论的是尚未发生的未来情况。因此应选用 will be 表示对未来的预测。A 选项 were 是过去时,与语境不符;C 选项 would be 通常用于虚拟语气或过去将来时,此处无触发条件;D 选项 have been 是现在完成时,强调对现在的影响,不符合询问预测的逻辑。最容易误选 A,因为它忽略了对话中关于航班准时性的预测语境。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

Hurry up! Mark and Carl us.

A. expectB. are expectingC. have expectedD. will expect

看答案

✅ B. are expecting(现在进行时表此时此刻)

观察句首的“Hurry up!”,该祈使句营造了紧迫的语境,暗示动作发生在此时此刻。在这种即时场景下,使用现在进行时 are expecting 最能体现“他们现在正等着我们”的动态感。A项 expect 侧重于客观事实或心理状态,缺乏紧迫感;C项 have expected 强调期待的状态已持续一段时间;D项 will expect 表示将来才会期待。相比之下,B项最符合当下的语境逻辑。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

—So what is the procedure?
—All the applicants before a final decision is made by the authority.

A. interviewB. are interviewingC. are interviewedD. are being interviewed

看答案

✅ C. are interviewed(一般现在时被动语态)

分析句子结构,主语 applicants(申请人)与动词 interview(面试)之间是被动关系。根据语境,对话在讨论 procedure(程序),描述的是一个常规流程,应使用一般现在时的被动语态,故选 are interviewed。A 项和 B 项均为主动语态,申请人不能主动面试,故排除;D 项 are being interviewed 强调动作正在进行,不符合描述通用程序的语境。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

---Hi, let’s go skating.
--- Sorry, I’m busy right now. I in an application form for a new job.

A. fillB. have filledC. am fillingD. will fill

看答案

✅ C. am filling(现在进行时)

首先看上下文,对方邀请去滑冰,说话人回答“Sorry, I’m busy right now”,其中的 right now 是关键时间状语,表明动作正在发生。因此应选 am filling,表示此时此刻正在填写申请表。A 选项 fill 是一般现在时,表示习惯或事实,不符合语境;B 选项 have filled 是现在完成时,表示动作已完成,与 busy 矛盾。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

--- What time is it?
--- I have no idea. But just a minute, I it for you.

A. checkB. checkedC. will checkD. would check

看答案

✅ C. will check(一般将来时)

观察对话语境,对方询问时间,说话人回答“just a minute(等一下)”,表明“查询时间”这个动作将在说话之后立即发生。因此应使用一般将来时 will check 来表示此时此刻做出的决定或承诺。最容易误选 A,虽然 check 在语法上可作谓语,但一般现在时表示习惯或客观事实,不符合此处“马上要做”的语境。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

I found the lecture hard to follow because it when I arrived.

A. startedB. was startingC. would startD. had started

看答案

✅ D. had started(过去完成时)

首先观察时间状语从句 arrived 是过去式,主句 found 也是过去式,说明整件事发生在过去。根据逻辑,我到达(arrived)的时候,讲座已经开始了,所以“开始”这个动作发生在“到达”之前,即“过去的过去”,必须用过去完成时 had started。最容易误选 A,因为 started 表示两个动作同时发生或先后顺序不明显,无法体现出“我已经迟到了”这一隐含逻辑。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

In the last few years, China great achievements in environmental protection.

A. has madeB. had madeC. was makingD. is making

看答案

✅ A. has made(现在完成时)

首先观察时间状语 in the last few years,该短语表示“在最近的几年里”,强调从过去持续到现在的时间段。根据时态逻辑,此时应使用现在完成时,故选 A. has made。注意区分 in the last few years 与 in the past few years,两者均指向现在完成时。最容易误选的 B. had made 是过去完成时,必须有明确的“过去的过去”作为参照点,而本句中没有。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

—Did you have difficulty finding Ann’s house?
—Not really. She us clear directions and we were able to find it easily.

A. was to giveB. had givenC. was givingD. would give

看答案

✅ B. had given(过去完成时)

首先看对话背景,问句用 Did 引导,答句用 were able to,确定整体时间线在过去。Ann 给方向这个动作发生在“找到房子”之前,属于“过去的过去”,因此必须使用过去完成时 had given。A 项 be to do 表示计划或命令,C 项过去进行时强调过程,D 项 would give 表示过去将来时,均不符合逻辑。最容易误选 C,但此处强调的是结果而非动作正在进行。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

—Dr. Jackson is not in his office at the moment.
—All right. I him later.

A. will callB. have calledC. callD. will be calling

看答案

✅ A. will call(一般将来时)

首先观察对话语境,第一句交代杰克逊博士目前不在办公室,第二句中的 later 是关键时间状语,表明动作发生在将来。根据语境,说话人在得知对方不在后,临时决定稍后打电话,这种“临时决定”应使用一般将来时,故选 will call。D 选项 will be calling 强调动作的持续或计划,不符合此处简单的意愿表达。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

Jack in the lab when the power cut occurred.

A. worksB. has workedC. was workingD. would work

看答案

✅ C. was working(过去进行时)

首先观察关键词 occurred,可知整句背景发生在过去。句子由 when 引导的时间状语从句连接,表示一个动作在另一个动作发生时正在进行。因此,应使用过去进行时 was working 来描述断电瞬间杰克的状态。注意 A 选项 works 是现在时,B 选项 has worked 是现在完成时,均与过去的时间基调不符,故排除。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

—Excuse me,which movie are you waiting for?
—The new Star Wars.We here for more than two hours.

A. waitedB. waitC. would be waitingD. have been waiting

看答案

✅ D. have been waiting(现在完成进行时)

首先关注时间状语 for more than two hours,这表明动作从过去开始一直持续到现在。对话背景是两人正在排队,等待这个动作仍在进行且强调过程,因此应选 have been waiting。A 选项 waited 是一般过去时,表示动作已结束,与语境不符。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

I half of the English novel,and I’ll try to finish it at the weekend.

A. readB. have readC. am readingD. will read

看答案

✅ B. have read(现在完成时)

首先观察句子结构,后半句用 will try 表示将来的计划,前后存在时间上的承接关系。前半句强调到目前为止已经完成的进度(看了一半),这种“过去发生且对现在产生影响”的情况应使用现在完成时,故选 have read。最容易误选 A,因为 read 的原形和过去式拼写相同,但此处强调的是状态的累积而非简单的过去事实,且与后文的将来时衔接,用完成时更自然。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

— that company to see how they think of our product yesterday?
—Yes. They are happy with it.

A. Did you callB. Have you calledC. Will you callD. Were you calling

看答案

✅ A. Did you call(一般过去时)

首先观察句末的时间状语 yesterday,这明确提示动作发生在过去。根据时态一致性,应选择一般过去时,故选 Did you call。该句是对过去某个具体时间点发生的动作进行询问。最容易误选的是 B,因为很多学生习惯性地在询问“是否做过某事”时使用现在完成时,但现在完成时不能与具体的过去时间状语(如 yesterday)连用。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

In the 1950s in the USA, most families had just one phone at home, and wireless phones yet.

A. haven’t inventedB. haven’t been inventedC. hadn’t inventedD. hadn’t been invented

看答案

✅ D. hadn’t been invented(过去完成时的被动语态)

时间是 In the 1950s,说的是“到 1950 年代那时为止,无线电话还没有被发明出来”。“截至过去某个时候还没发生”用过去完成时;电话是“被发明”的,用被动,合起来就是 hadn’t been invented,故选 D。yet 用在否定句里表示“还(没有)”,常和完成时连用。B. haven’t been invented 是现在完成时,参照点是现在,和 1950 年代的背景矛盾;A、C 是主动,电话不会自己发明。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

Peoplebetter access to health care than they used to, and they’re living longer as a result.

A. will haveB. haveC. hadD. had had

看答案

✅ B. have(一般现在时)

首先观察句子结构,本句由 and 连接两个分句,后半句 they’re living longer 为现在进行时,表示当前的状态。前半句通过 than they used to 进行对比,强调的是人们目前拥有的医疗条件,因此应填入一般现在时 have。最容易误选 C,因为看到 used to 容易被误导认为全句在讲过去,但实际上对比的重心在现在。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 1 题

—Hi, I’m Peter. Are you new here? I haven’t seen you around?
—Hello, Peter. I’m Bob. I just on Monday.

A. startB. have startedC. startedD. had started

看答案

✅ C. started(一般过去时)

观察句子,关键词是 on Monday,这是一个明确的过去时间状语,表示动作发生在过去的某个具体时间点。根据时态一致性原则,此处应使用一般过去时,因此选择 started。注意 just 在这里仅表示“刚刚”,并不代表必须使用现在完成时。最容易误选的 B 选项 have started 是现在完成时,它不能与具体的过去时间状语(如 on Monday)连用。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 4 题

Susan had quit her well-paid job and as a volunteer in the neighborhood when I visited her last year.

A. is workingB. was workingC. has workedD. had worked

看答案

✅ B. was working(过去进行时)

首先关注时间状语 when I visited her last year,确定整个语境发生在过去。句子描述的是在“我访问她”这个过去的时间点,Susan 处于一种持续的状态,即当时正在作为志愿者工作,因此应使用过去进行时 was working。最容易误选的是 D 选项 had worked,虽然前面有 had quit,但此处强调的是访问时的状态而非动作的先后顺序,故不选过去完成时。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 7 题

China’s high-speed railways from 9,000 to 25,000 kilometers in the past few years.

A. are growingB. have grownC. will growD. had grown

看答案

✅ B. have grown(现在完成时)

首先观察句末的时间状语 in the past few years(在过去几年里),这是一个典型的标志词,表示动作从过去持续到现在。因此应选用现在完成时 have grown 来描述高铁里程的增长情况。A 选项 are growing 表示现在进行时,强调此时此刻正在发生,不符合时间状语;C 选项 will grow 表示将来时,逻辑不通。最容易误选的是 D 选项 had grown,它表示过去完成时,必须有另一个过去的时间点作为参照,而本句中没有。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 9 题

A rescue worker risked his life saving two tourists who in the mountains for two days.

A. are trappingB. have been trappedC. were trappingD. had been trapped

看答案

✅ D. had been trapped(过去完成时的被动语态)

句子主句谓语 risked 为一般过去时,who 引导的定语从句描述的是游客被困的状态,发生在救援之前,且持续了两天,符合“过去的过去”且具有持续性,故选 had been trapped。此处 trap 为及物动词,游客是被困住,需用被动语态。B 选项 have been trapped 是现在完成时,与主句的时态不一致,无法构成逻辑上的先后顺序。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 1 空

I (voice) my biggest concern to my mother.

看答案

✅ voiced(一般过去时)

叙述入学第一天的过去经历,voice 作谓语用一般过去时 voiced。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 7 空

Research on the question (suggest) that,for most students,it doesn't.

看答案

✅ suggests / suggested / has suggested(时态依语境选择)

解析接受三种时态;可按一般事实、过去叙述或延续至今的研究结果理解。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 1 空

He says food (play) a big role in his life.

看答案

✅ plays / has played / is playing / has been playing(现在相关时态依语境选择)

解析接受四种现在相关时态;food 为不可数名词,谓语用单数形式。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 9 空

The Neanderthals (live) alongside human ancestors in Europe for tens of thousands of years, before dying out about 40, 000 years ago.

看答案

✅ lived / had lived / had been living(过去时间参照下的时态)

动作发生在过去并先于灭绝;解析接受一般过去、过去完成或过去完成进行,for 不自动决定现在完成时。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 17 空

There (be) a dramatic rise in the number of extreme weather events over the past 20 years,〔18〕(cause) largely by rising global temperatures,according to a new report from the United Nations.

看答案

✅ has been(现在完成时)

over the past 20 years 表示延续到现在;中心主语 a dramatic rise 为单数。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 13 空

Eventually, the man (catch) up with her, and he was only trying to return her wallet!

看答案

✅ caught(一般过去时)

叙述过去发生的动作,catch 的过去式是 caught。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 20 空

The use of those plastics (increase) by 300% since 2019.

看答案

✅ has increased(现在完成时)

since 2019 表示从过去延续到现在;主语 the use 为单数。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 11 空

Soon after moving to Switzerland, I (throw) a house-warming party and was greatly surprised when all 30 guests showed up 〔12〕(exact) on time.

看答案

✅ would throw(过去将来时)

从过去的时间叙述将要举办的聚会,用过去将来时。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 13 空

Years later, having moved to France. I turned up at the appointed hour for a dinner, only to find that no other guest (arrive) and my hostess was still in her sleeping suit.

看答案

✅ had arrived(过去完成时)

到发现时点之前客人尚未到达,表示过去的过去,用过去完成时。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 16 空

Up to now, China (establish) a number of protected areas with mangroves.

看答案

✅ has established(现在完成时)

Up to now 提示现在完成时,China 作单数主语。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 20 空

My heart went out to him, and I (jog) over to him.

看答案

✅ jogged(一般过去时)

与 went 并列叙述过去动作,使用一般过去时 jogged。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 15 空

By the time you brushed your teeth you (make) several decisions even without noticing.

看答案

✅ had made(过去完成时)

截至过去参照时点已完成的动作,用过去完成时。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 18 空

However, according to a report by the World Wildlife Fund, tourists (leave) over 1.3 billion tons of food waste last year, 〔19〕 accounted for about 8% of the total global gas release in 2024.

看答案

✅ left(一般过去时)

last year 明确表示过去时间,leave 的过去式为 left。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 11 空

When the cashier rang everything up, my dad reached for his wallet and froze. He (forget) to take it.

看答案

✅ had forgotten(过去完成时)

忘记带钱包发生在后来掏钱包、发现钱包不在之前,表示过去的过去。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 14 空

Unexpectedly, a man (step) forward, handed his card to the cashier and said, “Let me help.”

看答案

✅ stepped(一般过去时)

与 handed、said 并列叙述一连串过去动作,使用一般过去时。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 19 空

So far, this model (produce) well-known universities, but it is now challenged by the digitalisation of society, which allows everybody 〔20〕 is connected to the Internet to access learning resources.

看答案

✅ has produced(现在完成时)

So far 提示现在完成时,主语 this model 为单数。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 把 yesterday 和现在完成时连用;明确结束的过去时间通常用一般过去时。
  • 看见 for 就选完成时;for 也可与过去或将来时间搭配,须先确定参照点。
  • 把 I have bought it for two years 当成持续表达;应说 I have had it for two years。
  • 条件状语从句中机械使用 will;表示将来条件通常用一般现在时。
  • 用过去完成时表示一切较早的事情;必须有过去参照点并结合先后关系判断。
  • 助动词后重复变化,如 did went;应写 did go。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 用括号内动词的适当形式填空:At nine last night, I _____ (revise) my notes when Dad called.
    看答案

    ✅ was revising 过去明确时刻正在进行的背景动作,用过去进行时。

  2. 二选一:I _____ (visited / have visited) that museum in 2022.
    看答案

    ✅ visited in 2022 是明确结束的过去时间。

  3. 用适当形式填空:If it _____ (rain) tomorrow, we will practise indoors.
    看答案

    ✅ rains if 引导将来条件,主将从现,it 后用第三人称单数。

  4. 二选一:By the time I reached the station yesterday, the last train _____ (has left / had left).
    看答案

    ✅ had left 离开发生在过去的到站之前。

  5. 按提示用将来进行时填空:At this time next Monday, we _____ (take) our English exam.
    看答案

    ✅ will be taking 强调将来指定时刻正在进行的活动。

08 被动语态主语承受动作,时态变化落在助动词上。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷语法填空常把语态、时态、主谓一致合在一个动词空中考查;旧卷单项填空也考查不同时间背景下的被动形式。本章收录北京卷单项填空 7 题(2009—2016 年中的 7 年)、语法填空 4 空(2020—2026 年中的 4 年)。

🔑 口诀:主语受动作,be 后接分词。
主动被动的判断

主语发出动作用主动,主语承受动作用被动。
• 形式:be + 过去分词(be随主语和时态变)。
• 转换:原宾语变主语;原主语用by引出,不重要或未知时省略。
• 判断:不看中文是否有“被”,看英语主语与动词的关系。

对比项主动语态被动语态
主语角色动作发出者动作承受者
基本谓语动词原形或变化形式 + 宾语be + 过去分词
动作发出者通常在句中作主语可由 by 引出,也可省略
例句The volunteers cleaned the beach.The beach was cleaned by the volunteers.
The volunteers cleaned the beach.
志愿者清理了海滩。
The beach was cleaned by the volunteers.
海滩由志愿者清理了。
The package was delivered this morning.
包裹今天上午被送到了。
The classroom is being cleaned by the students.
学生们正在打扫教室。
💡 试着补成主动搭配:clean the beach成立 → the beach可用被动。
被动谓语构成表

被动语态 = be 动词(随时态变化)+ 过去分词 (done)
• 先定时间时态,再加 be + done
• 进行被动:be being done
• 完成被动:have/has been done
• being 与 been 不可互换
• 例外:将来进行和完成进行的被动形式很少使用,常规表达直接改写

时态或结构被动构成使用说明
一般现在时am/is/are + 过去分词主语单数用 is,复数用 are
现在进行时am/is/are being + 过去分词表示动作正在进行
一般过去时was/were + 过去分词表示过去发生的动作
过去进行时was/were being + 过去分词表示过去某时正在进行的动作
一般将来时will be + 过去分词;am/is/are going to be + 过去分词表示将来要发生的被动动作
过去将来时would be + 过去分词;was/were going to be + 过去分词常用于转述过去内容或条件句
现在完成时have/has been + 过去分词强调过去动作对现在的影响或持续关系
过去完成时had been + 过去分词表示过去某一时间前已经完成
将来完成时will have been + 过去分词表示到将来某时已经完成
现在完成进行时have/has been being + 过去分词极少用于被动,常规表达优先改写
过去完成进行时had been being + 过去分词极少用于被动,常规表达优先改写
将来进行时will be being + 过去分词极少用于被动,常规表达优先改写
情态动词can/must/should 等 + be + 过去分词情态动词后不加 to
主动结构被动结构例子
can docan be doneIt can be finished by us.
must domust be doneIt must be checked.
should doshould be doneIt should be repaired.
used to doused to be doneIt used to be sold here.
句型被动语序例子
否定句主语 + 第一个助动词 + not + 其余部分It has not been done.
一般疑问句第一个助动词 + 主语 + 其余部分 + ?Has it been done?
特殊疑问句疑问词 + 第一个助动词 + 主语 + 其余部分 + ?When has it been done?
The bridge is being repaired, so we must take another route.
桥正在维修,所以我们必须走另一条路。
The results have been checked twice.
结果已经检查过两遍了。
The work will be completed next week.
这项工作将在下周完成。
The room must be cleaned before the meeting.
会议室必须在开会前打扫干净。
Has the letter been sent?
这封信已经寄出去了吗?
💡 正在被做用 being,已经被做用 been。
时态语态一致联查

动词填空必查:时态 → 语态 → 主谓一致
• 查时间:确定事件发生何时
• 查语态:主语是动作发出者还是承受者
• 查单复:主语是单数还是复数
• 例外:主将从现适用于被动,从句可用 is/are done
• 否定:not 放在第一个助动词后
• 疑问:第一个助动词提到主语前

检查层面关键问题常见被动结果
时间动作发生在什么时候?is done / was done / will be done
语态主语是否承受动作?be + 过去分词
主谓一致主语是单数还是复数?is done / are done
时态呼应从句是否表示将来?主将从现:is/are done
过去动作先后两个过去动作哪个先发生?先发生的动作常用 had been done
You will receive a message when your application is approved.
你的申请获批时,你会收到一条消息。
If the plan is approved, it will be put into practice.
如果该计划获得批准,它将被付诸实施。
By the time we arrived, the room had been cleaned.
我们到达时,房间已经打扫完毕。
Have all the windows been closed?
所有窗户都关好了吗?
The documents were not signed yesterday.
这些文件昨天没有签字。
💡 判断语态:试问“主语能被...吗?”能 → 被动。注意:has been done (√) / has being done (×)
不能直接用被动的动词

不及物动词和系动词不能用被动语态。
• 不及物动词(如happen, occur, arrive, disappear, die, rise, appear)不用被动。
• 系动词(如seem, become, look, sound, taste)表示状态或感受时不用被动。
• 例外:带介词的动词短语(如look after)整体带宾语,可以用被动。

类别例子能否直接改被动说明
不及物动词The accident happened.不能happen 后面不能直接接宾语
不及物动词The price rose sharply.不能rise 表示自行上升
系动词The soup tastes delicious.不能taste 连接主语和表语
系动词He became a doctor.不能become 后接身份或状态
动词加介词The bird is looked after.可以look after 整体可以带宾语
固定结构The meeting takes place here.不能take place 相当于 happen
The accident happened near the gate.
事故发生在大门附近。
The soup tastes delicious.
这汤尝起来很鲜美。
The injured bird is being looked after carefully.
那只受伤的鸟正受到细心照料。
The price rose sharply last year.
去年价格大幅上涨。
💡 区分 rise (自行上升) 与 raise (被升高);判断方法:能不能问“被谁...”,能则可用被动。
主动形式表达被动意义

部分结构语义是被动,但习惯用主动形式。
• sell/wash/write 等 + well/easily 等:描述事物性能
• need/want/require doing = need/want/require to be done:表示“需要被……”
• be worth doing:值得被……
• 主语 + be + easy/hard 等 + to do:主语是不定式的逻辑宾语
• 例外:不能把所有被动句都改成主动

结构例子被动意义
主语 + 副词 + 动词This pen writes smoothly.这支笔好写
need/want/require + doingThe floor needs cleaning.地板需要打扫
be worth + doingThe plan is worth considering.这个计划值得考虑
形容词 + to doThe question is easy to answer.这个问题容易回答
These shirts wash well, but they are washed by hand in our shop.
这些衬衫很耐洗,但在我们店里它们是手洗的。
The floor needs cleaning.
地板需要打扫。
The plan is worth considering.
这个计划值得考虑。
The question is easy to answer.
这个问题很容易回答。
💡 区分点:强调“性能/属性”用主动,强调“由谁操作”用被动。
双宾语与短语被动

双宾语动词可任选一宾语作主语,短语被动需保留介词或副词。
• 人作主语:直接变被动。
• 物作主语:补出搭配介词(如 give sth to sb, buy sth for sb)。
• 短语被动:保留必要介词/副词(如 be laughed at, be taken care of)。
• 例外:并非所有双宾语动词都能两种转换,需遵循实际搭配。

主动结构被动转换说明
give sb sthsb was given sth / sth was given to sb两种语序表达不同角度
send sb sthsb was sent sth / sth was sent to sb两种语序表达不同角度
tell sb sthsb was told sth / sth was told to sb两种语序表达不同角度
buy sb sthsb was bought sth / sth was bought for sb注意 for 不能省略
show sb sthsb was shown sth / sth was shown to sb两种语序表达不同角度
look after sbsb was looked after保留 after
take care of sbsb was taken care of保留 care of
laugh at sbsb was laughed at保留 at
Each winner was given a certificate.
每位获胜者都得到了一张证书。
A certificate was given to each winner.
一张证书发给了每位获胜者。
He was sent a letter by the school.
学校给他寄了一封信。
The child was taken care of by his aunt.
这个孩子由他的姑妈照料。
Every suggestion will be taken seriously.
每条建议都会得到认真对待。
💡 物作主语记得补介词,短语被动整体搬,别丢掉 after/at。
感官使役动词的被动

感官动词和 make 的被动语态,原省略的 to 必须补回。
• do 变 be made/seen/heard to do
• doing 仍保留 doing(表示正在发生)
• 例外:let 改用 be allowed to do
• 例外:have sb do 不转被动

主动结构被动结构含义或注意
see sb dosb be seen to do被动时补回 to
hear sb dosb be heard to do被动时补回 to
watch sb dosb be watched to do被动时补回 to
make sb dosb be made to do被动时补回 to
see sb doingsb be seen doingdoing 保留原形式
let sb dosb be allowed to do通常改写为允许做某事
have sb do通常不直接改写have sth done 另有含义
The children were made to wait outside.
孩子们被要求在外面等候。
He was seen carrying a large box upstairs.
有人看见他正搬着一个大箱子上楼。
The girl was heard to sing in the next room.
有人听见那个女孩在隔壁房间唱歌。
The workers were allowed to leave early.
工人们被允许提前离开。
He had his bicycle repaired.
他让人把自行车修好了。
💡 口诀:主动省 to,被动还 to。
get done 与状态辨别

get done 强调变化或遭遇,be done 兼顾动作与状态且不可随意互换。
• get + 过去分词:表示发生变化或遭遇某事(如 get hurt, get caught, get paid),常用口语。
• be + 过去分词:用于客观说明、正式程序,此时不能用 get 替换。
• be + 过去分词:可侧重状态(如 be interested in)。
• 例外:The door was closed 既可表示关门动作,也可表示门关着,不能只凭外形判断。

形式常见含义例子辨别重点
get + 过去分词发生变化或遭遇某事My coat got caught in the door.侧重意外结果
be + 过去分词说明动作或处理过程The door was closed by the guard.可带 by 和具体时间
be + 过去分词描述当时状态The door is closed.不强调关门过程
get + 形容词变得He got interested in history.不是被动语态
My coat got caught in the door as I stepped out.
我走出去时,外套被门夹住了。
The bag got stolen last night.
包昨晚被偷了。
The door was closed by the guard at ten.
十点时门被警卫关上了。
The window is closed.
窗户是关着的。
He got interested in history later.
后来他对历史产生了兴趣。
💡 get 像‘开关’,强调状态从无到有(变了);be 像‘照片’,既能拍动作也能拍状态。
各时态标志词速查

1. 时态标志词是判断时间的主要线索,但同一个时间状语可能出现在不同时态中。
2. always、usually、often、every day 等常提示一般现在时或习惯性动作。
3. since、for、so far、already、yet、just 等常提示现在完成时。
4. by + 过去时间、by the time 和 before + 过去动作常提示过去完成时。
5. by the end of next week 等将来时间点常提示将来完成时。
6. 将来时间状语从句中常使用一般现在时,被动形式为 am/is/are + 过去分词。
7. 判断被动时态时,要看第一个助动词和 be 动词,而不能只看一个时间状语。
8. 句中没有明显标志词时,还要根据语境、动作先后和说话时间判断时态。

时态常见标志词或语境被动形式提示
一般现在时always, usually, often, sometimes, every day, once a week;事实或习惯am/is/are + 过去分词
现在进行时now, at the moment, currently, Look!, Listen!am/is/are being + 过去分词
一般过去时yesterday, last night/week/year, ... ago, just now, thenwas/were + 过去分词
过去进行时at 8 p.m. yesterday, this time yesterday, when/while + 过去动作was/were being + 过去分词
一般将来时tomorrow, next week/year, soon, in the futurewill be + 过去分词;going to be + 过去分词
过去将来时the next day/week, by the following year;常用于转述过去内容would be + 过去分词
现在完成时just, already, yet, ever, never, since, for, so farhave/has been + 过去分词
过去完成时by + 过去时间, by the time, before + 过去时had been + 过去分词
将来完成时by the end of next..., by the time + 将来时will have been + 过去分词
现在完成进行时for the last..., all morning, these past few dayshave/has been being + 过去分词,极少使用
过去完成进行时all day before..., for + 时间段 + before...had been being + 过去分词,极少使用
将来进行时at ... tomorrow, this time next week, when + 将来动作will be being + 过去分词,极少使用
Every day, the classroom is cleaned by the students.
教室每天由学生们打扫。
At this time yesterday, the road was being repaired.
昨天这个时候,道路正在维修。
The results have been checked twice.
结果已经检查过两遍了。
By the time we arrived, the work had been completed.
我们到达时,工作已经完成。
By the end of next month, the project will have been completed.
到下个月底,这个项目将完成。
💡 先找 since、for、by、until、ago、tomorrow 等时间线索,再看第一个助动词或 be 动词确定时态。
常见被动搭配一览

1. 动词短语变成被动语态时,介词或副词通常必须保留。
2. look after、take care of、deal with、object to、refer to 等都有对应的被动形式。
3. be based on、be made of、be regarded as、be known as 等属于固定表达,不能随意改换。
4. be used to do表示被用来做某事,而 be used to doing表示习惯于做某事。
5. take place、consist of、belong to、result in 等结构通常不能直接改成被动。
6. 被动结构中的介词由原动词搭配决定,不能为了简化句子而随意删除。
7. 记忆时应按完整短语记忆,而不是只背单个动词的过去分词。

固定搭配或短语常见被动形式意义或易错点
look after sbsb is looked after照顾
take care of sbsb is taken care of照料
care for sbsb is cared for照顾、关心
deal with sthsth is dealt with处理
object to sthsth is objected to反对
refer to sthsth is referred to提及、提交处理
depend on sthsth is depended on依赖
be based on sthsth is based on sth以……为基础
be made of/from sthsth is made of/from sthof 看得出原材料,from 表示原材料发生变化
be regarded as sthsth is regarded as sth被 regarded 为
be known as/for sthsth is known as/for sth被称为或以……闻名
be used to doing sth通常不用于被动习惯于做某事
be used to do sthsth is used to do sth被用来做某事
take place/consist of/result in通常不能直接改被动分别表示发生、组成和导致
belong to sb通常不能改被动属于
The child was taken care of at home.
这个孩子在家受到照料。
The problem was dealt with carefully.
这个问题得到了认真处理。
The bridge is made of steel.
这座桥由钢制成。
This tool is used to measure temperature.
这个工具用来测量温度。
The sports meet will take place in the gym next Friday.
校运会将于下周五在体育馆举行。
💡 遇到含介词的动词短语时,把整个短语作为一个整体判断,并重点检查介词是否保留。
固定被动句型与报道结构

1. It is said/reported/believed/known/claimed that + 从句是常见的正式报道结构。
2. that 从句有自己的主语和谓语,可以主动也可以被动。
3. sb/sth is said/reported to do表示据说是某人做某事或某物怎么样。
4. to have done表示所说动作发生在说话或报道之前。
5. to be + 形容词可表示主语被说成具有某种身份或状态。
6. 这些结构通常不说明消息来源,属于正式而客观的表达。
7. 固定框架中的被动谓语使用过去分词,不能随意改成过去式。

结构例句说明
It is said that + 从句It is said that the policy will change.据说政策将改变
It is reported that + 从句It is reported that the factory will close.据报道工厂将关闭
sb/sth is said to doHe is said to be an expert.据说他是一名专家
sb/sth is said to have doneHe is said to have left.据说他已经离开了
sb/sth is said to be + 形容词The plan is said to be practical.据说这个计划很实用
sb/sth is said to have been + 过去分词The building is said to have been completed.据报道这栋楼已经建成
It is said that the new policy will take effect next month.
据说新政策将于下月生效。
He is said to be an expert on traditional Chinese culture.
据说他是中国传统文化方面的专家。
The building is reported to have been completed.
据报道,这栋楼已经建成了。
It is generally believed that the two plants are safe to use.
人们普遍认为这两种植物可以安全使用。
💡 看到 It is said that 或 sb is said to 后,直接套用固定框架并检查后面是完整从句还是 to do。
被动语态综合判断与易错点

1. 综合判断时按“能否被动—主语角色—时态—助动词—固定搭配”的顺序检查。
2. 先确认原主动句能否成立,再判断宾语是否适合作被动句主语。
3. 主语必须是动作承受者,不能为了使用被动而改变原意。
4. 根据时间线索确定时态,再选择 be、have、has、had、will 等助动词。
5. be 动词必须与主语保持一致,过去分词不随主语变化。
6. 短语被动要保留介词,感官使役被动要注意 to 的补回。
7. 被动句的 by 短语可以省略,疑问和否定要正确处理第一个助动词。
8. need doing、be worth doing 和 easy to do 等固定结构要按主动形式表达被动意义处理。

常见错误正确形式错因
The accident was happened.The accident happened.happen 是不及物动词
The report has being revised.The report has been revised.现在完成时被动应为 has been + 过去分词
The work is going to done.The work is going to be done.going to 后缺少 be
The children were made wait.The children were made to wait.make 的被动式要补回 to
The child was took care of.The child was taken care of.被动结构需要过去分词并保留 care of
He was said that he was an expert.He was said to be an expert.固定结构应使用 be said to be
The price was risen last year.The price rose last year.rise 表示自行上升,raise 才表示使某物升高
The accident happened near the school gate.
事故发生在学校大门附近。
The report has been revised several times.
这份报告已经修改过几次了。
The children were made to wait outside.
孩子们被要求在外面等候。
The child was taken care of by his aunt.
这个孩子由他的姑妈照料。
💡 做题时按“原句是否成立、主语是否承受动作、时态需要什么助动词、固定搭配是否完整”四步逐项排除。
📌 北京真题 11 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 7 题;语法填空 4 空
2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

The way the guests in the hotel influenced their evaluation of the service.

A. treatedB. were treatedC. would treatD. would be treated

看答案

✅ B. were treated(被动语态与时态一致)

先找主干:The way … influenced their evaluation,The way 是主语,influenced 是谓语。the way 后面省略了 that / in which,the guests ___ in the hotel 是修饰 the way 的定语从句。客人是“被对待”的,用被动;主句是过去时,从句也用一般过去时,故选 were treated。A. treated 是主动,变成“客人对待别人”;D. would be treated 是过去将来时,与已经发生的入住经历不符。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

In the spoken English of some areas in the US, the "r" sounds at the end of the words .

A. are droppedB. dropC. are being droppedD. have dropped

看答案

✅ A. are dropped(被动语态)

分析句子结构,主语是 the "r" sounds,谓语动词缺失。由于发音不能主动执行“掉落”动作,而应是被人们省掉,故需用被动语态。此处描述的是一种普遍的语言现象,应使用一般现在时,因此选 are dropped。最容易误选的 B 选项 drop 是主动语态,主语与动词逻辑不通。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

Experiments of this kind in both the U.S. and Europe well before the Second World War.

A. have conductedB. have been conductedC. had conductedD. had been conducted

看答案

✅ B. have been conducted(被动语态与时态辨析)

主语Experiments与动词conduct之间是被动关系,必须使用被动语态。句中well before the Second World War描述一个历史事实,强调此类实验在二战前就已开展且其结果或影响延续至今,故选have been conducted。A和C为主动语态,不符合逻辑;D项had been conducted虽有二战作为过去参照点,但此处侧重于对现状的铺垫而非单纯描述过去的过去,故不如B项恰当。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

—Have you heard about that fire in the market?
— Yes, fortunately no one .

A. hurtB. was hurtC. has hurtD. had been hurt

看答案

✅ B. was hurt(被动语态)

首先看语境,对话讨论的是已经发生的火灾,且主语 no one 与动词 hurt(伤害)之间是被动关系,即“没有人受伤”。因此需用被动语态,选择 was hurt。时态上,火灾是过去发生的既定事实,用一般过去时即可。最容易误选 A,因为 hurt 在此处是及物动词,若用主动语态则表示“没有人伤害(别人)”,不符合逻辑。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

Shakespeare’s play Hamlet into at least ten different films over the past years.

A. had been madeB. was madeC. has been madeD. would be made

看答案

✅ C. has been made(现在完成时的被动语态)

观察句末时间状语 over the past years,这是典型的现在完成时标志,表示从过去持续至今。主语 Hamlet 是戏剧,与 make 之间是被动关系,因此需用“have/has been done”结构,故选 has been made。最容易误选的是 B 选项 was made,它表示动作发生在过去某个具体时间点且已结束,而此处强调的是一段持续的时间跨度。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

—Did you enjoy the party?
—Yes. We well by our hosts.

A. were treatedB. would be treatedC. treatedD. had treated

看答案

✅ A. were treated(一般过去时的被动语态)

首先看问句 Did you enjoy...,可知聚会已结束,需用过去时。再分析主语 We 与动词 treat(招待)的关系,我们是被主人招待,而非招待他人,因此需用被动语态。综合时态与语态,选择 were treated。最容易误选 C,因为它是一般过去时的主动语态,会导致句意变成“我们招待了主人”,逻辑不通。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

The students have been working hard on their lessons and their efforts success in the end.

A. rewardedB. were rewardedC. will rewardD. will be rewarded

看答案

✅ D. will be rewarded(时态与被动语态)

首先分析句子结构,主语是 their efforts(他们的努力),谓语动词是 reward(回报)。根据关键词 in the end 可知此处应使用将来时。由于“努力”是被回报的,而非主动去回报他人,因此必须使用被动语态,故选 will be rewarded。最容易误选 C,因为 reward 在此处是及物动词,主语 efforts 与其之间是被动关系,不能用主动语态。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 4 空

Single-use plastic bags are used at most a few times before they (throw) away.

看答案

✅ are thrown(一般现在时被动语态)

描述一般情况,they 指 bags 且与 throw 是被动关系,用一般现在时被动语态。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 15 空

On April 5, 2024, John Tinniswood (name) the world’s oldest living man.

看答案

✅ was named(一般过去时被动语态)

明确过去时间,且人名与 name 是被动关系,用一般过去时被动语态。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 16 空

Usually, better outcomes (achieve) through a thorough understanding of strategies like risk tolerance.

看答案

✅ are achieved(一般现在时被动语态)

陈述一般规律且 outcomes 与 achieve 为被动关系,用一般现在时被动语态。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 18 空

Universities (design) along the three unities of French classical tragedy (悲剧): time, action, and place.

看答案

✅ are designed(一般现在时被动语态)

陈述一般情况,Universities 与 design 为被动关系,用一般现在时被动语态。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 把发生写成 was happened;happen 不及物,应写 happened。
  • 看见‘正在被’却写 is been done;进行被动应为 is being done。
  • 完成时被动漏掉 been,如 has finished 用于任务作主语;应为 has been finished。
  • 写 This problem is easy to be solved;常规难易结构应为 is easy to solve。
  • 将 be made do 写入作文;make 的被动宾补要恢复 to,写 be made to do。
  • 短语变被动时漏介词,如 be laughed;表示‘被嘲笑’应为 be laughed at。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填适当形式:Every visitor _____ (ask) to show a ticket at the entrance.(说明日常规定)
    看答案

    ✅ is asked visitor 是单数,承受询问或要求,日常规定用一般现在时被动。

  2. 用现在进行时填空:The classroom _____ (paint) now, so we cannot enter.
    看答案

    ✅ is being painted 教室正被粉刷,进行被动为 is being done。

  3. 二选一:A sudden change _____ (occurred / was occurred) yesterday.
    看答案

    ✅ occurred occur 是不及物动词,不使用这个被动形式。

  4. 用 clean 的 -ing 形式填空:These windows need _____.
    看答案

    ✅ cleaning need doing 可用主动形式表达需要被处理。

  5. 把主动句改为被动句:They made Tom apologise. → Tom was made _____ .
    看答案

    ✅ to apologise make 后原来省略的 to 在被动结构中恢复。

09 主谓一致找到真正的主语,再按结构和意义定单复数。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷语法填空常在一般现在时、完成时和 there be 中考查主谓一致;长主语中的修饰成分容易干扰判断。本章收录北京卷语法填空 3 空(2021—2024 年中的 3 年)。

🔑 口诀:先找主语头,再看单复数。
语法一致与主语中心词

谓语的数必须与主语中心词的语法形式保持一致。
• 找中心词:剥离介词短语、定语从句等修饰语。
• 距离无关:主语离谓语远近不改变一致关系。
• 现时:三单用 does 类,be 用 is/are,完成时用 has/have。
• 过去时:实义动词不分单复数;例外:was/were 要区分。

主语中心词一般现在时普通实义动词be 动词现在完成时中的 have
he、she、it 或第三人称单数名词第三人称单数形式(加 -s/-es)ishas
I、you、we、they 或复数名词动词原形arehave
The key to the old wooden box lies under the rug.
旧木箱的钥匙放在地毯下面。
The students who sit near the window have finished their project.
坐在窗边的学生们已经完成了他们的项目。
Each of the photographs is in a separate album.
每张照片都夹在单独的相册里。
The book on the desk belongs to my cousin.
书桌上的那本书是我堂兄的。
💡 Tip:看到 of/on 等引导的短语先打括号,只看括号外的核心词。
意义一致与集合名词

主谓一致看意义:整体用单数,个体/群体用复数。
• family, team, class 等集合名词:整体用单数;例外:强调成员分别行动(英式英语)用复数。
• people, police, cattle:接复数谓语。
• news, mathematics, physics:接单数谓语。

主语表达的意义谓语形式
family、team、class 等一个整体单数
family、team、class 等成员分别行动可用复数
people、police、cattle、sheep多人或多头动物复数
news、mathematics、physics一个消息或一门学科单数
表面特征例词判断
以 -s 结尾但通常为单数news, mathematics, physics, series, species接单数谓语
表示群体且通常为复数people, police, cattle, sheep接复数谓语
只有复数形式trousers, scissors, glasses, shoes接复数谓语
Our team has won the first place.
我们队获得了第一名。
After the match, the team were discussing the result.
比赛结束后,队员们分别在讨论比赛结果。
The police are examining the damaged car.
警方正在检查那辆损坏的汽车。
News of the agreement was published this morning.
达成协议的消息于今天上午发表了。
💡 Tip:-s 结尾不一定是复数(如 news),-s 结尾没单数才是学科(如 physics)。
and 连接的并列主语

and连接的主语,不同对象用复数,同一对象或整体用单数。
• 不同人或事物 → 复数
• 同一人、同一事物或公认整体 → 单数
• each/every/no 限定两边单数名词 → 单数
• the singer and writer → 可能指一人
• the singer and the writer → 指两人
• 例外:需结合语境,不只数冠词

结构含义谓语形式
A and B两个不同的人或事物复数
A and B同一个人、同一个事物或公认整体单数
every/each/no A and every/each/no B每一项分别被限定单数
the singer and writer可能为一人兼任两职根据语境判断
The camera and the laptop belong to the school.
相机和笔记本电脑都属于学校。
The poet and translator is giving a talk today.
那位兼任翻译家的诗人今天要作报告。
Every boy and every girl has a chance to speak.
每个男孩和每个女孩都有发言机会。
Bread and butter is my usual breakfast.
黄油面包是我通常的早餐。
💡 数冠词:一个the可能指一人,两个the必指两人。
就近原则与 there be

谓语动词的单复数由离它最近的主语决定。
• 适用结构:either...or, neither...nor, not only...but also。
• there be 结构:be 动词与后面的真正主语一致。
• there be 接并列名词:按最近的名词定数。
• 例外:正式写作中混合单复数结构不顺时,可调整语序或改写。

结构判断对象
Either A or B + 谓语看 B
Neither A nor B + 谓语看 B
Not only A but also B + 谓语看 B
There be + A and B看离 be 最近的名词
Either the coach or the players are ready to start.
要么教练,要么队员们准备开始。
Either the players or the coach is responsible for the decision.
要么是队员们,要么是教练负责这项决定。
Neither the coach nor the players are satisfied.
教练和队员们都不满意。
Not only the teacher but also the students were late.
不仅老师迟到了,学生们也迟到了。
There is a notebook and two pens on the desk.
桌上有一本笔记本和两支钢笔。
💡 找谓语,看邻居:离得最近的那个主语说了算。
附加成分不改变主语

主语后的附加成分通常不决定谓语单复数,谓语跟核心主语一致。
• 附加成分由 with, along with, together with, as well as, rather than, including, except 等引导。
• 与 and 连接两个平等主语的结构不同。
• as well as 作连接成分时,重点在前项。

结构决定谓语的成分例示
The monitor, with two classmates, …The monitoris
The teachers, as well as the headmaster, …The teacherssupport
The project, including the final report, …The projectis
The coach rather than the players …The coachdecides
The monitor, together with two classmates, is collecting the forms.
班长正和两位同学一起收表。
The teachers, as well as the headmaster, support the project.
老师们和校长都支持这个项目。
The project, including the final report, is due next Friday.
包括最终报告在内的项目将于下周五到期。
The coach rather than the players decides the training schedule.
决定训练安排的是教练,而不是队员们。
💡 遮住附加成分看主语:The monitor (along with others) is... 遮住括号,一眼定单复。
the number 与 a number

the number of 接单数谓语,a number of 接复数谓语

• the number of + 复数名词:意为“……的数量”,中心词是 number,谓语用单数
• a number of + 复数名词:意为“许多……”,谓语用复数
• 例外:a large quantity of 等数量结构用法各异,不能仅凭有 number 就推广结论

短语中心意义谓语
the number of visitors游客的数量is / was / has 等单数形式
a number of visitors许多游客are / were / have 等复数形式
the number这个数字is / was 等单数形式
The number of applicants has risen, and a number of applicants have been interviewed.
申请人数增加了,而且许多申请者已经接受了面试。
The number of mistakes in the test was surprisingly small.
测试中的错误数量少得出人意料。
A number of students have asked about the exchange programme.
许多学生询问了交流项目的情况。
A number of books are missing from the library.
图书馆里有几本书不见了。
💡 the number 报数字(单数),a number 数人群(复数)。
不定代词与数量份额

不定代词作主语,单复数取决于词义或of后的名词。
• each, either, neither, everyone, someone, nothing 单独作主语 → 单数
• each of + 复数名词 → 单数
• 复数主语 + each → 复数(例外)
• all, some, most, 分数, 百分数 + of → 看of后名词(单数/不可数 → 单数;复数 → 复数)
• none of → 单数或复数均可,不宜设无语境的唯一答案题

主语结构谓语形式
each / either / neither单数
everyone / somebody / nothing 等单数
each of / either of / neither of + 复数名词通常为单数
all / some / most / half of + 不可数名词或单数名词单数
all / some / most / half of + 复数名词复数
Each of the answers contains a spelling error.
每个答案都有一处拼写错误。
Neither of the two answers is correct.
这两个答案都不正确。
Everyone in the room is ready for the discussion.
房间里的每个人都准备参加讨论。
The twins each have their own desk.
这对双胞胎各有自己的书桌。
Half of the water is gone, but half of the bottles are still full.
水少了一半,但一半的瓶子仍然是满的。
💡 each在前看each(单数),each在后看主语(复数)。
动名词不定式与从句主语

动名词短语、不定式短语或主语从句作主语,谓语用单数。
• 两个独立活动用 and 并列,用复数。
• what 从句:指单一事情用单数;例外:明确指多个事物且表语为复数时用复数(如 What we need are more chairs)。
• 形式主语 it 固定接单数谓语。

主语形式常见一致结果例示
一个动名词短语单数Reading aloud helps.
一个不定式短语单数To understand is useful.
两个动名词短语用 and 并列复数Reading and writing help.
主语从句通常单数,意义明确为复数时可用复数What we need is/are…
it 作形式主语单数It is important to…
Reading aloud helps me remember new expressions.
大声朗读帮助我记住新表达。
Learning a language takes patience and time.
学习一门语言需要耐心和时间。
Learning English and mathematics take time, but they are worthwhile.
学习英语和数学需要时间,但它们值得付出。
What she said at the meeting surprised everyone.
她在会上所说的话让每个人都感到惊讶。
What we need are more chairs and a larger screen.
我们需要的是更多椅子和一块更大的屏幕。
💡 Tip:把整个短语/从句看作一个整体“这件事”,而不是数里面有几个人。
时间距离整体与定语从句

主谓一致的核心是:找准谓语对应的真正主语。
• 时间、距离、金额看作整体 → 单数谓语。
• 例外:强调一个个单位 → 复数谓语。
• 定语从句关系代词作主语 → 谓语与先行词一致。
• one of the students who... → who指students,用复数。
• the only one of the students who... → 修饰one,用单数。
• 主句谓语 → 由主句主语决定。

结构一致判断例示
时间、距离、金额作为一个整体单数Twenty minutes is enough.
one of the students who + 谓语who 指 students,用复数who volunteer…
the only one of the students who + 谓语who 指 one,用单数who lives…
主句和定语从句分别判断主句看主句主语,从句看先行词
Twenty minutes is enough for this exercise.
做这个练习二十分钟就够了。
The distance from my home to school is about five kilometres.
从我家到学校的距离大约是五公里。
Ten dollars is all I need.
我只需要十美元。
She is one of the students who volunteer at the library.
她是那些在图书馆做志愿服务的学生之一。
He is the only one of these students who lives nearby.
他是这些学生中唯一住在附近的人。
💡 双谓语就分两次找主语:主句主语管主句,who指谁谁决定从句。
分数、百分数与数量表达

• 分数或百分数 + of + 名词作主语时,谓语通常根据 of 后的名词判断。
• of 后接复数名词时用复数谓语,接不可数名词或单数名词时用单数谓语。
• 分数或百分数单独作主语时通常看作一个数,接单数谓语。
• the percentage of + 名词的中心词是 percentage,因此接单数谓语。
• a large amount of + 不可数名词通常接单数谓语,a large number of + 复数名词通常接复数谓语。

主语结构判断依据谓语
Two-thirds of the studentsstudents 是复数are / were
Two-thirds of the waterwater 是不可数名词is / was
Thirty percent of the applicantsapplicants 是复数are / were
the percentage of the applicants中心词是 percentageis / was
a large amount of waterwater 是不可数名词is / was
a large number of studentsstudents 是复数are / were
Two-thirds of the students in our class are from Beijing.
我们班三分之二的学生来自北京。
Two-thirds of the water in the bottle is gone.
瓶中的水已经喝掉了三分之二。
Thirty percent of the applicants were rejected.
百分之三十的申请者被拒绝。
The percentage of applicants who passed the test is increasing.
通过考试的申请者所占百分比正在上升。
A large amount of water is needed for the experiment.
这个实验需要大量的水。
💡 看到分数或百分数后先找 of,再根据 of 后的名词决定谓语单复数。
one of、the only one 与最高级

• one of + 复数名词单独作主语时,中心词是 one,因此接单数谓语。
• one of the students who… 中 who 通常指复数 students,因此定语从句用复数谓语。
• the only one of the students who… 中 who 指唯一的 one,因此定语从句用单数谓语。
• the + 最高级 + of + 复数名词表示“……中最……的一个”,中心是最高级表达,通常接单数谓语。
• one of the + 复数名词 + 关系副词从句时,谓语通常与前面的复数名词保持一致。

结构判断对象谓语
one of my friendsone单数
one of the students who + 谓语students复数
the only one of the students who + 谓语one单数
the best / largest of the + 复数名词the best / the largest单数
One of my friends is going to study abroad.
我的一位朋友将出国留学。
She is one of the students who take part in the debate.
她是参加辩论的学生之一。
He is the only one of the students who has solved the problem.
他是这些学生中唯一解决了这道题的人。
The best of the students will represent our school.
最优秀的学生将代表我们学校。
💡 先区分句中的 one 指一个学生还是 students 一组人,再判断主句和从句的谓语。
the + 形容词表示一类人

• the + 形容词 + 复数名词表示一类人时通常接复数谓语。
• the rich、the poor、the elderly、the unemployed、the injured 等都常按复数处理。
• the + 形容词 + 单数名词表示一个具体的人或事物时,通常接单数谓语。
• the + 最高级 + of + 复数名词时,中心是“……中最……的一个”,通常接单数谓语。
• 判断时要区分“表示一类人”和“特指某个人或某个事物”。

结构意义谓语
the + 形容词 + 复数名词一类人复数
the rich / poor / elderly / unemployed一类人复数
the + 形容词 + 单数名词一个具体的人或事物单数
the best of the candidates最优秀的一个单数
The elderly need more accessible public transport.
老年人需要更方便到达的公共交通。
The unemployed are receiving training and financial support.
失业者正在接受培训和經濟援助。
The rich are not always happier than the poor.
富人不一定比穷人更幸福。
The injured were taken to hospital immediately.
伤者被立即送往医院。
💡 看到 the + 形容词时先找后面的名词,名词是复数且表示群体就接复数谓语。
倒装句中的主谓一致

• Never、Seldom、Rarely、Hardly、Not only 等否定或限制性状语置于句首时,主句通常使用部分倒装。
• 倒装后真正的主语仍然决定谓语单复数,助动词本身不随主语加 -s。
• 第三人称单数用 has、does、did 等已经体现在助动词形式中。
• Not only 置于句首引起倒装时,常见完整结构为 Not only… but also…。
• So + 形容词 + be + 主语和 Such + be + 主语也使用部分倒装。

前置成分倒装结构例示
Never / Seldom / Rarely / Hardly助动词或情态动词 + 主语 + 动词原形Never have I seen…
Not only助动词 + 主语 + 动词原形Not only did he…
Hardly + 过去时间had + 主语 + 过去分词Hardly had we arrived…
So + 形容词be + 主语So exciting was the news.
Such + be主语 + beSuch was the result.
Never have I seen such an impressive performance.
我从未见过如此令人印象深刻的表演。
Not only did he finish the work, but he also helped his classmates.
他不仅完成了工作,还帮助了同学们。
Hardly had we arrived when the storm began.
我们刚到,暴风雨就开始了。
So exciting was the news that everyone was shocked.
这消息令人兴奋,以至于每个人都震惊了。
💡 先把倒装结构还原成正常语序,再根据真正的主语判断谓语单复数。
谓语形式与时态标志词速查

• 判断主谓一致前要先确定谓语属于哪一种时态和结构。
• 时间状语和标志词只是线索,最终还要结合语境和时间轴判断。
• 一般现在时中,第三人称单数普通实义动词用 -s/-es 形式,be 用 is,have 用 has。
• 进行时使用 be + doing,完成时使用 have/had + done,进行完成时使用 have/had been doing。
• 情态动词、助动词和完成时助动词不随第三人称单数变化。
• 一般将来时常用 will + 动词原形或 be going to + 动词原形。

时态基本构成常见标志词或时间状语
一般现在时do / does;am / is / arealways, usually, often, sometimes, seldom, never;every day / week / year
现在进行时am / is / are doingnow, at the moment, currently;Look! Listen!
一般过去时did;was / wereyesterday, last night / week / year;… ago;in 2020;just now
过去进行时was / were doingat 8 last night, this time last…;while, when
现在完成时have / has donealready, yet, ever, never, just, so far, since, for, recently
现在完成进行时have / has been doingfor the last…, all morning, recently, since
过去完成时had doneby the end of last…, by then, before…;already…by…
过去完成进行时had been doingfor…before, all day before;when + 过去事件
一般将来时will do;be going to dotomorrow, next…;in + future period;soon
将来进行时will be doingat this time tomorrow, tomorrow morning / evening;when + 未来事件
将来完成时will have doneby the end of next…, by then;in + future period
将来完成进行时will have been doingby the end of next…;for…by then
标志或结构常见联想使用提醒
already, yet, ever, never, so far现在完成时或完成进行时还要看动作是否与现在有关
since + 时间点,for + 时间段现在完成时或完成进行时动作是否持续可由语境判断
by + 过去时间过去完成时by the end of last year 是常见信号
by + 将来时间将来完成时by the end of next year 是常见信号
this morning / this afternoon一般过去时或现在完成时若该时段已结束且仍与现在有关,优先考虑现在完成时
when, while进行时不是绝对规则,仍需看动作关系
The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
太阳从东方升起,在西方落下。
She is reading an article about environmental protection.
她正在读一篇关于环境保护的文章。
By the time we arrived, the train had already left.
我们到达时,火车已经开走了。
I have been preparing for the exam for the past two months.
过去两个月里,我一直在准备考试。
By the end of next year, she will have completed all three projects.
到明年年底,她将完成全部三个项目。
💡 先找时间状语确定时间轴,再识别助动词和实义动词,最后按主语单复数确定谓语形式。
📌 北京真题 3 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;语法填空 3 空
2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 13 空

As it (connect) things,your brain turns them into a story,and you get a dream.

看答案

✅ connects(一般现在时三单)

说明一般性机制用一般现在时,主语 it 为第三人称单数。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 16 空

Gas naturally (have) no recognisable smell.

看答案

✅ has(一般现在时三单)

陈述一般事实,gas 作不可数名词,谓语用第三人称单数。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 13 空

When we slow down, we create space to reflect on our thoughts and emotions, which helps us identify important areas of our lives and (give) us the opportunity to make right choices.

看答案

✅ gives(一般现在时三单)

which 指代前文的 space;give 与 helps 并列作谓语,主语为单数。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 只看谓语前最近的名词;应先找主语中心词,修饰语里的复数名词不决定谓语。
  • 把 the number of 和 a number of 都配复数;前者表示数量,接单数,后者表示许多人或物,接复数。
  • 把 with 当 and;with 引出的附加成分通常不改变核心主语的数。
  • 见到 people 就写 is;people 表示人们时接复数谓语。
  • 认为 every boy and every girl 是两个人群就用 have;这一结构通常用 has。
  • 以为 there be 总用 is;要看 be 后的真正主语,完成时也要分 has been 与 have been。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 一般现在时填空:The quality of these notebooks _____ (be) excellent.
    看答案

    ✅ is 主语中心是单数 quality,of these notebooks 是修饰语。

  2. 二选一:A number of students _____ (has / have) signed up.
    看答案

    ✅ have a number of students 表示许多学生,接复数谓语。

  3. 一般现在时填空:Neither the pupils nor their teacher _____ (know) the answer.
    看答案

    ✅ knows neither…nor 按靠近谓语的单数 teacher 定数。

  4. 二选一:The captain, as well as the other players, _____ (is / are) ready.
    看答案

    ✅ is as well as 引出的成分不改变单数主语 captain。

  5. 一般现在时填空:Learning from mistakes _____ (take) patience.
    看答案

    ✅ takes 单个动名词短语作主语,通常接单数谓语。

10 非谓语动词先认句中功能,再判逻辑主语、语态与先后。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷语法填空常考非谓语作定语、状语、宾语等,旧卷单项填空也常考;阅读理解中分词短语常使句子变长,写作须避免逻辑主语错位。本章收录北京卷单项填空 31 题(2008—2018 年中的 11 年)、语法填空 17 空(2019—2026 年中的 8 年)。

🔑 口诀:先认位置,再找主人;主被先后,逐项分清。
三种形式与六种功能

非谓语动词保留动作意义,但不独立承担谓语。
• to do:不定式
• doing:动名词或现在分词
• done:过去分词
• 判定:并列句、从句有各自谓语,不能仅凭句中已有动词就断定另一个为非谓语
• done:表示被动或完成;例外:不及物动词分词(如fallen)只表完成,不表被动

功能常见形式示例
主语to do / doingTo learn is to grow. / Swimming keeps us fit.
宾语to do / doinghope to win / enjoy reading
表语to do / doing / doneMy aim is to teach. / He looked excited.
定语doing / done / to doa sleeping baby / a broken cup / the first to arrive
状语to do / doing / doneto save time / walking home / seen from above
宾语补语to do / doing / doneask him to wait / keep him waiting / have it repaired
形式典型语态或时间高频识别信号
to do通常表主动、尚未发生或具体目的目的、打算、将要、为了
doing通常表主动,也可表被动进行正在、伴随、经常、令人
done通常表被动、完成或状态被、已经、感到、破损的
Reading aloud every day helps improve pronunciation.
每天朗读有助于改善发音。
To help students prepare for the exam, the school has opened an online course.
为帮助学生备考,学校开设了一门在线课程。
The man standing by the window is our new teacher.
站在窗边的那个人是我们的新老师。
We had all the windows cleaned before the ceremony.
仪式前,我们请人把所有窗户擦干净了。
💡 先圈谓语骨架,再找非谓语;判断done时问“被谁”?能问出→被动,问不出→完成。
逻辑主语判断三步

逻辑主语即动作的执行者或承受者。
• 定语找被修饰名词,宾补找宾语,分词状语找主句主语。
• 还原搭配判断主动或被动(如 the books were ordered)。
• 比较非谓语与谓语动作的先后,结合句意选形式。
• 例外:目的不定式常与主语同指,也可由结构指定执行者。

结构逻辑主语判断依据
the man standing therethe manstanding 的动作由 man 主动完成
the man killed in the accidentthe mankilled 表 man 承受动作
It is important for him to succeedhimfor 后直接指出动作执行者
His being absent worried ushim所有格 His 指出动名词的逻辑主语
Weather permitting, we will gothe weather独立主格自带逻辑主语
非谓语动作与谓语动作的关系常见形式示例
先于谓语动作发生having done / to have doneHaving checked the figures, she sent the report.
与谓语动作同时发生doingWalking home, I met an old friend.
晚于或尚未发生to doI have two letters to write.
The students standing at the gate are waiting for their teacher.
站在门口的学生们正在等老师。
The window broken by the boy has been repaired.
那个被男孩打破的窗户已经修好了。
To protect the environment, everyone should reduce waste.
为了保护环境,每个人都应减少浪费。
His being absent for a week worried the team.
他缺席一周使团队很担心。
💡 警惕悬垂结构:Walking home, the rain began (错) → rain不会走路。
主语与表语

动名词作主语常谈一般活动,不定式常谈具体安排或意图,两者有时可互换,不能理解成绝对界线。长不定式主语常后置,前用 it 作形式主语。for sb to do 指明动作执行者;It is kind/careless 等评价人的品质时常用 of sb to do。表语中,不定式常说明目标或安排,动名词可说明活动内容;分词常带形容词性质,-ing 常表‘令人……’,-ed 常表‘感到……’,也要按具体词义判断。

用法常见形式语义重点示例
动名词作主语doing概括一般活动Learning a language takes time.
不定式作主语to do把一件事作为目标To finish the task by Friday is our plan.
形式主语结构It is ... for/of sb to do把较长主语后置It is useful for beginners to read aloud.
表语to do目标或安排The next step is to call the police.
表语doing活动内容Her hobby is painting.
表语done人的感受或状态The child looked frightened.
-ing 形式-ed 形式常见语义
interestinginterested令人感兴趣/感到感兴趣
excitingexcited令人兴奋/感到兴奋
boringbored令人厌烦/感到厌烦
surprisingsurprised令人惊讶/感到惊讶
puzzlingpuzzled令人困惑/感到困惑
Learning a language requires steady practice.
学习一门语言需要坚持练习。
To finish the task by Friday is our plan.
星期五前完成任务是我们的计划。
It is useful for beginners to read aloud every day.
初学者每天大声朗读很有用。
It was thoughtful of you to save me a seat.
你给我留了座位,真周到。
After the interview, he looked excited, but the result was disappointing.
面试后他显得很兴奋,但结果令人失望。
💡 for 问‘谁来做’,of 常连着‘这个人真怎样’的评价。
动词与介词后的固定选择

作宾语时,先看搭配,决定用 doing 还是 to do。
• 介词后用 doing。
• look forward to / be used to / object to 中的 to 是介词,后接 doing。
• would like / love / prefer 接 to do。
• like / love / prefer 可接 doing 或 to do。
• 例外:上述词也可接名词或从句。

搭配类型高频词或结构常规形式
接 doingadmit、avoid、consider、delay、enjoy、finish、imagine、mind、miss、practise、risk、suggestdoing
接 to doafford、agree、decide、expect、fail、hope、manage、offer、plan、pretend、promise、refuse、wishto do
两者皆可like、love、preferdoing / to do
would like / love / prefer表示更具体、更礼貌的选择to do
短语接 doinggive up、feel like、have difficulty in、be busy in、look forward to、pay attention todoing
结构to 的性质正确搭配含义
look forward to介词look forward to hearing from you期待收到你的消息
be used to介词be used to working late习惯晚工作
devote oneself to介词devote oneself to teaching致力于教学
object to介词object to his being late反对他迟到
want / hope / decide不定式符号want to leave / hope to succeed / decide to stay想要、希望、决定
to be done不定式符号to be completed将被完成
We postponed holding the meeting until all the data were ready.
我们推迟开会,直到所有数据准备妥当。
She agreed to meet the guide at the school gate.
她同意在学校门口见导游。
I am looking forward to receiving your suggestions.
我期待收到你的建议。
Would you mind opening the window?
你介意打开窗户吗?
💡 看到 to 不要直接接原形,先问:这个 to 是不定式符号还是介词?
两种形式意思不同

remember、forget、regret 等后面的 doing 与 to do 不能只按好听选择,要比较动作已经发生还是尚待发生;stop、try、mean、go on 的区别还涉及动作关系或词义。forget doing 常见于否定、疑问等语境,表示不记得做过某事。

动词接 doing接 to do
remember记得做过记住要做
forget不记得做过忘记要做
regret后悔做过遗憾地要做或说
stop停止正在做的事停下当前的事去做另一事
try试着做,检验办法努力设法做成
mean意味着、需要打算做
go on继续同一件事接着做另一件事
I remember locking the door, but please remember to close the window.
我记得锁过门了,但请记住要关窗。
I have forgotten to post the letter.
我忘记寄这封信了。
He stopped talking to answer the phone.
他停下说话来接电话。
After trying several methods, she finally opened the door.
试了几种方法后,她终于打开了门。
After finishing the report, he went on to prepare for the exam.
完成报告后,他接着准备考试。
💡 stop talking 是别说了;stop to talk 是停下手头的事来聊天。
作定语的时间与语态

非谓语作定语:单词前置,短语后置。
• doing:主动,表正在发生或特征
• done:及物动词被动,或表完成
• being done:正在被做
• to do:将来、用途或待办
• to be done:将来被动
• 序数词、最高级修饰的名词后接不定式
• 例外:非被动关系不用done,需看动作是否尚待发生

形式典型意义示例
doing主动、同时或一般特征a sleeping baby
done被动、完成或状态a broken cup
being done正在发生的被动动作the problem being discussed
to do将来、用途或待办事项the first person to arrive
to be done将来被动the room to be cleaned
定语形式展开后的关系例句
a sleeping babya baby who is sleeping婴儿正在睡觉
a broken cupa cup that is broken杯子破了
the first student to arrivethe first student who will arrive第一个到达的学生
the man to blamethe man who is to blame该负责任的人
the room to be cleanedthe room which will be cleaned将要打扫的房间
The man standing at the gate is waiting for his teacher.
站在门口的男子正在等老师。
The photo taken during the trip won an international prize.
旅行期间拍的照片获得了一项国际大奖。
The first student to arrive will open the windows.
第一个到的学生将打开窗户。
The room to be cleaned is on the second floor.
要打扫的房间在二楼。
💡 判断逻辑:先看【时间】(将来用to do),再看【语态】(被动用done)。注意:letters to write 中 write 的执行者是人,而非信件,故不用被动。
作状语的目的原因结果

非谓语动词作状语,核心在于区分目的、原因与结果,且逻辑主语与主句主语一致。
• to do:表目的;用于情感原因、too…to、enough to 结构。
• only to do:表意外结果。
• doing:表时间、原因、伴随、条件或自然结果。
• done:表被动背景下的时间、原因、条件、让步。
• 例外:自然结果分词可承接整个主句事件。
• 注意:结果状语并非全部用 to do。

语义关系常用形式示例
目的to doto avoid further losses
意外结果only to doonly to find the door locked
自然结果doingcutting off the village
主动伴随或时间doingwalking along the river
被动原因、条件或让步donegiven enough time
没有发生某动作without doingwithout asking permission
情境推荐表达含义
为了完成某事to do目的
努力后却发现only to do意外结果
前一动作直接造成后一结果doing自然结果
主语承受前一动作done被动背景
We need to act quickly to avoid further losses.
我们需要迅速行动,以免造成更多损失。
She hurried to the station, only to find that the train had left.
她匆忙赶到车站,却发现火车已经开走了。
The storm destroyed the bridge, cutting off the village.
暴风雨摧毁了桥梁,使村庄与外界隔绝。
Given enough time, we can complete the survey.
如果给我们足够的时间,我们就能完成调查。
Without checking the figures, she sent the report.
她没有核对数字就发送了报告。
💡 目的/情感原因 → to do;意外结果 → only to do;自然结果 → doing。
作补语的常见结构

宾语补足语的形式由前面的谓语动词决定。
• ask/tell/encourage/allow sb to do
• see/hear/watch sb do (全过程/事实) / doing (正在进行) / done (被动)
• make/let/have sb do
• get sb to do
• have/get sth done (请人完成/遭遇某事)
• keep/leave sb doing (持续做)
• 例外:感官动词和 make 变被动时,要恢复 to

结构含义示例
ask / tell / want sb to do要求或希望某人做ask him to wait
make / let / have sb do使或让某人做make him clean the room
get sb to do说服或安排某人做get Ben to call a taxi
see / hear / watch sb do看见或听见动作发生I saw him leave
see / hear / watch sb doing看见或听见当时正在进行的动作I heard him singing
have / get sth done让人完成或遭受某事have the car repaired
结构强调点例句及译意
see sb do动作发生或全过程I saw the man steal the bike. 我看见那人偷了自行车。
see sb doing动作正在进行I saw the man stealing the bike. 我看见那人正在偷自行车。
see sb/sth done被动或完成I saw the bike stolen. 我看见自行车被偷了。
hear sb do听见动作发生I heard him open the door. 我听见他开门。
hear sb doing听见当时正在进行的动作I heard him opening the door. 我听见他正在开门。
The teacher asked us to finish the discussion before five.
老师要求我们在五点前完成讨论。
I heard someone practising the violin next door.
我听见有人正在隔壁练小提琴。
The coach made Ben run another lap.
教练让本再跑一圈。
We had our bicycles repaired before the trip.
旅行前,我们请人修好了自行车。
The old clock kept ticking all night.
那座老钟整夜不停地滴答作响。
💡 have sb do (人去做) vs have sth done (事被做);被动时记得把 to 补回来。
完成式被动式与否定式

非谓语完成式表示动作早于谓语或参照时间,且一般式不等于现在时。
• being done:被动且正在进行
• having been done:被动且已先完成
• 过去分词没有加 having 的完成式
• 否定词放非谓语前:not to do / not doing / not having done
• to have been doing:强调此前一直持续的活动,理解参照关系即可

形式语态时间或状态
doing主动通常或正在进行
being done被动正在进行
having done主动先完成
having been done被动先完成
having been doing主动此前持续进行
to do主动通常或尚未发生
to be done被动尚未发生
to be doing主动正在进行
to have done主动先完成
to have been done被动先完成
to have been doing主动此前持续进行
否定形式常见意义
not to do不打算做或不去做
not doing没有做某事
not having done没有做过某事
not to have done没有做或没有做成某事
not being done没有被做或不被做
Having checked the figures, she sent the report.
核对完数字后,她发送了报告。
He seems to have misunderstood the question.
他似乎已经误解了这个问题。
She dislikes being interrupted while she is speaking.
她不喜欢讲话时被打断。
We are waiting for the work to be completed.
我们正在等这项工作完成。
💡 having done → 先做完;having been done → 先被做完。
独立主格结构

独立主格 = 逻辑主语 + 非谓语等成分(整体作状语,交代时间/原因/条件或伴随)
• 逻辑主语通常不同于主句主语
• 两部分之间不用谓语式助动词直接连成两个句子
• 后项可用 doing, done, to do, 形容词, 副词或介词短语
• 例外:being 有时可省
• 例外:用了 because/when 等从属连词,应写成完整从句,不能随意拼接

类型示例作用
名词+doingThe teacher entering the room伴随动作
名词+doneThe work completed被动或完成背景
名词+to doThe report to be sent today尚待完成
名词+形容词His face pale状态或伴随
名词+介词短语a book under her arm伴随状态
表达独立主格相近的从句
如果天气允许Weather permitting, ...If the weather permits, ...
一切准备完成后All the preparations completed, ...When all the preparations had been completed, ...
带着地图The teacher entered, a map in her hand.The teacher entered with a map in her hand.
Weather permitting, we will hold the concert outdoors.
天气允许的话,我们将在户外举行音乐会。
All the preparations completed, the team set out.
一切准备完成后,队伍出发了。
The teacher entered, a book under her arm.
老师走了进来,胳膊下夹着一本书。
Every precaution having been taken, the team began the experiment.
采取了一切预防措施后,团队开始实验。
💡 对比记忆:Weather permitting (独立主格,无连词) vs. If weather permits (完整从句,有连词)。
with 复合结构

with + 宾语 + 宾补:表示背景、原因或伴随。
• 宾补形式由宾语决定:主动/进行用 doing,被动/完成用 done,尚待处理用 to do。
• 宾补也可接形容词、副词、介词短语。
• 例外:to do 可能由主句主语执行(如 with much homework to do),不改被动。
• 宾语用代词时,用宾格。

宾补形式语义示例
doing主动且正在进行with the children playing nearby
done被动、完成或状态with the task finished
to do尚待处理with several emails to answer
形容词状态with the door open
副词状态with the lights off
介词短语伴随状态或位置with a map in her hand
with 结构还原方式完整句
with everyone watchingeveryone was watchingEveryone was watching, so I felt nervous.
with the problem solvedthe problem had been solvedThe problem had been solved, so we could relax.
with two emails to answershe had two emails to answerShe left with two emails to answer.
with the work to be donethe work was to be doneThe work remained to be done.
With everyone watching, I felt a little nervous.
大家都看着我,我感到有点紧张。
With the problem solved, we could finally relax.
问题解决后,我们终于可以放松了。
With two emails to answer, she left the office.
还有两封邮件要回复,她离开了办公室。
She sat with the door open and the lights off.
她开着门、关着灯坐在那里。
Without his knowing, the child left the classroom.
在孩子不知情的情况下,他离开了教室。
💡 遮住 with 和主句,把“宾语+宾补”当成独立句子判断:主动用 doing,被动用 done,待办用 to do。
各时态标志词速查

1. 时态由谓语结构和参照时间共同决定,时间状语只是判断线索,不能单独决定时态。
2. 一般现在时常表习惯、事实或真理,一般过去时把叙述时间放在过去。
3. 现在进行时和过去进行时都使用 be+doing,分别以现在和过去为参照。
4. 现在完成时和过去完成时使用 have/has/had+过去分词,分别联系现在和过去参照点。
5. 完成进行时使用 have/has/had been doing,强调动作持续到参照点。
6. 判断非谓语时间时,先找到句中的有限动词及其时态,再判断非谓语动作发生在其前、同时还是其后。

非谓语与有限动词的时间关系常见形式例句
发生在有限动词之前having done / to have doneHe seemed to have left.
与有限动词同时发生doingI heard him singing.
发生在有限动词之后to doHe wanted to leave.
一直持续到有限动词之前having been doing / to have been doingShe seemed to have been waiting.
时态谓语结构常见标志词或信号词参照时间或典型用法
一般现在时主语+动词原形 / 三单always、usually、often、every day、on Mondays习惯、事实、真理
现在进行时am / is / are+doingnow、at the moment、Look!、Listen!现在正在发生
一般过去时动词过去式 / was、wereyesterday、last week、... ago、in 2020过去发生或过去习惯
过去进行时was / were+doingat 8 yesterday、this time last week、when+过去时从句过去某时正在进行
现在完成时have / has+过去分词already、yet、just、ever、never、recently、so far、since、for过去动作对现在有影响
现在完成进行时have / has been+doingall morning、all day、how long、since、for动作持续到现在
过去完成时had+过去分词by the time、before、by+过去时间、already过去某时之前已完成
过去完成进行时had been+doingfor / since+一段时间、all day before+过去事件持续到过去某时
一般将来时will / shall+动词原形tomorrow、next week、soon、in+将来时间将来发生
将来进行时will be+doingat this time tomorrow、this time next week将来某时正在进行
将来完成时will have+过去分词by / in+将来时间、by the time将来某时之前完成
将来完成进行时will have been+doingby / in+将来时间持续到将来某时
Every morning she checks the weather before leaving.
她每天早晨离开前都查看天气。
At this time tomorrow, the committee will be reviewing the proposal.
明天这个时候,委员会将正在审议提案。
By the time we reached the station, the train had already left.
我们赶到车站时,火车已经开走了。
She has been studying here for three years, so she knows the city well.
她已经在这里学习三年了,因此很熟悉这座城市。
By next June, they will have completed the bridge.
到明年六月,他们就将完成这座桥。
💡 先找谓语结构,再看参照时间和时间状语,不要只凭一个信号词判断时态。
常见搭配一览

1. 介词后接动词性宾语时通常用 doing,不能把介词 to 后面的 doing 改成动词原形。
2. look forward to、be used to、devote oneself to、object to 等短语中的 to 是介词。
3. be used to doing 表示“习惯于”,be used to do 表示“被用来做”,used to do 表示“过去常常”。
4. pay attention to、get down to、stick to、lead to、when it comes to 等短语后接 doing。
5. be committed to、be opposed to、be devoted to 等固定搭配后也接 doing。
6. 判断 to 的性质时,要看它能否单独作介词,后面是否接名词、动名词或完整句子。

固定搭配正确形式含义
be used to doingbe used to working late习惯晚工作
look forward to doinglook forward to hearing from you期待你的消息
devote oneself to doingdevote oneself to teaching致力于教学
object to doingobject to his being late反对他迟到
pay attention to doingpay attention to driving注意驾驶
get down to doingget down to business开始认真做事
stick to doingstick to the plan坚持计划
lead to doinglead to serious problems导致严重问题
when it comes to doingwhen it comes to teaching谈到教学时
形式含义例句
used to do过去常常做某事He used to live in Beijing.
be used to doing习惯于做某事He is used to working late.
be used to do某物可以被用来做某事The tool can be used to measure weight.
look forward to doing期待做某事I am looking forward to seeing you.
to be done某事将被做The report is to be done today.
I am used to working late now.
我现在已经习惯晚工作了。
He used to live in Beijing before moving abroad.
出国前他曾住在北京。
This material can be used to make durable bags.
这种材料可以用来制作耐用的袋子。
I am looking forward to hearing from you soon.
我期待 soon 收到你的回复。
💡 遇到 to doing 时先查固定搭配,再判断它是“习惯于”“期待”还是“被用来”。
非谓语与从句的转换

1. 关系从句在保留必要逻辑信息时,常可缩减为分词或不定式作定语。
2. 主动关系从句通常缩减为 doing,被动关系从句通常缩减为 done。
3. 介词后的 that 从句常可改为介词+名词所有格+doing。
4. whether 从句在表示“是否做某事”时可压缩为 whether to do。
5. 宾语从句可以与“宾语+不定式”结构相互转换。
6. what、why、how 从句一般不能直接删去关系词后改写为非谓语。

原结构转换形式转换条件
the man who is sitting therethe man sitting there保留主动分词
the man who was injuredthe man injured保留被动分词
the fact that he was latethe fact of his being late用所有格指出逻辑主语
the question whether we should gothe question of whether to go用 whether to do 压缩
tell him that he should leavetell him to leave用不定式表示要求
从句类型常见关键词能否直接缩减
that 从句fact、idea、possibility、hope 等作宾语时常可缩减
whether 从句whether、if作宾语时常可压缩为 whether to do
what 从句what、whatever一般不能直接缩减
why 从句reason why一般不能直接缩减
how 从句way in which、method of可改用介词短语
The student sitting under the tree is my cousin.
坐在树下的学生是我表弟。
The teacher told us to hand in our essays the next day.
老师告诉我们第二天交作文。
The reason for his being absent was illness.
他缺席的原因是生病。
The question of whether to apply has not been settled.
是否申请的问题尚未确定。
What he said at the meeting surprised everyone.
他在会上所说的话让每个人都很吃惊。
💡 尝试把从句还原为完整句子,再按主动、被动或逻辑主语改写成非谓语。
非谓语作状语的从句还原

1. 目的不定式可还原为 in order to do,表示主句动作的目的。
2. 完成式分词可还原为 after+主语+had done,表示前一动作已经完成。
3. 过去分词条件或原因结构可还原为 if/when+主语+be done。
4. 现在分词状语可还原为 while/when+主语+be doing。
5. 还原后必须保证分词短语的逻辑主语与从句主语一致。
6. 自然结果、伴随状态和独立主格不能脱离句意机械套用从句。

非谓语结构可还原的从句逻辑关系
To solve the problem, we need more data.In order to solve the problem, we need more data.目的
Having checked the figures, she sent the report.After she had checked the figures, she sent the report.先完成后行动
Given enough time, we can complete the survey.If we are given enough time, we can complete the survey.条件
Walking along the river, I thought about my future.While I was walking along the river, I thought about my future.时间与伴随
Confined to bed, she continued reading.Because she was confined to bed, she continued reading.被动原因
逻辑关系常见非谓语常用连接词
目的to doin order to / so as to
时间doing / having done / donewhen / while / after
原因doing / donebecause / since
条件done / doingif / unless
让步done / doingeven if / though
To solve the problem more effectively, we need more data.
为了更有效地解决问题,我们需要更多数据。
Having checked the figures, she sent the report.
核对完数字后,她发送了报告。
Given enough time, we can complete the survey.
如果给我们足够的时间,我们就能完成调查。
Walking along the river, I thought about my future.
沿着河边走时,我思考了自己的未来。
💡 把逻辑主语代入还原句,若代词或动作执行者对不上,就是悬垂结构。
常见易错形式集中辨析

1. 先判断非谓语与中心词之间的主动或被动关系,再选择 doing 或 done。
2. being done 表示正在被做,having been done 表示在参照动作之前已被做完。
3. 介词后接动词性宾语时通常用 doing,但 look forward to 等短语中的 to 是介词。
4. stop doing 表示停止当前动作,stop to do 表示停下去做另一件事。
5. used to do 表示过去习惯,be used to doing 表示已经习惯于某事。
6. interested 通常描述人的感受,interesting 通常描述事物的性质。

易混形式核心区别示例
doing / done主动或同时/被动、完成或状态a running child / a closed door
being done / having been done被动正在进行/被动已经完成The work being checked / The work having been checked
to do / doing不定式/动名词或现在分词to finish / finishing the work
stop doing / stop to do停止当前动作/停下去做另一事Stop talking. / Stop to talk.
used to do / be used to doing过去常常/已经习惯于He used to swim. / He is used to swimming.
interested / interesting人的感受/事物的性质an excited child / an exciting game
only to do / result doing意外结果/自然结果only to be disappointed / causing disappointment
The report being checked contains several useful suggestions.
正在核查的报告中有几条有用建议。
Having been warned, he changed his plan.
接到警告后,他改变了计划。
He is used to working late, and he used to work in a small shop.
他现已习惯晚工作,过去曾在一家小商店工作。
The child looked excited, while the performance was exciting.
孩子显得很兴奋,而这场表演令人兴奋。
💡 做题时依次检查“主动被动、先后关系、固定搭配、词义轻重”四个层面。
📌 北京真题 48 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 31 题;语法填空 17 空
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

that she was going off to sleep, I asked if she’d like that little doll on her bed.

A. SeeingB. To seeC. SeeD. Seen

看答案

✅ A. Seeing(现在分词作原因状语)

主句是 I asked...,主语为 I。空格处引导的分词短语作原因状语,相当于 Because I saw...,表示因为看到她快要睡着了,所以才询问。主语 I 与 see 之间是主动关系,故选 Seeing。To see 表示目的,See 是原形不能直接作状语,Seen 是被动且逻辑不通,最易误选 D,但此处主语是动作的发出者而非承受者。

2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

–Did the book give the information you needed?
–Yes. But it, I had to read the entire book.

A. to findB. findC. to findingD. finding

看答案

✅ A. to find(不定式作目的状语)

观察句子结构,主句是 I had to read the entire book,表示“我不得不读完整本书”,而空格处需要一个成分来解释读书的目的。选择 A. to find,构成不定式短语作目的状语,意为“为了找到(所需信息)”。D. finding 作为动名词或现在分词,在此处无法表达目的逻辑,且不能直接接在 But 之后引导目的。最容易误选 D,因为它混淆了目的状语与伴随状语的区别。

2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

I feel greatly honored into their society.

A. to welcomeB. welcomingC. to be welcomedD. welcomed

看答案

✅ C. to be welcomed(不定式作形容词补足语)

句子主干是 I feel honored,其中 honored 是形容词,后面需要接不定式作补足语来解释感到荣幸的原因。分析逻辑关系,主语 I 与 welcome(欢迎)之间是被动关系,即“被欢迎进入”,因此必须使用被动形式 to be welcomed。A 选项 to welcome 是主动语态,逻辑不通;D 选项 welcomed 无法在形容词后直接作补足语。

2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

It is worth considering what makes “convenience” foods so popular, and better ones of your own.

A. introducesB. to introduceC. introducingD. introduced

看答案

✅ C. introducing(动名词作宾语)

首先观察句子结构,It is worth doing sth. 是固定句型,意为“值得做某事”。此处 worth 后面接了 considering 引导的宾语,随后出现并列连词 and,连接的是另一个与 considering 平行的成分。因此,此处应填入 introducing 以保持结构一致,共同作为 worth 的宾语。最容易误选 A,因为学生常习惯性地寻找谓语动词,但此处并非主句谓语,不能用谓语形式。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

For breakfast he only drinks juice from fresh fruit on his own farm.

A. grownB. being grownC. to be grownD. to grow

看答案

✅ A. grown(过去分词作后置定语)

句子主干是 he drinks juice,空格处需要一个成分来修饰 fruit。fruit 与 grow 之间是被动关系,且水果是先种植好才被饮用的,具有完成感,因此选用过去分词 grown 作后置定语。此处 grow 是及物动词,表示“种植水果”。最容易误选 D,因为 to grow 表示目的或将来,与语境不符。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

All of them try to use the power of the workstation information in a more effective way.

A. presentingB. presentedC. being presentedD. to present

看答案

✅ D. to present(不定式作名词补足语)

首先分析句子结构,主语 All of them,谓语 try to use,宾语 the power of the workstation,主干完整。空格处需修饰名词 power,说明这种“能力”的具体内容,因此选用 to present 作为不定式补足语,表示工作站的能力是用于“呈现信息”。A 选项 presenting 为现在分词,不能在此结构中表示功能或目的,且不符合名词补足语的习惯用法,故排除。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

twice, the postman refused to deliver our letters unless we changed our dog.

A. Being bittenB. BittenC. Having bittenD. To be bitten

看答案

✅ B. Bitten(过去分词作状语)

首先分析句子结构,主句主语是 the postman,空格处为非谓语动词作状语。邮递员与 bite(咬)之间是被动关系,且被咬发生在拒绝投递之前,因此使用过去分词 Bitten 表示被动和完成。Bitten 在此处相当于 (Having been) bitten。最容易误选 A,因为 Being bitten 表示正在被咬或一般的被动,而此处强调的是此前被咬两次导致的结果,且过去分词作状语时通常省略 being。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

at my classmates' faces, I read the same excitement in their eyes.

A. LookingB. LookC. To lookD. Looked

看答案

✅ A. Looking(现在分词作状语)

先看句子结构,主句是 I read the same excitement...,逗号前是状语部分。主语 I 与 look 之间是主动关系,且动作与主句同时发生,因此选用 Looking 表示伴随状态。注意,Looked 是过去分词形式,单独放在句首不能构成合法的伴随状语,故不能选。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

I'm calling to enquire about the position in yesterday's China Daily.

A. advertisedB. to be advertisedC. advertisingD. having advertised

看答案

✅ A. advertised(过去分词作后置定语)

首先分析句子结构,主句是 I'm calling to enquire...,空格处需要一个词来修饰名词 position。分析 position 与 advertise 的关系,职位是被刊登的,属于被动关系,因此选用过去分词 advertised 作后置定语,相当于 which was advertised。最容易误选 C,因为 advertising 表示主动且持续,职位不能主动刊登自己。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

It’s important for the figures regularly.

A. to be updatedB. to have been updatedC. to updateD. to have updated

看答案

✅ A. to be updated(不定式的被动语态)

It 是形式主语,真正的主语是 for the figures to … regularly;for 引出的 the figures 是不定式的逻辑主语。数据是“被更新”的,要用被动的 to be updated;regularly 表示经常性的动作,用不定式一般式即可,故选 A. to be updated。C. to update 是主动,变成“数据去更新别的东西”;B、D 的完成式表示动作已经先完成,和“定期更新”不符。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

Sit down, Emma. You will only make yourself more tired, on your feet.

A. to keepB. keepingC. having keptD. to have kept

看答案

✅ B. keeping(现在分词作伴随状语)

句子主干是 You will only make yourself more tired,后面逗号隔开的部分是对主句动作状态的补充。这里用 keeping 表示在“让自己疲惫”的同时,处于“一直站着”的状态,构成伴随状语。因为主语 You 与 keep 之间是主动关系,且动作与主句同步,故选 keeping。A 项 to keep 表示目的或结果,逻辑不通,是学生最容易误选的干扰项。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

One learns a language by making mistakes and them.

A. correctsB. correctC. to correctD. correcting

看答案

✅ D. correcting(动名词作介词宾语)

首先观察句子结构,关键词是介词 by。by 在这里表示“通过……方式”,其后需要接动名词形式。句子中 by 后面连接了两个动作,由 and 连接,因此这两个动作必须保持平行结构。第一个动作是 making,所以空格处必须填入对应的 correcting。最容易误选 A,因为学生常习惯性地根据主语 One 寻找谓语动词,而忽略了 by 的介词属性。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

with care, one tin will last for six weeks.

A. UseB. UsingC. UsedD. To use

看答案

✅ C. Used(过去分词作状语)

首先分析句子结构,主句是 one tin will last for six weeks,主语是 one tin(罐头)。空格处为非谓语动词作状语,需判断主语 tin 与动词 use 的关系。由于罐头是被使用的,因此应选用过去分词 Used 表示被动。Used with care 相当于 If it is used with care。最容易误选 B,因为 Using 表示主动,罐头不能主动使用。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

Volunteering gives you a chance lives, including your own.

A. changeB. changingC. changedD. to change

看答案

✅ D. to change(不定式作后置定语)

首先分析句子结构,主语是 Volunteering,谓语是 gives,宾语是 a chance。此处需要一个成分来修饰名词 chance,表示“改变生活的机会”。根据习惯搭配,chance 后常接动词不定式作定语,因此选择 to change。A 选项 change 是动词原形,不能直接跟在名词后作定语;B 选项 changing 虽然是非谓语,但此处不符合 chance 的固定搭配习惯。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

the course very difficult, she decided to move to a lower level.

A. FindB. FindingC. To findD. Found

看答案

✅ B. Finding(现在分词作原因状语)

主句是 she decided to move...,主语是 she。空格位于句首且后接宾语 the course,说明此处需要非谓语动词作状语。由于主语 she 与 find 之间是主动关系,且“觉得课程难”是“决定降级”的原因,因此选用 Finding 表示原因状语。A 选项 Find 是动词原形,不能直接在句首作状语;D 选项 Found 是过去分词,表示被动或完成,而此处主语是主动发出“觉得”这个动作,故不符合逻辑。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

When we saw the road with snow, we decided to spend the holiday at home.

A. blockB. to blockC. blockingD. blocked

看答案

✅ D. blocked(非谓语动词作宾补)

句子结构为 see + 宾语 + 宾语补足语。观察宾语 the road 与动词 block(阻塞)的关系,路是被雪阻塞的,两者是被动关系,因此需用过去分词 blocked 作补足语。注意 see 是感官动词,其补足语常用原形或现在分词表示主动/进行,但此处强调状态且为被动,故选 D。最容易误选 C,因为 blocking 表示路在主动阻塞某物,不符合逻辑。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

Last night, there were millions of people the opening ceremony live on TV.

A. watchB. to watchC. watchedD. watching

看答案

✅ D. watching(现在分词作后置定语)

首先分析句子结构,主句是 there were millions of people,谓语动词是 were,句子主干已完整。空格处需要一个成分来修饰 people,表示“正在观看仪式的人”。watching 作为现在分词,在句中作后置定语,相当于省略了关系代词的定语从句 (who were watching)。因此选择 D. watching。最容易误选 C. watched,因为 people 与 watch 之间是主动关系而非被动。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

There are still many problems before we are ready for a long stay on the Moon.

A. solvingB. solvedC. being solvedD. to be solved

看答案

✅ D. to be solved(不定式作后置定语)

句子主干是 There are many problems,空格处需填入定语修饰 problems。根据语境,这些问题是“将来需要被解决”的,表示将来或目的时,应用不定式作定语;且问题与 solve 是被动关系,故选 to be solved。注意 A 选项 solving 表示主动且进行,不能修饰 problems,容易误选。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

The film star wears sunglasses. Therefore, he can go shopping without ..

A. recognizingB. being recognizedC. having recognizedD. having been recognized

看答案

✅ B. being recognized(动名词的被动形式)

首先看介词 without,其后需接动名词形式。根据语境,电影明星戴墨镜是为了不“被认出”,而非他去认别人,因此需用被动语态。being recognized 是动名词的被动形式,符合“介词 + 动名词被动”的结构。最容易误选 A,因为 recognizing 是主动含义,表示“认出某人”,与句意相反。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

the early flight,we ordered a taxi in advance and got up very early.

A. CatchingB. CaughtC. To catchD. Catch

看答案

✅ C. To catch(不定式作目的状语)

句子主句是 we ordered a taxi...,主语和谓语完整,空格处为非谓语动词作状语。根据语境,提前打车和早起是为了“赶上早班飞机”,表示目的,因此选 To catch。To catch 在句中作目的状语,相当于 In order to catch。最容易误选 A,因为 Catching 表示伴随或结果,逻辑上不通,不能说“赶上飞机”导致了“提前打车”。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

The park was full of people themselves in the sunshine

A. having enjoyedB. enjoyedC. enjoyingD. to enjoy

看答案

✅ C. enjoying(现在分词作后置定语)

首先分析句子结构,主句是 The park was full of people,空格处需要一个成分来修饰 people。由于 people 与 enjoy 之间是主动关系,且动作在此时发生,因此使用现在分词 enjoying 作后置定语(或伴随状语),表示“人们正在享受阳光”。选项 B enjoyed 是过去分词,表示被动或完成,与语境不符,故排除。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

If for the job, you’ll be informed soon.

A. to acceptB. acceptC. acceptingD. accepted

看答案

✅ D. accepted(过去分词作状语)

观察句子结构,If 引导的从句缺少主语和谓语。根据主句主语 you 可推断,从句主语也是 you,且 you 与 accept(接纳/录取)之间是被动关系。因此需用过去分词 accepted 表示被动,该结构相当于 If you are accepted 的省略形式。注意 A 选项 to accept 表示目的或将来,不符合此处表示条件的语境。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

it easier to get in touch with us, you’d better keep this card at hand.

A. MadeB. MakeC. MakingD. To make

看答案

✅ D. To make(不定式作目的状语)

观察句子结构,主句是“you'd better keep this card at hand”,主谓宾完整。空格处位于句首且与主句有逻辑因果关系,表示采取某种行动的目的。为了表达“为了使……”,应使用动词不定式,故选 To make。最容易误选 C,因为 Making 引导的动名词或分词短语通常表示伴随或原因,而此处强调的是目的,逻辑上不成立。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

over a week ago, the books are expected to arrive any time now.

A. OrderingB. To orderC. Having orderedD. Ordered

看答案

✅ D. Ordered(过去分词作定语)

观察句子结构,逗号前是过去分词短语作定语,修饰主语 the books,相当于 the books, which were ordered over a week ago。分析 books 与 order 的关系,书是被订购的,具有被动含义,因此选用过去分词 Ordered。最容易误选 C,因为 Having ordered 是主动形式,要求主语必须是“订书的人”而非“书”本身。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

Newly-built wooden cottages line the street, the old town into a dreamland.

A. turnB. turningC. to turnD. turned

看答案

✅ B. turning(现在分词作伴随状语)

首先分析句子结构,主句是 Newly-built wooden cottages line the street,结构完整。逗号后需要填入非谓语动词作状语。由于木屋(cottages)与 turn 之间是主动关系,且表示结果或伴随状态,因此使用 turning。最容易误选 A,但一个简单句不能在没有连词的情况下出现两个谓语动词,故排除。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

Many airlines now allow passengers to print their boarding passes online their valuable time.

A. saveB. savingC. to saveD. saved

看答案

✅ C. to save(不定式作目的状语)

句子主干为 Many airlines allow passengers to print their boarding passes,结构完整。空格处需要填入一个成分来修饰整个动作,表示航空公司允许乘客在线打印登机牌的“目的”。因此选择 to save 表示“为了节省”。最容易误选 B,因为 saving 作结果状语通常表示自然而然产生的结果,而此处强调的是主观目的,且 to save 在此类句型中更为地道。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

The national park has a large collection of wildlife, from butterflies to elephants.

A. rangingB. rangeC. to rangeD. ranged

看答案

✅ A. ranging(现在分词作后置定语)

句子主干为 The national park has a large collection of wildlife,逗号后为补充说明。wildlife 与 range 之间是主动关系,且 range from... to... 为固定搭配,故使用现在分词 ranging 作后置定语修饰 wildlife。B 项 range 为动词原形,不能在无连词的情况下直接作谓语;D 项 ranged 为过去分词,表示被动,不符合语境。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

Jim has retired, but he still remember the happy time with his students.

A. to spendB. spendC. spendingD. spent

看答案

✅ D. spent(过去分词作后置定语)

句子主干是 Jim remembers the happy time。空格处需填入非谓语动词修饰 time。由于 time 与 spend 之间是被动关系(时间是被度过的),因此选用过去分词 spent 作后置定语,相当于省略了 which was。最容易误选 C,因为 spending 表示主动或进行,而时间不能主动度过。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 3 题

along the old Silk Road is an interesting and rewarding experience

A. TravelB. TravelingC. Having traveledD. Traveled

看答案

✅ B. Traveling(动名词作主语)

观察句子结构,is 是谓语动词,空格处位于句首,需要一个名词性成分充当主语。Traveling 作为动名词,表示“旅行这件事”,符合语法要求且语义自然,因此选择 B。A 选项 Travel 虽然可作名词,但通常指抽象的旅行概念,在此处接 along... 这种具体路径时,需用动名词形式。C 选项 Having traveled 强调“已经完成”的动作,与表达普遍体验的语义不符。D 选项 Traveled 是过去分词,不能独立作主语。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 6 题

During the Mid-Autumn Festival, family members often gather together a meal, admire the moon and enjoy moon cakes.

A. shareB. to shareC. having sharedD. shared

看答案

✅ B. to share(不定式作目的状语)

句子主干是 family members gather together,结构完整。空格处需要一个成分来修饰 gather together,表示聚集在一起的目的是为了做什么。选择 to share 表示“为了分享”,与后面的 admire 和 enjoy 构成平行结构,共同描述节日活动。A 选项 share 是动词原形,不能在没有连词的情况下直接跟在谓语动词后面;C 和 D 选项的非谓语形式不符合此处表达目的的语境。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 10 题

Ordinary soap, correctly, can deal with bacteria effectively.

A. usedB. to useC. usingD. use

看答案

✅ A. used(过去分词作条件状语)

主干是 Ordinary soap can deal with bacteria effectively,逗号隔开的 ___ correctly 是插入的状语,相当于 if it is used correctly(如果使用得当)。肥皂是“被使用”的,用过去分词表被动,故选 A. used。C. using 表示主动,肥皂不会自己使用;B. to use 表目的或将来,意思不对;D. use 是动词原形,句子已有谓语 can deal with,不能再加谓语。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 2 空

Soon I will graduate and become part of the real world. Nervously (face) challenges. I know I will whisper to 3 (I) the two simple words “Be yourself”.

看答案

✅ facing(现在分词作状语)

逻辑主语 I 主动面对 challenges,现在分词短语作状语。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 4 空

Earth Day, (mark) on 22 April,is an annual event aiming to raise public awareness about environmental protection.

看答案

✅ marked(过去分词作后置定语)

Earth Day 与 mark 是被动关系,过去分词短语作后置定语。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 8 空

A piece of stone (find) on a Dutch beach suggests that our extinct human relatives, known as Neanderthals, were cleverer than previously thought.

看答案

✅ found(过去分词作后置定语)

stone 与 find 是被动关系,过去分词作后置定语;主句谓语是 suggests。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 18 空

There 〔17〕(be) a dramatic rise in the number of extreme weather events over the past 20 years, (cause) largely by rising global temperatures,according to a new report from the United Nations.

看答案

✅ caused(过去分词作补充说明)

rise 与 cause 为被动关系,过去分词短语作补充说明。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 19 空

From 2000 to 2019, there were 7,348 major natural disasters around the world, (result) in USD 2,970 billion in economic loss.

看答案

✅ resulting(现在分词作结果状语)

result 与前述灾害为主动关系,现在分词短语说明结果。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 20 空

The findings show a critical need (invest) in disaster prevention.

看答案

✅ to invest(need后接不定式)

need to do 表示采取行动的需要,用不定式。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 12 空

Fearful that he might have an intention (harm) her, Helen started to run.

看答案

✅ to harm(不定式作后置定语)

intention 后用不定式作后置定语,意为伤害她的意图。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 14 空

One theory, increasingly (support) by experts, suggests that smell preferences are learned.

看答案

✅ supported(过去分词作后置定语)

theory 与 support 是被动关系,过去分词作后置定语。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 19 空

She called for action (address) the struggles of people around the world 〔20〕(face) “too little water or too dirty water”.

看答案

✅ to address(不定式作目的状语)

不定式作目的状语,表示采取行动以解决问题。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 20 空

She called for action 〔19〕(address)the struggles of people around the world (face) “too little water or too dirty water”.

看答案

✅ facing(现在分词作后置定语)

people 与 face 是主动关系,现在分词作后置定语。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 11 空

Taking the time (rest) allows us to develop a deeper sense of 〔12〕 (self-aware).

看答案

✅ to rest(take the time to do)

take the time to do 为固定结构,此处用不定式。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 19 空

Just then, some kids ran at him, (knock) his books out of his arms.

看答案

✅ knocking(现在分词作结果状语)

句中已有谓语 ran;kids 主动 knock,现在分词短语作结果状语。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 12 空

I sometimes call him back, worried that he might have someone (scare).

看答案

✅ scared(过去分词作宾补)

have someone scared 表示使某人受惊;过去分词作宾语补足语,表人的状态。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 17 空

When (travel), we engage with cultures and experiences.

看答案

✅ traveling(现在分词作时间状语)

完整结构为 when we are traveling;主动进行时从句省略主语和 be。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 13 空

The cashier had scanned all the items and there were a couple of people (wait) behind us.

看答案

✅ waiting(现在分词作后置定语)

people 与 wait 是主动关系,现在分词作后置定语。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 16 空

You may not know the term, but that feeling is “kama muta”, a recently (name) emotion that marks some of the most important moments in our life.

看答案

✅ named(过去分词作后置定语)

emotion 与 name 为被动关系,过去分词作后置定语。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 17 空

By mindfully seeking out opportunities (stimulate) this feeling, you could fill your life with greater meaning.

看答案

✅ to stimulate(不定式作后置定语)

不定式作 opportunities 的后置定语,说明要寻找什么样的机会。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 只看句中已有谓语就排除其他谓语;先检查是否有并列连词或从句边界。
  • 把 doing 永远等同于‘正在’;动名词常表示一般活动,分词也可表示特征或结果。
  • 把 done 当作过去时;过去分词是非谓语形式,本身不能独立构成一般过去时谓语。
  • 分词状语的执行者写错,如 Walking home, the rain began;应让行走的人作主句主语,或改用完整时间从句。
  • 在 look forward to 后用动词原形;to 是介词,要接名词或 doing。
  • 把 remember doing 与 remember to do 混用;前者回忆已做,后者记住待做。
  • with 后一律用 doing;必须判断该宾语是执行动作、承受动作还是还有待办事项。
  • 看到名词承受动作就一律选 done;正在被做可用 being done,尚待被做可用 to be done。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填适当形式:We decided _____ (take) the early bus.
    看答案

    ✅ to take decide 后用不定式作宾语。

  2. 二选一:Please remember _____ (locking / to lock) the door when you leave tomorrow.
    看答案

    ✅ to lock 离开在明天,锁门尚未发生,表示记住要做。

  3. 二选一:_____ (Seen / Seeing) from the tower, the park looks like a green carpet.
    看答案

    ✅ Seen 公园是被看见的对象,分词状语与主句主语构成被动关系。

  4. 用 finish 的完成分词形式填空:_____ all the questions, she handed in the paper.
    看答案

    ✅ Having finished 她主动答题,且答完早于交卷,按要求用主动完成分词。

  5. 二选一:With the baby _____ (sleeping / slept) beside her, she spoke very softly.
    看答案

    ✅ sleeping baby 主动睡觉且当时正在睡,用 doing 作 with 的宾补。

11 情态动词情态表达能力、许可、义务、意愿与推测。

📝 北京怎么考:北京旧卷单项填空考查情境中的能力、许可、必要性和可能性;现行阅读与写作仍需辨别情态强弱,语法填空遇到情态结构要注意后接动词原形。本章收录北京卷单项填空 11 题(2008—2018 年中的 11 年)。

🔑 口诀:情态之后用原形,具体含义看语境。
基本形式与时间关系

情态动词后接动词原形(不带to),且形式不随主语变化。
• 否定直接加not,疑问将情态动词提前。
• 例外:need、dare兼有实义动词用法,须另判。
• could、might、would不一定表示过去,也可表示委婉、较小可能性或虚拟。
• 后接be doing:推测正在发生。
• 后接have done:谈论过去(非现在完成时谓语)。

类别肯定结构否定结构疑问结构
一般情态动词主语 + 情态动词 + 动词原形主语 + 情态动词 + not + 动词原形情态动词 + 主语 + 动词原形?
need/dare 作情态动词Need/Dare + 主语 + 动词原形need/dare + not + 动词原形Need/Dare + 主语 + 动词原形?
结构时间落点常见功能例句
情态动词 + be doing说话时常正在进行推测现在正在发生的动作He may be waiting outside.
情态动词 + have done过去推测过去发生过的动作She must have left already.
情态动词 + have been doing过去一段时间推测过去持续进行的动作They could have been working all morning.
She can solve the problem, but she may need more time.
她能解决这个问题,但她可能需要更多时间。
He might be waiting at the other entrance.
他也许正在另一个入口等候。
The keys must have been lost on the way.
钥匙一定是在路上丢了。
Would you mind opening the window?
你介意打开一下窗户吗?
💡 Tip:情态动词是“霸道总裁”,后面必须跟原形,绝不加-s,绝不带to。
can 与 could

can/could 核心区分:能力、许可、可能性及委婉程度。
• can:表能力、许可或可能性。
• could:表过去能力或现在委婉请求。
• 过去某次实际成功:用 was/were able to 或 managed to。例外:感官、认知动词及否定句可用 could。
• 否定/疑问:用于推测,can’t 表示“不可能”。
• 请求:could 比 can 更客气。
• 回答现在许可:用 can。注意:问句用 could 不代表是过去时。

用途cancould
能力can swimcould swim when young
请求Can you help me?Could you help me?
可能性It can happen.It could be true.
否定推测It can’t be true.It couldn’t have happened.
表达例句说明
was/were able to doHe was able to solve the problem.过去一次成功做到
managed to doShe managed to finish on time.克服困难后完成
could + 感官或认知动词I could smell smoke in the air.过去具备某种感官或认知能力
The little boy can count to ten now.
这个小男孩现在能数到十了。
At that time, few girls could ride a bicycle.
那时会骑自行车的女孩很少。
Could you tell me how to get to the station?
你能告诉我怎样去车站吗?
Despite the heavy traffic, she was able to reach the meeting on time.
尽管交通拥堵,她还是准时到达了会场。
People can find useful information on the Internet.
人们可以在网上找到有用的信息。
💡 tip:can be dangerous 论通用规律,may be dangerous 论具体对象。
may 与 might

may/might 常表示没有把握的推测,might 可显得更不确定或更委婉,但不能机械对应固定概率。may 可用于较正式的许可,May I…? 是征求许可;Might I…? 更委婉且较少用。may not 可表示‘可能不’,在许可语境中也可表示‘不准’,要看语境;may/might as well do 表示‘不妨做’,May + 主语 + 原形还可用于祝愿。

功能常用表达含义或语气
许可May I use your pen?我可以借用你的笔吗?
推测He may/might be right.他可能是对的
建议We may/might as well go.我们不妨去
祝愿May you succeed!愿你成功
形式许可语境推测语境
may not不准、不可以可能不
might not较少用于表示许可可能不
may/might可以可能
The museum may not be open today; let us check first.
博物馆今天可能不开放,我们先查一下。
May I ask you a quick question?
我可以问你一个问题吗?
We might as well walk, since the bus has just left.
既然公共汽车刚走,我们不妨步行。
May all your hard work bring good results!
愿你所有的努力都结出好成果!
💡 may not be 是可能不是;can’t be 是不可能是,判断力度不同。
must 与 have to

must 表示必须、强烈要求,也可表示很有把握的肯定推测。have to 常突出外在要求,并能灵活表达过去、将来,如 had to、will have to;must 与 have to 的主客观区别是常见侧重,不是绝对界线。mustn’t 表禁止,否定‘必须’的必要性要用 needn’t 或 don’t have to。回答 Must I…?:肯定可用 Yes, you must;否定通常用 No, you needn’t/don’t have to。must 还可表‘偏要、非得’,含不满。

比较项musthave to
语义侧重说话人认为必须,或规则、道理要求客观条件或外在规定要求
形式must + 动词原形has/have/had to + 动词原形
否定mustn’t = 禁止don’t/doesn’t/didn’t have to = 不必
强推测must be = 一定、准是无直接对应形式
问句肯定回答否定回答
Must I...?Yes, you must.No, you needn’t/don’t have to.
Do I have to...?Yes, you do.No, you don’t have to.
You must wear a helmet when riding a motorbike.
骑摩托车时你必须戴头盔。
All applicants have to submit an online form.
所有申请者都必须提交网上表格。
You must not use this entrance without a ticket.
没有车票,你不得使用这个入口。
The lights are on, so someone must be inside.
灯亮着,所以里面一定有人。
💡 mustn’t 是红灯‘禁止’,needn’t 是‘没有必要’,不能互换。
should 的建议与预期

should 和 ought to 主要表示建议、责任和按理推测。
• ought to 表示类似的“应该”,ought 后必须有 to。
• should 表预期时译为“按理应该”,肯定推测语气弱于 must。
• should 可表达惊讶,如 It is strange that…should…
• 建议、要求等从句中 (should) do 是虚拟结构,非过去时。
• had better do 表最好,否定为 had better not do。

功能例句含义
建议或责任You should apologize.你应该道歉
按理预期The parcel should arrive tomorrow.包裹按理明天会到
个人打算You had better leave now.你最好现在离开
惊讶It is strange that he should know.他竟然知道,真奇怪
表达基本结构典型侧重
shouldshould do建议、责任或按理预期
ought toought to do常与 should 意义相近
had betterhad better (not) do提出较直接、较紧迫的个人建议
The parcel should arrive by Friday if there are no delays.
如果不耽搁,包裹按理应在周五之前送到。
You ought to check the source before sharing the news.
转发消息前,你应该核查来源。
You had better leave now or you will miss the train.
你最好现在离开,否则会错过火车。
It is strange that he should know the answer without being told.
没有人告诉他,他却知道答案,真奇怪。
💡 should arrive 看预期(按理说),must be there 看证据(肯定在)。
need 的两种用法

need 既能当情态动词(直接加原形),也能当实义动词(加 to do)。
• 情态动词:用于否定/疑问,不加-s,不用do,后接原形(如 needn’t go, Need I go?)。
• 实义动词:有 needs/needed 变化,否定/疑问借助 do/does/did,后接 to do。
• 实义动词被动:用 need doing 或 need to be done。
• needn’t have done:过去做了,但其实不必。
• didn’t need to do:当时没必要,不保证是否做了。

身份后接结构典型例句判断提示
情态动词动词原形You need not go. / Need I go?不加 to,不用 do 助问
实义动词to doShe needs to rest.有 needs/needed,用 do 助问
事物需被处理doing / to be doneThe wall needs painting.主语承受处理
结构核心含义不能直接推出
needn’t have done过去做了,但本来没有必要不能只理解为‘过去没有必要’
didn’t need to do过去当时没有必要不能判断动作是否实际发生
mustn’t have done不作为‘过去一定没做’的常规表达该意思通常用 can’t/couldn’t have done
You need not answer now, but everyone needs to reply by Monday.
你现在不必回答,但每个人都需要在周一之前答复。
Does she need to work overtime?
她需要加班吗?
The wall needs painting before we move in.
我们搬进去前这面墙需要粉刷。
You needn’t have brought lunch; we have already ordered food for everyone.
你本来不必带午饭的,我们已经给每个人订餐了。
💡 看到 does/did 检查 need 是否还原且后面保留 to;区分’做了不必’(needn't have done) 与 ‘没必要’(didn't need to)。
dare 的两种用法

dare 既可作情态动词也可作实义动词,核心区别在于是否用 do 帮助及是否接 to。
• 情态动词:见于否定、疑问、条件语境,后接原形,不用 do。例:dare not ask / Dare he ask?
• 实义动词:有 dares/dared 变化,后接 to do,否定疑问用 do。
• 例外:实义动词在否定等语境中 to 可省略。例:doesn't dare (to) ask
• dare sb to do:激某人做。
• How dare you…!:强烈责备。
• I dare say:固定说法,表示“我想、大概”。

身份或用法结构例句
情态动词dare + 动词原形dare not ask / Dare he ask?
实义动词dare to doShe dared to speak.
实义动词的否定do/does/did + dare (to) doHe didn’t dare (to) interrupt.
固定搭配dare sb to doI dare you to try it.
She did not dare to interrupt the speaker.
她不敢打断发言者。
Dare he ask such a question?
他敢问这样的问题吗?
How dare you speak to her like that!
你怎么敢那样对她讲话!
I dare say the weather will improve tomorrow.
我想明天天气会好转。
💡 看结构:有 do/s/ed → 实义 (to do);无 do/s/ed → 情态 (do)。
will 与 would

will/would 核心在于区分“意愿/习惯”与“时态/虚拟”。
• will:表意愿、请求、习惯性行为或事物特性。
• won’t:表将来否定,或指“不肯”、机器“怎么也不工作”。
• would:表过去反复行为、委婉请求、过去将来或虚拟。
• would 表过去习惯:用于动作,有过去背景。
• used to:用于过去动作或状态,暗示现在不同。
• would like to do:想要做。
• would rather do:宁愿做;否定为 would rather not do。

形式或结构常见意义例句
will do意愿、预测、将来安排或习惯I will call you later.
won’t do拒绝或机器无法工作The printer won’t work.
would do过去反复行为、过去将来、礼貌请求或虚拟He would often tell old stories.
used to do/be过去的状态或习惯,常暗示现在不同We used to live here.
would rather do宁愿做I would rather stay at home.
过去情况wouldused to
反复动作would do,需有过去语境used to do
过去状态较少直接用 would beused to be
现在是否延续不自动表示已经不再通常暗示现在情况不同
The printer will not work, although it is connected properly.
打印机虽然连接正常,却怎么也不工作。
When we were children, Grandfather would tell us stories after supper.
小时候,爷爷常在晚饭后给我们讲故事。
We used to live in a small village near the river.
我们过去住在河边的一个小村庄里。
Would you mind closing the window?
你介意关一下窗户吗?
I would rather stay at home than go shopping today.
今天我宁愿待在家里,也不愿去购物。
💡 动作习惯用 would (如 would tell),状态习惯用 used to (如 used to live)。
shall 的提议与规定

shall 的核心用法是:第一人称提议,非第一人称规定。
• Shall I/we...?:征求意见或提出帮助。
• 第二/三人称(正式规定/条款):表示义务。
• 特定语境:表示承诺、警告或决心。
• I/we shall do:表示将来,较正式,日常常用 will。
• 例外:不要把所有 shall 都当成“将要”,需区分提议或规定。

语境例句含义
征求意见Shall we compare our notes after class?我们课后对照一下笔记好吗?
正式规定Participants shall wear identity badges.参加者须佩戴身份牌
承诺或决心You shall receive my answer tomorrow.你明天一定会收到我的答复
警告You shall regret it.你会后悔的
Shall we compare our notes after class?
我们课后对照一下笔记好吗?
Participants shall wear identity badges during the event.
活动期间参加者须佩戴身份牌。
You shall receive my answer before Friday.
你会在周五之前收到我的答复。
💡 Shall we...? → 咱们...好吗?;条款中的 shall → 必须。
情态加 have done 的过去推测

情态动词 + have + 过去分词,用于推测过去。
• must have + 过去分词:肯定强推测(一定做了)
• can’t/couldn’t have + 过去分词:否定强推测(一定没做)
• may/might/could have + 过去分词:可能发生,结果未知
• Can/Could…have + 过去分词?:询问过去的可能性
• 例外:‘一定没做’用 can’t have + 过去分词,mustn’t 不能用于推测的否定

结构典型含义把握程度
must have done过去一定做了强肯定推测
can’t/couldn’t have done过去不可能做了强否定推测
may/might/could have done过去可能做了,尚不确定不确定推测
may/might not have done过去可能没做不确定推测
must have been doing过去一直在做某事过去持续推测
should have done按理应完成或本应做却没做须看上下文
结构核心功能例句
have done现在完成时谓语I have finished the work.
modal + have done过去推测或评价He must have forgotten.
modal + have been doing过去持续进行的推测They must have been waiting.
The ground is wet; it must have rained during the night.
地面湿了,夜里一定下过雨。
She cannot have written this note; she was abroad at the time.
这张便条不可能是她写的,她当时在国外。
He may have taken the wrong bus, but we do not know yet.
他可能坐错了车,不过我们还不知道。
The machine must have been running for hours.
这台机器一定已经运行了好几个小时。
💡 Tip:先分清是“猜过去”还是“评价本可做却没做”,区分 could have done 的两种含义。
情态加 have done 的虚拟评价

情态动词 + have done 用于回看已经发生的事。
• should/ought to have done:本应做却未做。
• shouldn’t/ought not to have done:本不该做却做了。
• needn’t have done:本不必做却做了。
• could have done:本来有能力或机会却没做。
• might have done:在某些语境下表本可做、带责备。
• would have done:过去条件未实现时本来会出现的结果。
• 例外:should have done 也可能只是合理预期,须由反事实或责备语境确认,不能见形式就断言没做。

结构虚拟或评价含义典型事实关系
should/ought to have done本该做而没做should do, but didn’t
shouldn’t/ought not to have done本不该做而做了shouldn’t do, but did
needn’t have done本不必做而做了didn’t need to do, but did
could have done本有机会或能力做而没做could do, but didn’t
might have done本可做却没做,常带遗憾或责备might do, but didn’t
would have done若过去条件实现,本来会做if + had done, would have done
评价角度核心框架例句
该做未做should have done but didn’tYou should have called me.
不该做却做shouldn’t have doneYou shouldn’t have told him.
不必要却做needn’t have doneYou needn’t have waited.
过去条件未实现if + had done, would have doneIf I had known, I would have helped.
You should have backed up the file; now it is lost.
你本该备份文件的,现在文件丢了。
You shouldn’t have told him about the plan.
你本不该把这件事告诉他的。
You needn’t have waited; the train had already left.
你本来不必等的,火车早已开走了。
We could have won, but we missed the final shot.
我们本来有机会赢,但最后一投失手了。
I would have joined you if I had received the invitation.
如果我当时收到邀请,就会和你们一起参加了。
💡 记忆口诀:should/needn't have done 事实全相反(should have done...but didn't; needn't have done...but did)。
情态动词的时态指向

• 情态动词没有现在式、过去式之分,could、might、would 的时间指向主要由语境决定。
• can/could do 可指现在能力或过去一般能力,要看是否出现过去时间状语。
• may/might do 可指现在或将来的可能,will do 可指现在的预测或将来安排。
• would do 可指过去反复习惯、过去将来,也可用于现在的礼貌请求。
• 转述过去将来时常说 said + would do,这是句法转换,不是 would 的固定过去式。
• 情态动词加 have done 把判断落在过去,加 be doing 常把判断落在现在。

表达可能的时间指向判断线索
can/could do现在能力或过去一般能力有无过去时间背景
may/might do现在或将来可能语境、结果或将来安排
will do现在的预测或将来说话时刻与时间状语
would do过去习惯、过去将来或现在礼貌请求过去语境、间接引语或请求语气
must/should do现在的推断或预期现有证据或常理
modal + have done过去对已经发生之事的推测或评价
Could you send me the file before noon?
你能在中午前把文件发给我吗?
He could swim when he was five.
他五岁时就会游泳了。
The guide said we would meet at the gate.
导游说我们会在门口碰面。
The lights are on, so someone must be inside.
灯亮着,所以里面一定有人。
💡 不要看到 could、might、would 就直接判定为过去,先找时间状语和说话语境。
情态动词后的常见结构

• 情态动词后接动词原形,这是最基本的结构。
• modal + be doing 常表示现在正在进行或对现在动作的推测。
• modal + have done 常表示过去已经发生的动作或对过去的推测。
• modal + have been doing 常表示过去持续进行的动作。
• modal + be + 过去分词 可构成被动结构,modal + have been + 过去分词 可表示完成被动或过去推测。
• modal + be + 形容词 可表示可能性、义务或状态,modal + there be 可表示某种情况可能存在。

结构时间或语态常见意义例句
modal + do由语境决定能力、许可、推测等She can solve it.
modal + be doing现在进行现在动作或现在推测He may be waiting.
modal + have done完成形式过去动作或过去推测They must have left.
modal + have been doing完成进行过去持续动作It could have been raining.
modal + be + 过去分词被动被动动作或状态The problem can be solved.
modal + have been + 过去分词完成被动过去被动动作或推测The keys must have been stolen.
modal + be + 形容词/there be状态或存在可能、义务或情况This may be useful. / There may be a problem.
He may be waiting outside the main gate.
他也许正在正门外等候。
The keys must have been lost on the way.
钥匙一定是在路上丢了。
The road could have been closed because of the snow.
道路可能因降雪而封闭了。
The machine must have been running for hours.
这台机器一定已经运行了好几个小时。
There may be a delay because of the heavy rain.
由于大雨,可能会延误。
💡 看清情态动词后第一个词是 be、have 还是动词原形,再结合后面的成分判断结构和时间。
情态动词的否定与疑问

• 情态动词的否定式直接在情态动词后加 not,不用 do/does/did 助问。
• mustn’t 表示禁止,needn’t/don’t have to 表示没有必要。
• may not 可表示‘可能不’,在许可语境中可表示‘不准’。
• might not 通常表示‘可能不’,can’t 表示‘不可能’,couldn’t 可用于现在或过去。
• can/could/may/would 构成请求疑问句时,把情态动词放在主语前。
• 回答 Must I...? 的否定常用 No, you needn’t/don’t have to,不能答成 No, you mustn’t。

肯定词常见否定形式核心区别
mustmustn’t禁止
needneedn’t / need not没有必要
have todon’t/doesn’t/didn’t have to没有必要
maymay not可能不;在许可语境中可表示不准
cancannot / can’t不可能或不能
couldcouldn’t不能或过去不可能
shouldshouldn’t不应该
请求或问句肯定回答否定回答
Can/Could you...?Yes, I can. / Of course.Sorry, I can’t.
May I...?Yes, you may.I’m afraid not.
Would you...?Yes, I’d love to.No, I’m afraid not.
Must I...?Yes, you must.No, you needn’t/don’t have to.
You mustn’t use this entrance without a ticket.
没有车票,你不得使用这个入口。
You needn’t be so nervous about the interview.
你不必对这次面试如此紧张。
Could you close the door, please?
请把门关上好吗?
He may not have received the message yet.
他可能还没有收到这条消息。
💡 先看否定的是‘禁止做’还是‘不必做’,再决定用 mustn’t 还是 needn’t/don’t have to。
常见固定搭配一览

• had better (not) do 表示‘最好(不要)做’,后面直接接动词原形。
• would rather do than do 表示‘宁愿做……而不愿做……’,would rather not do 表示‘宁愿不做’。
• may/might as well do 表示‘不妨做’,cannot help doing 表示‘禁不住做某事’。
• would like sb to do 表示‘想要某人做某事’,would like to do 表示‘想要做某事’。
• Would you mind doing...?? 表示‘你介意做……吗’,后面接动名词。
• I dare say 表示‘我想、大概’,needn’t have done 表示‘本不必做却做了’。

固定搭配形式含义
had better dohad better (not) do最好(不要)做
would rather dowould rather (not) do宁愿(不)做
would rather...than...would rather do than do宁愿做……而不愿做……
as well domay/might as well do不妨做
cannot help doingcan’t help doing禁不住做
would like sb to dowould like + 人 + to do想要某人做某事
would mind doingwould mind doing介意做某事
I dare sayI dare say...我想、大概
needn’t have doneneedn’t have done本不必做却做了
We might as well take the subway; the traffic is terrible.
我们不妨坐地铁,交通太糟糕了。
I would rather stay at home than go shopping today.
今天我宁愿待在家里,也不愿去购物。
You had better not mention the accident to anyone.
你最好别把这次事故告诉任何人。
I couldn’t help laughing when I heard the joke.
听到那个笑话时,我禁不住笑了。
I dare say the results will be better this time.
我想这次结果会更好。
💡 遇到固定搭配要连同后接形式一起记,尤其注意 had better、would rather 后不加 to。
建议、要求等从句中的 should

• suggest、advise、propose、request、require、order、demand 等后接 that 从句时,从句常用 (should) + 动词原形。
• should 在这些从句中不是过去时,而是虚拟语气标志,保留原形即可。
• suggest doing 表示建议做某事,不能用 suggest to do 或 suggest sb to do。
• important、necessary、essential、desirable 等形容词后的 that 从句也常用 (should) + 动词原形。
• suggestion、proposal、requirement 等名词后的 that 从句同样可用 (should) + 动词原形。
• 这些从句不要求把谓语改成过去时,是否使用 should 要看从句结构和语境。

触发词从句结构例句
suggest/advise/propose/request/require/order/demandthat + (should) + 主语 + 动词原形suggest that we (should) meet
important/necessary/essential/desirablethat + (should) + 主语 + 动词原形It is necessary that he arrive early.
suggestion/proposal/requirementthat + (should) + 主语 + 动词原形His suggestion was that we postpone the meeting.
suggestsuggest doing 或 suggest that sb (should) doHe suggested going to the museum.
The teacher suggested that we should compare the two answers.
老师建议我们比较这两个答案。
His suggestion was that we postpone the meeting until Friday.
他的建议是我们把会议推迟到周五。
It is necessary that every student register for the course before Friday.
每名学生都必须在周五前注册这门课程。
He suggested going to the museum after class.
他建议课后去参观博物馆。
💡 看到 suggest、require、necessary 等提示词,就把从句谓语按 (should) + 动词原形 检查。
📌 北京真题 11 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 11 题
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

John promised his doctor he not smoke, and he has smoked ever since.

A. mightB. shouldC. couldD. would

看答案

✅ D. would(情态动词的过去将来时)

首先观察主句谓语 promised 是过去时,且后面接的是一个宾语从句。在过去的时间点对未来做出承诺,需要使用情态动词的过去将来时,因此选择 would。would not smoke 表示在当时看来将不再抽烟。最容易误选的是 should,虽然 should 有“应当”之意,但此处强调的是对未来的承诺而非义务,且 would 是 promise 的标准搭配。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

One of the few things you say about English people with certainty is that they talk a lot about the weather.

A. needB. mustC. shouldD. can

看答案

✅ D. can(情态动词辨析)

主语是包含定语从句的名词短语,其中 you ___ say... with certainty 是修饰 things 的定语从句。根据语境,这里强调的是在客观条件下“能够”肯定地说出某事,因此用 can 表示能力或可能性。A 选项 need 若作情态动词通常用于否定句或疑问句,肯定句中需用 need to say;B 选项 must 表示强制性,C 选项 should 表示义务或建议,均与语境不符。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

---Good morning. I've got an appointment with Miss Smith in the Personnel Department.
--Ah, good morning. You be Mrs. Peters.

A. mightB. mustC. wouldD. can

看答案

✅ B. must(情态动词表示推测)

首先看对话语境,第一人提到与人事部的史密斯小姐有约,第二人基于此信息进行推断。因为预约的人选通常是确定的,此时语气坚定,应选 must 表示“一定”,意为“您一定就是 Peters 太太了”。A 选项 might 表示可能性较低,语气太弱,不符合接待场景的礼貌确认;C、D 选项在逻辑推断上不成立。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

—I don’t really like James. Why did you invite him?
—Don’t worry. He come. He said he wasn’t certain what his plans were.

A. must notB. need notC. would notD. might not

看答案

✅ D. might not(情态动词表示推测)

首先关注后文关键词 wasn’t certain,这表明 James 是否出席具有不确定性。在这种不确定的推测语境下,应使用 might not 表示“可能不”,符合逻辑。must not 在此表示强烈的否定推断,语气过重;need not 表示不需要。最容易误选的是 C,would not 表示过去的意愿或确定的否定,而此处是对将来出席情况的推测,不符合语境。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

We the difficulty together, but why didn’t you tell me?

A. should faceB. might faceC. could have facedD. must have faced

看答案

✅ C. could have faced(情态动词+have done)

观察后半句“why didn’t you tell me?”,可知整个语境发生在过去。此处表达的是“过去本可以做某事但实际没做”,应使用“情态动词+have done”结构。could have faced 表示“本可以共同面对(但实际上没面对)”,符合语境逻辑。A项 should face 是对现在的建议,时态不符,是学生最容易误选的干扰项。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

—You needn’t take an umbrella. It isn’t going to rain.
—Well, I don’t know. It do.

A. mightB. needC. wouldD. should

看答案

✅ A. might(情态动词表示可能性)

观察对话语境,对方认为不会下雨,而说话人表示不确定,用“I don’t know”暗示一种不确定的推测。此时需用 might 表示“可能”,构成 It might do (rain) 表达对下雨可能性的保留。would 表示意愿或习惯,should 表示应当,均不符合语境。最容易误选 D,因为 should 在某些语境下可表示预期,但此处强调的是不确定的可能性,而非理应发生。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

I have a word with you? It won’t take long.

A. CanB. MustC. ShallD. Should

看答案

✅ A. Can(情态动词表示请求)

观察句子结构,这是一个疑问句,后接动词原形 have,且后文 It won’t take long 表明说话者在请求对方抽出时间交谈。Can 用于请求许可或询问可能性,在此处表示“我可以和你谈谈吗?”,符合语境。Must 表示必须,Should 和 Shall 在此语境下不符合请求对方时间的习惯用法,尤其是 Shall 常用于提议或建议,而非请求许可。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

—Can’t you stay a little longer?
—It’s getting late. I really go now, My daughter is home alone.

A. mayB. canC. mustD. dare

看答案

✅ C. must(情态动词辨析)

首先看上下文,对方请求留下来,但说话人提到“天晚了”且“女儿独自在家”,这构成了必须离开的客观压力。在这种强烈的必要性下,应选择表示“必须”的 must。may 表示可能,can 表示能力或许可,dare 表示敢于,均不符合语境。最容易误选 can,但此处强调的是责任和紧迫感而非能力,故排除。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

I love the weekend,because I get up early on Saturdays and Sundays.

A. needn’tB. mustn’tC. wouldn’tD. shouldn’t

看答案

✅ A. needn’t(情态动词辨析)

首先分析句子逻辑,前半句提到“喜欢周末”,说明后半句应是一个正向的理由。根据语境,周末早起并非被禁止,而是没有必要,因此选择表示“不需要”的 needn’t。mustn’t 表示强烈的禁止,语气过重且不符合生活常识,故排除。注意区分“不需要”与“不准”的语义差别。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

Samuel, the tallest boy in our class, easily reach the books on the top shelf.

A. mustB. shouldC. canD. need

看答案

✅ C. can(情态动词表示能力)

首先分析句子结构,主语是 Samuel,其同位语 the tallest boy in our class 提示了关键信息:他身材最高。根据逻辑,身材高的人在够高处书籍时具备某种“能力”,因此选择表示能力的 can。A 选项 must 表示必须或肯定,B 选项 should 表示应该,D 选项 need 表示需要,均不符合语境。最容易误选 A,但此处强调的是客观能力而非主观推断或强制要求。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 12 题

In today’s information age, the loss of data cause serious problems for a company.

A. needB. shouldC. canD. must

看答案

✅ C. can(情态动词辨析)

句子主语是 the loss of data,谓语部分缺少情态动词。根据语境,数据丢失“有可能”给公司带来严重问题,表示一种客观的可能性,因此选 can。should 表示应当,must 表示必须,均不符合逻辑。最容易误选的是 must,因为它强调的是必然性,而数据丢失不一定会导致严重问题,can 表达的概率性更准确。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 把 mustn’t 译成不必;它表示禁止,不必应为 needn’t 或 don’t have to。
  • 把 could、might、would 一律当过去时;它们也可用于现在的委婉表达或假设。
  • 在情态动词后加 -s 或 to,如 can goes、must to go;通常应接动词原形。
  • 把 may not 与 can’t 的推测强度等同;前者可能不,后者不可能。
  • 把 needn’t have done 解释成没做;该结构通常说明已经做了但无必要。
  • 断定 didn’t need to do 必然没做;它只说明当时不需要,实际是否做要看语境。
  • 见 should have done 就断言没做;它也可能表示按理应已完成的预期。
  • 用 would 随意替代过去状态的 used to;would 表过去习惯通常写反复的动作。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 二选一:You _____ (mustn’t / needn’t) enter this room. It is strictly forbidden.
    看答案

    ✅ mustn’t strictly forbidden 明确表示禁止。

  2. 二选一:—Must I submit it today? —No, you _____ (mustn’t / needn’t). Tomorrow is fine.
    看答案

    ✅ needn’t 明天交也可以,说明今天没有交的必要。

  3. 二选一:She _____ (must have left / can’t have left) already; I can see her sitting here now.
    看答案

    ✅ can’t have left 人就在眼前,已离开的推测被排除。

  4. 二选一:You _____ (needn’t have bought / couldn’t have bought) more bread. You did buy it, but we already had plenty.
    看答案

    ✅ needn’t have bought 明确已经购买而无必要,应选 needn’t have bought。

  5. 用 need 的实义动词结构补全:Does he need _____ (bring) his own lunch?
    看答案

    ✅ to bring Does 表明 need 是实义动词,其后接 to do。

12 虚拟语气先判真实与假设,再按各分句的时间选形式

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷历年单项填空考查虚拟条件句、错综时间和 wish;阅读中要辨清事实与假设,写作中可用于建议和愿望。本章收录北京卷单项填空 10 题(2010—2018 年中的 9 年)。

🔑 口诀:假设先看时,主从各自定。
if 虚拟条件句三类

虚拟语气用于假设与事实相反或可能性极小的情况。
• 真实条件:If it rains tomorrow, we will stay indoors.(预测未来可能发生,不用虚拟)
• 时间判定:形式上的过去不一定表示过去时间
• 主句变化:would 可依语义换为 could(能够)或 might(可能)
• be 动词:书面语中与现在事实相反用 were,不受人称限制

假设时间if 从句主句
现在一般过去式;be 用 werewould/could/might + 动词原形
过去had + 过去分词would/could/might have + 过去分词
将来,可能性很小一般过去式 / should + 动词原形 / were to + 动词原形would/could/might + 动词原形
假设参照时间常见时间信号判断提示
现在now, today, usually, every day, at present与现在的身份、状态或能力相反
过去yesterday, last week, two years ago, in 2020, then与已经发生的事实相反
将来tomorrow, next week, in the future, soon与将来不太可能发生的情况相反
If I were taller, I could reach that branch.
如果我再高一些,就能够到那根树枝了。
If we had checked the map, we would not have missed the turn.
如果我们当时查看了地图,就不会错过那个转弯路口了。
If the weather were to improve next week, we would go hiking.
如果下周天气好转,我们就去徒步。
If she were not afraid of speaking English, she would join the discussion.
如果她不怕说英语,她就会参加讨论。
💡 Tip:先标时间(现在/过去/将来)再套公式;见 if 不必虚拟,先判真假。
错综时间条件句

从句按条件时间,主句按结果时间。
• 条件和结果时间不同,即为错综时间条件句。
• 禁止整句机械套用同一时态。
• then、yesterday 常指过去条件。
• now、today 常提示现在结果。
• 例外:需结合句意判断。

条件时间结果时间if 从句主句
过去现在had + 过去分词would/could/might + 动词原形
现在过去一般过去式;be 用 werewould/could/might have + 过去分词
过去将来had + 过去分词would/could/might + 动词原形
现在将来一般过去式;be 用 werewould/could/might + 动词原形
If she had accepted that offer, she would be in London now.
如果她当时接受了那份工作邀请,她现在就在伦敦了。
If he were more careful, he would not have made that mistake yesterday.
如果他当时更细心一点,昨天就不会犯那个错误了。
If we had saved more money, we would be able to travel next summer.
如果我们当时多存些钱,现在就能在明年夏天去旅行了。
If I were more careful, I would be able to solve the problem next time.
如果我更细心,下次就能解决那个问题了。
💡 画两条时间线:‘当时’(过去) → ‘现在’(现在),主从句分别对号入座。
wish 与 if only

wish 引导难以实现的愿望,if only 表示“要是……就好了”,时态均需后退。
• 现在愿望 → 一般过去式(be 常用 were)。
• 过去遗憾 → had done(禁写成 would have done)。
• 希望某人改变行为或情况变化 → would do。
• 希望有能力或可能做某事 → could do。
• if only 可独立表达愿望。
• 例外:only if 意为“只有……才”,与 if only 不同。

意思常用形式
但愿现在……wish / if only + 主语 + 一般过去式;be 用 were
但愿当时……wish / if only + 主语 + had + 过去分词
希望情况或对方有所改变wish / if only + 主语 + would + 动词原形
希望自己有能力做某事wish + 主语 + could + 动词原形
结构含义谓语形式
wish to do想要做某事不定式
wish sb to do希望某人做某事不定式
if only要是……就好了按愿望的时间选虚拟形式
only if只有……才通常接真实条件或陈述句
I wish I knew the answer to this question.
我真希望自己知道这个问题的答案。
If only I had saved a copy of the document!
我要是当时保存了一份文件副本就好了!
I wish the neighbours would turn the music down.
真希望邻居们能把音乐声调小。
I wish I could speak English fluently.
但愿我能说一口流利的英语。
I wish you would stop smoking.
我真希望你能戒烟。
💡 先判时间:现在遗憾 → 过去式;过去遗憾 → 过去完成时。
as if 与 as though

as if / as though (仿佛) 的时态取决于内容是否属实。
• 可能属实:用正常时态。
• 不属实且与当时同时:用过去式 (be 用 were)。
• 不属实且先于当时:用 had done。
• 不属实且随后发生:用 would do。
• 例外:不能见 as if 就一律后退时态。

语境从句形式
内容可能属实按实际时间使用正常时态
与当时同时,内容不真实一般过去式;be 用 were
早于当时,内容不真实had + 过去分词
随后可能发生的想象动作would + 动词原形
He talks as if he knew every detail, but he has never read the report.
他说起话来好像知道每个细节,但他根本没读过那份报告。
She looked at me as though she had never seen me before.
她看着我,仿佛以前从未见过我似的。
It looks as if it is going to snow.
看起来要下雪了。
The children talked as if they had never seen the sea.
孩子们聊得好像从没见过大海似的。
He speaks as if he knows every detail of the project.
他说话的样子好像了解这个项目的每个细节。
💡 问自己:‘这事儿是真的吗?’ 真 → 正常时态;假 → 虚拟(后退时态)。
建议要求类的 (should) do

建议/要求类动词后接that从句,谓语用 (should) + 动词原形,should可省略

• 触发词:suggest, recommend, propose, advise, demand, request, require, order, insist
• 形式:肯定 (should) do;否定 (should) not do;被动 (should) be done
• 扩展:suggestion, proposal, request 等名词后的同位语或表语从句同理
• 例外:不随主句时态变化,主句即使是过去时,从句也不变过去式

类别常见词语that 从句谓语
建议类suggest, recommend, propose, advise, urge(should) + 动词原形
要求命令类request, require, demand, order(should) + 动词原形
坚持要求insist(should) + 动词原形
否定上述词语(should) not + 动词原形
被动上述词语(should) be + 过去分词
相应名词suggestion, proposal, request(should) + 动词原形
The doctor recommended that he (should) rest for two days.
医生建议他休息两天。
I suggest that we (should) start early.
我建议我们早点出发。
The manager demanded that the report (should) be submitted before Friday.
经理要求在星期五之前提交报告。
Our proposal is that the old bridge (should) be repaired.
我们的提议是修复那座旧桥。
💡 记忆口诀:建议要求尚待行,不论时态原形定。
suggest 与 insist 的语义分流

suggest/insist 引导从句:要求做某事用 (should) do,陈述事实用正常时态。
• suggest 表示“建议” → (should) do
• suggest 表示“表明,暗示” → 正常时态
• insist 表示“坚持要求” → (should) do
• insist 表示“坚持说、坚称某事实” → 正常时态

词语从句含义谓语形式
suggest提出建议(should) + 动词原形
suggest表明或暗示事实按事实选正常时态
insist坚持要求对方做某事(should) + 动词原形
insist坚称某个事实按事实选正常时态
The evidence suggests that the door was already open.
证据表明门当时已经开着了。
His expression suggested that he was nervous.
他的表情表明他很紧张。
She insisted that she had paid the bill.
她坚称自己已经付过账了。
She insisted that the bill (should) be checked again.
她坚持要求再核对一次账单。
💡 判断标准:能译成“要求去做” → (should) do;陈述证据或事实 → 正常时态。
It is time that

It is (high/about) time that 从句谓语用过去式或 should do,表示“早该……了”。
• 过去式:表示该做而尚未做,非叙述过去。
• should do:should 不省略。
• 例外:It is time to do / It is time for sb to do 用不定式。

结构含义谓语形式
It is (high/about) time that + 主语 + 从句早该做某事过去式或 should + 动词原形
It is time for sb to do是某人做某事的时候了不定式
It is time to do是做某事的时候了不定式
It is high time that we took responsibility for our own learning.
我们早该为自己的学习负责了。
It is time that the discussion should end.
讨论该结束了。
It is time for us to leave.
我们该走了。
It is time to say goodbye.
是告别的时候了。
💡 看到 that 从句,选“过去式”或“should 原形”,绝不选“裸原形”。
would rather 的两种结构

would rather 的形式由“是否有新主语”和“时间点”决定。
• 无新主语(自己做):现在/将来用动词原形,否定用 would rather not do。
• 无新主语(自己做):回顾过去用 have done。
• 有新主语(宁愿某人做):现在/将来用过去式。
• 有新主语(宁愿某人做):过去用 had done。

结构时间或意义形式
would rather do现在或将来更愿意做动词原形
would rather not do现在或将来不愿意做not + 动词原形
would rather have done过去本愿意做或本应做have + 过去分词
would rather + 主语 + did现在或将来希望某人做一般过去式
would rather + 主语 + had done过去希望某人做或对过去感到遗憾had + 过去分词
I would rather stay in the library this afternoon.
今天下午我宁愿待在图书馆。
I would rather not take the risk.
我宁愿不冒这个险。
I would rather you sent the invitation tomorrow.
我宁愿你明天再发邀请。
I would rather you had told me the truth earlier.
我宁愿你早些时候就告诉了我真相。
I would rather have stayed at home and read the novel.
我本来宁愿待在家里读那本小说。
💡 先看 rather 后是否有新主语:无主语 → 原形/have done;有主语 → 过去式/had done。
but for 与含蓄条件

but for、without + 名词短语可表示‘要不是……’,相当于一个未写出的 if 条件;主句仍按现在或过去的假设选 would do 或 would have done。otherwise / or 有时表示‘否则’,前句陈述真实情况,后句说明未发生的假设结果。but for 和 without 也可用于真实叙述,要结合语境,不能一律认作虚拟。

表达含义主句常见形式
but for + 名词/动名词要不是……would/could/might (have) + 相应形式
without + 名词短语如果没有……would/could/might (have) + 相应形式
otherwise否则would/could/might (have) + 相应形式
or否则would/could/might (have) + 相应形式
But for your reminder, I would have forgotten the appointment.
要不是你的提醒,我就会忘记那次约定了。
Without clean water, life would be impossible.
没有清洁的水,生命将无法存在。
We took a taxi; otherwise, we would have missed the opening ceremony.
我们坐了出租车;否则,就会错过开幕式了。
Without your help, I could not have finished the task so quickly.
没有你的帮助,我不可能这么快完成任务。
💡 把‘要不是’展开成 if,确认假设时间,再选结果形式。
虚拟条件省略 if

虚拟语气省略 if:将 were, had, should 提前至主语前。
• Were I... = If I were...
• Had I done... = If I had done...
• Should it happen... = If it should happen...
• 否定式:not 放在主语后
• 例外:过去式实义动词不可直接前移

完整形式省略 if 后的倒装形式含义
If I were you…Were I you…与现在事实相反
If he had finished…Had he finished…与过去事实相反
If it should happen…Should it happen…将来情况不确定
If I had not known…Had I not known…过去事实相反的否定形式
Had I noticed the warning, I would have stopped immediately.
如果当时我注意到了警告,就会立即停下来。
Were I you, I would accept the offer.
如果我是你,我会接受这份提议。
Should it happen, please call me immediately.
如果发生这种情况,请立即给我打电话。
Had I not known the answer, I would have asked you.
要是我当时不知道答案,我就会问你了。
💡 句首见 Had/Were/Should + 主语 → 立即还原 If 条件句。
虚拟语气的识别信号速查

1. 先看句意判断是否与事实相反、是否表达愿望、建议或假设结果。
2. 再找触发词,如 if、were、had、should、wish、if only、as if、would rather 等。
3. 随后标时间,确定现在、过去或将来参照点。
4. 最后套结构,注意 suggest、insist 等词还要根据语义分流。
5. 单个信号词不能决定形式,if、without、otherwise 等也可能用于真实语气。

识别信号常见结构首先判断
if + 一般现在/过去式可能是真实条件,也可能是虚拟条件主句形式和事实可能性
were / had done / should do虚拟条件或虚拟条件倒装假设的参照时间
wish / if only与事实相反的愿望现在还是过去
as if / as though相似或假想的比较内容可能真实吗
would rather宁愿或过去愿望后面有无新主语
suggest / recommend / demand 等建议要求类 that 从句是否表示建议或要求
insist that坚持要求或坚称事实从句表达要求还是事实
It is time that早该做某事过去式或 should + 原形
but for / without含蓄条件隐含条件属于现在还是过去
otherwise未发生的结果前一分句是否为事实
It is important/necessary that形式主观的必要性从句(should) + 动词原形
词语真实或普通语气虚拟或特殊语气关键差别
ifIf it rains, we will stay.If it rained, we would stay.可能性大小不同
suggestThe evidence suggests that he lied.I suggest that he lie.表明事实与提出建议
insistHe insisted that he was right.He insisted that he be told.坚称事实与坚持要求
timeIt is time to leave.It is time that we left.适合做某事与早该做某事
If it rains tomorrow, we will stay indoors.
如果明天下雨,我们就待在家里。
If it rained tomorrow, we would stay indoors.
要是明天下雨,我们就待在家里。
The doctor suggested that he rest for two days.
医生建议他休息两天。
The evidence suggests that the door was already open.
证据表明门当时已经开着了。
💡 按‘句意—触发词—参照时间—结构’四步判断,遇到多义词再查语义分流表。
would、could、might 的虚拟用法

1. would、could、might 都可以出现在虚拟条件句的主句中。
2. would 通常表示假设性的结果或‘会做某事’,语气最直接。
3. could 常侧重能力、可能性或较温和的假设。
4. might 常侧重可能性,语气比 would 更不确定。
5. 与现在或将来事实相反时,三者后接动词原形。
6. 与过去事实相反时,三者后接 have + 过去分词。
7. could have done 常强调过去本有能力或机会,might have done 常强调过去本有某种可能。

形式常见侧重点常见含义
would do假设结果或意愿会做某事
could do能力或可能性能够或可以做某事
might do不确定的可能性可能做某事
would have done过去未发生的假设结果本来会做某事
could have done过去的能力或机会本来能够做某事
might have done过去的可能性本来可能会做某事
If I were you, I would accept the offer.
如果我是你,我会接受这份提议。
If she had asked me, I could have helped her.
要是她当时问了我,我本来能帮上忙的。
If they had left earlier, they might have caught the train.
他们要是早点出发,本来可能赶上火车。
He might have known the answer, but he did not say.
他本来可能知道答案,但他没说。
💡 先按虚拟框架选形式,再通过‘会、能够、可能’三个中文译法判断最贴切的词。
必要性、重要性等形容词后的虚拟从句

1. It is + 形容词 + that + 主语 + (should) do 是表示必要性、重要性或 desirability 的虚拟结构。
2. 常见形容词有 important、necessary、essential、vital、desirable、urgent 等。
3. 从句谓语用 (should) + 动词原形,否定式用 (should) not do。
4. 从句表示被动动作时,用 (should) be + 过去分词。
5. It is important for sb to do 使用普通不定式,不属于这种 that 从句虚拟结构。
6. 这种结构表达形式上的必要性,不能因主句是过去时就改成过去式。

句式或意义常见结构从句谓语
重要、必要、至关重要It is important/necessary/essential/vital that sb…(should) + 动词原形
值得、紧迫It is desirable/urgent that sb…(should) + 动词原形
否定要求上述形容词 + that 从句(should) not + 动词原形
被动动作上述形容词 + that 从句(should) be + 过去分词
It is necessary that every student (should) take the exam.
每个学生都必须参加考试。
It is essential that the data (should) be checked twice.
数据必须核对两遍。
It is vital that the system (should) be updated regularly.
系统定期更新至关重要。
It is urgent that he (should) call the police.
他必须立即报警。
💡 看到 It is 加 important、necessary 等评价性形容词,后面接 that 从句时检查原形或 should + 原形。
虚拟语气常见搭配一览

1. 本表用于快速检索,复习时先圈出触发词,再标出假设或愿望的参照时间。
2. if 条件按现在、过去、将来三行选择对应主从句形式。
3. wish、if only 和 as if 都要根据愿望或比较所处时间选择过去式、过去完成式或 would。
4. 建议要求类和 It is time that 使用各自固定搭配。
5. but for、without 和 otherwise 都可引出虚拟结果,但参照时间可能不同。
6. suggest 和 insist 必须结合‘建议或要求’与‘陈述事实’的语义分流。

触发结构常见形式基本含义
if + 一般过去式/werewould/could/might + 动词原形与现在事实相反或将来不太可能
if + had + 过去分词would/could/might have + 过去分词与过去事实相反
wish / if only + 主语 + 一般过去式/were过去式但愿现在……
wish / if only + 主语 + had + 过去分词过去完成形式对过去感到遗憾
wish / if only + 主语 + would dowould + 动词原形希望情况或对方有所改变
as if / as though + did/were / had done / would do按同时、先后和真实可能性选择仿佛或假装
would ratherdo / have done宁愿做或宁愿过去做过
would rather + 主语did / had done宁愿某人现在做或过去做过
suggest, advise, require, demand 等 + that(should) + 动词原形建议、要求或命令
It is time that过去式或 should + 动词原形早该做某事了
but for / without / otherwisewould/could/might (have) + 相应形式含蓄条件或否则会发生的假设结果
If I were a bird, I would fly over the lake.
如果我是一只鸟,我就会飞过湖面。
If we had left earlier, we would have arrived on time.
如果我们当时早点出发,本来就能按时到达。
I wish I had known the answer.
要是我当时知道答案就好了。
The teacher suggested that we (should) discuss the problem first.
老师建议我们先讨论这个问题。
💡 做题时按‘触发词—参照时间—搭配表’三步定位,答案通常可以直接从表中选出。
虚拟语气与真实语气的转换

1. 真实条件句表示可能发生或已经发生的事实,通常用 if 从句和相应主句搭配。
2. 真实将来条件通常用 if + 一般现在时,主句用 will + 动词原形。
3. 真实过去条件通常用 if + 一般过去时,主句用一般过去式。
4. 虚拟条件句表示与事实相反或可能性很小的情况,条件和结果都要按虚拟时间调整。
5. 现在相反用 if + 一般过去式/were,主句用 would/could/might + 动词原形。
6. 过去相反用 if + had done,主句用 would/could/might have + 过去分词。
7. 转换不是机械地让每个时态后退一格,关键是判断原命题是否真实、可能或不可能。

类型if 从句主句示例
真实,将来可能一般现在时will + 动词原形If it rains, we will stay indoors.
真实,过去事实一般过去式一般过去式If he came, he received a warm welcome.
虚拟,与现在相反一般过去式;be 用 werewould/could/might + 动词原形If I were you, I would help.
虚拟,与过去相反had + 过去分词would/could/might have + 过去分词If you had asked, I would have helped.
虚拟,将来不太可能一般过去式 / should do / were to dowould/could/might + 动词原形If it were to snow, we would stay home.
If it rains tomorrow, we will stay indoors.
如果明天下雨,我们就待在家里。
If it rained tomorrow, we would stay indoors.
要是明天下雨,我们就待在家里。
If he came to the party, he always received a warm welcome.
每次他参加聚会,都会受到热烈欢迎。
If he had come to the party, he would have received a warm welcome.
如果他当时来参加聚会,本来就会受到热烈欢迎。
💡 判断真实还是虚拟时先比较‘事情是否可能发生或已经发生’,再选时态,不要只看一个动词。
📌 北京真题 10 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 10 题
2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

--The weather has been very hot and dry.
--Yes. If it had rained even a drop, things would be much better now! And my vegetables .

A. wouldn't dieB. didn't dieC. hadn't diedD. wouldn't have died

看答案

✅ D. wouldn't have died(对过去的虚拟语气)

观察 If 引导的条件句使用了 had rained,表明是对过去的虚拟。主句 things would be much better now 是对现在的虚拟(混合虚拟),但紧接着的 And 连接的第二个分句 my vegetables ______ 逻辑上是指蔬菜在过去干死这件事,而非现在状态。因此应使用对过去的虚拟形式 wouldn't have died。选项 A 表达的是对现在的虚拟,不符合蔬菜已死亡的事实。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

—Where are the children? The dinner’s going to be completely ruined.
—I wish they always late.

A. weren’tB. hadn’t beenC. wouldn’t beD. wouldn’t have been

看答案

✅ A. weren’t(wish引导的虚拟语气)

看到 wish 引导的从句,需判断虚拟时间。句中 always 表明说话人是对孩子们“经常迟到”这一现状或习惯性状态感到不满,属于对现在的虚拟。根据虚拟语气规则,对现在的虚拟需用一般过去时,故选择 weren’t。最容易误选 C,因为 wish + would do 通常用于表达对将来或某种可改变情况的愿望,而此处描述的是一种持续的习惯状态,应使用过去式。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

Maybe if I science, and not literature then, I would be able to give you more help.

A. studiedB. would studyC. had studiedD. was studying

看答案

✅ C. had studied(对过去的虚拟语气)

观察主句谓语为 would be able to,结合语境可知是在假设一种与过去事实相反的情况。根据虚拟语气规则,对过去的虚拟,if 从句应使用过去完成时,故选 had studied。注意 then 在此处仅起承接作用,不能作为判断时态的依据。最容易误选 A,因为 studied 表示对现在的虚拟,与句中表达的“当时”这一语境不符。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

Don’t handle the vase as if it made of steel.

A. isB. wereC. has beenD. had been

看答案

✅ B. were(as if 引导的虚拟语气)

看到 as if 引导的从句,需判断是对事实的描述还是虚拟假设。花瓶(vase)显然不是由钢(steel)制成的,此处为虚拟语气。根据虚拟语气规则,对现在事实的虚拟,be 动词统一用 were。因此选择 B. were。最容易误选 A. is,因为它将该句误认为是对客观事实的陈述,忽略了虚拟语气的逻辑。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

If we a table earlier, we couldn’t be standing here in a queue.

A. have bookedB. bookedC. bookD. had booked

看答案

✅ D. had booked(混合虚拟语气)

看到 if 引导的条件句且主句出现 couldn't be,应考虑虚拟语气。主句表示“现在”的结果(standing here),而订桌子这个动作发生在“更早之前”(earlier),属于对过去的虚拟。因此从句需用“had + 过去分词”,故选 had booked。最容易误选 B,因为 B 是对现在的虚拟,与 earlier 矛盾。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

We back in the hotel now if you didn’t lose the map.

A. areB. wereC. will beD. would be

看答案

✅ D. would be(与现在事实相反的虚拟语气)

观察句子结构,if 从句使用了一般过去时 didn’t lose,且句中出现 now,表明这是一个与现在事实相反的虚拟语气句型。根据虚拟语气公式“if + 一般过去时,主句 + would/should/could/might + 动词原形”,主句应填 would be。最容易误选的是 C,因为它将句子误认为是对未来的真实预测,忽略了虚拟语气的时态倒退规律。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

IfI it with my own eyes , I wouldn’t have believed it.

A. didn’t seeB. weren’t seeingC. Wouldn’t seeD. hadn’t seen

看答案

✅ D. hadn’t seen(虚拟语气对过去的假设)

观察主句谓语 wouldn’t have believed,这是典型的“情态动词+have+过去分词”结构,表明该句是对过去事实的虚拟。根据虚拟语气时态一致原则,if 引导的条件从句应使用过去完成时,因此填入 hadn’t seen。最容易误选 A,因为 didn’t see 是对现在或将来的虚拟,与主句的时态不匹配。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

Why didn’t you tell me about your trouble last week? If you me, I could have helped.

A. toldB. had toldC. were to tellD. would tell

看答案

✅ B. had told(虚拟语气(与过去事实相反))

首先看后半句,主句使用了 could have helped,这是典型的虚拟语气结构。结合前文 last week 明确时间点在过去,可知这是一个与过去事实相反的虚拟条件句。根据语法规则,if 引导的条件句应使用过去完成时,因此选 had told。很多同学容易误选 A,因为 A 是过去时,仅适用于对现在或将来情况的虚拟。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

If the new safety system to use, the accident would never have happened.

A. had been putB. were putC. should be putD. would be put

看答案

✅ A. had been put(虚拟语气(对过去的虚拟))

观察主句谓语 would never have happened,由“would have done”可知是对过去的虚拟。根据虚拟语气一致性原则,if 引导的条件句应使用“had done”结构。且 safety system 与 put 之间是被动关系,需用被动语态,故选 A. had been put。B 选项 were put 是对现在的虚拟,与主句时态不匹配,容易误选。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 13 题

They might have found a better hotel if they a few more kilometers.

A. droveB. would driveC. were to driveD. had driven

看答案

✅ D. had driven(虚拟语气对过去的假设)

观察句子结构,主句使用了“might have found”,这是典型的虚拟语气对过去情况的假设。根据虚拟语气时态一致原则,if 引导的条件句应使用过去完成时,因此选择 had driven。这句话表达的是:如果他们当时多开了几公里,可能就找到了更好的酒店。最容易误选 A,因为 drove 是一般过去式,不能满足过去完成时的虚拟条件,与主句的 might have found 的过去假设不匹配。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 不要把虚拟形式的过去式都译成过去时间:If I were you 指现在的假设。
  • 错综条件句不能主从一起后退:过去条件加现在结果应是 had done 配 would do。
  • suggest 表示‘表明’、insist 表示‘坚称事实’时,不套 (should) do。
  • It is time that 后的 should 通常不省略,不能误写成 It is time that we leave。
  • would rather do 和 would rather sb did 是两套结构,后者不能直接接 sb do。
  • if only 是‘要是……就好了’,only if 是‘只有……才’,词序改变意思也改变。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 用括号内词完成句子:If I had brought my glasses, I ______ (would; be) able to read this sign now.
    看答案

    ✅ would be 过去没带眼镜影响现在的阅读能力,是过去条件加现在结果。

  2. 表达对昨天的遗憾:I wish I ______ (not miss) yesterday’s lecture.
    看答案

    ✅ had not missed wish 后对已经过去的事情表示遗憾,用过去完成式。

  3. 选词填空,insist 表示‘坚持要求’:The doctor insisted that the wound ______ (be / was / had been) cleaned at once.
    看答案

    ✅ be insist 表示要求立即处理,省略 should 后保留被动结构中的 be。

  4. 填正确形式:I would rather you ______ (not tell) him the news tomorrow.
    看答案

    ✅ did not tell would rather 后完整分句表示将来的愿望,用一般过去式。

  5. 用括号内词完成过去的假设:But for the map, we ______ (would; lose) our way last night.
    看答案

    ✅ would have lost but for 暗含与过去事实相反的条件,结果用 would have done。

三、从句与连词

定语从句、名词性从句、状语从句、并列句

13 定语从句先找先行词,再看它在从句中充当什么成分

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷常考语法填空中的关系词;历年单项填空覆盖关系代词、副词及非限制性定语从句,阅读和写作也常见。本章收录北京卷单项填空 11 题(2008—2018 年中的 11 年)、语法填空 7 空(2019—2026 年中的 7 年)。

🔑 口诀:先行词找准,从句成分分;缺主宾用代,缺状语用副。
先行词与选择步骤

定语从句:找先行词 → 还原成分 → 选关系词

• 先行词:被修饰的名词或代词
• 关系词:连接从句并在其中充当成分
• 第一步:找先行词
• 第二步:将先行词放回从句,判断其作主语、宾语、定语还是状语
• 第三步:结合限制性、非限制性和介词位置选词
• 例外:不要只凭先行词的汉语意思选词

先行词及从句缺口常见关系词示例
人;从句缺主语who / thatthe man who called me
人;从句缺宾语whom / who / thatthe man whom I called
物;从句缺主语which / thatthe book which changed my life
物;从句缺宾语which / thatthe book which I borrowed
地点;缺地点状语where / in whichthe town where we lived
时间;缺时间状语when / on whichthe day when we met
原因;缺原因状语why / for whichthe reason why he refused
判断步骤具体操作常见误区
第一步:找先行词圈出主句中被从句修饰的名词或代词把从句中的普通代词误当先行词
第二步:查成分把先行词放回从句,标出主语、宾语、定语或状语只按汉语意思猜关系词
第三步:查限制看逗号、介词位置和先行词前的限定词看到地点名词就一律用 where
第四步:查谓语关系词作主语时核对先行词的单复数关系词已作主语后又加一个主语
The scientist who discovered the error sent us a message.
发现错误的那位科学家给我们发来了一条消息。
The message that she sent us was brief.
她发给我们的那条消息很简短。
The village where my aunt lives is near a lake.
我姑姑居住的村庄在一个湖附近。
The day when we arrived was unusually busy.
我们到达的那天异常忙碌。
💡 还原法:把先行词塞回从句,缺主语选主格,缺宾语选宾格。
关系代词的分工

关系代词根据指代对象及在从句中充当的成分(主语、宾语或定语)来选择。
• who:指人,作主语或宾语
• whom:指人,作宾语
• which:指物,作主语或宾语
• that:指人或物,作主语或宾语
• whose:指人或物,表示所属,后接名词
• 限制性从句省略规则:作宾语的可省略;例外:介词前置时不可省略
• 限制性从句省略规则:作主语的不可省略

关系代词指代在从句中的作用限制性从句中能否省略
who人主语、宾语作宾语时可
whom人宾语可
which物主语、宾语作宾语时可
that人或物主语、宾语作宾语时可
whose + 名词人或物表示所属whose 短语不能
关系词可替换的人称代词还原句
whohe / sheHe called me.
whomhim / herI called him.
whichitIt changed my life.
thathe / she / itIt explains the problem.
whose + 名词不能直接替换先还原所属名词
The woman who called you is a teacher.
给你打电话的那位女士是一名教师。
The editor whom we interviewed works nearby.
我们采访的那位编辑在附近工作。
The book which I borrowed was very useful.
我借的那本书非常有用。
The student that helped me was from Beijing.
帮助我的那名学生来自北京。
They repaired a house whose roof had been damaged.
他们修缮了一座屋顶受损的房子。
💡 whose = '...的',whose roof 即 the house's roof;不可用 whose 代替 who。
when、where、why 与代词的对比

关系副词(when/where/why)在从句中作状语,关系代词(which/that/who)作主语或宾语。
• when作时间状语,可换成适当介词 + which。
• where作地点状语,也可表示situation, case, stage等抽象情境。
• why跟在reason后作原因状语,可换成for which。
• 例外:时间、地点、原因名词后,若从句缺主语或宾语,用关系代词。
• 从句完整性看主宾成分,不能只数词。

关系副词从句作用常见改写常见先行词
when时间状语at / in / on whichtime, day, year, moment
where地点状语in / at whichplace, city, house, situation
why原因状语for whichreason
还原后的搭配从句中缺少的成分关系词选择
visit the towntown 作 visit 的宾语that / which
live in the town地点状语where
remember the dayday 作 remember 的宾语that / which
meet on the day时间状语when
explain the reasonreason 作 explain 的宾语that / which
The village where my aunt lives is near a lake.
我姑姑居住的村庄在一个湖附近。
The village which we visited has a small museum.
我们参观的那个村庄有一家小博物馆。
The day when we met was unusually busy.
我们相遇的那天异常忙碌。
I understand the reason why you refused.
我理解你拒绝的原因。
💡 把先行词代回从句:直接放名词 → 用which/that;需加介词(如in/at) → 用when/where/why。
that 与 which 的选择边界

指物时 that 与 which 常可互换,但有特定边界。
• 先行词为 all, everything, nothing 等不定代词 → 优先用 that。
• 先行词被 the only, the very, 序数词, 最高级修饰 → 优先用 that。
• 先行词同时包括人和物 → 优先用 that。
• 逗号后的非限制性从句禁用 that。
• 前置介词后禁用 that。
• 注意:前三条是“优先用 that”,不是绝对禁令。
• what 不能直接跟在明确先行词后引导普通定语从句。

语境用词倾向示例
普通指物的限制性从句that / whichthe book that I read
先行词为 all、everything、nothingthat 优先everything that we need
先行词被 the only、the very、序数词或最高级修饰that 优先the only tool that I found
先行词同时包括人和物that 优先the teacher and the book that he mentioned
非限制性从句which / who / whom / whose / when / whereMy bike, which was stolen, was expensive.
介词加关系词which / whomthe issue about which we argued
Everything that remained was packed into one box.
剩下的所有东西都被装进了一个箱子。
The only tool that I could find was a hammer.
我能找到的唯一工具是一把锤子。
The report which you sent me needs revision.
你发给我的那份报告需要修改。
My bike, which was stolen last week, was expensive.
我上周被偷走的自行车很贵。
💡 先看硬限制:逗号后、介词后必剔除 that;再看先行词:特指/不定/人物混用 → 选 that。
介词加 which 或 whom

介词 + which/whom 引导定语从句,关系词不可省略。
• 指物用 which,指人用 whom。
• 介词由动词搭配、形容词搭配或先行词与从句的关系决定。
• some/most/two + of which/whom 常用于非限制性从句,表示部分。
• 例外:固定短语动词(如 look after)的介词不可拆到关系词前。

结构先行词作用示例
介词 + which物关系词作介词宾语the issue about which we argued
介词 + whom人关系词作介词宾语the researcher to whom I wrote
some / most / all + of which物表示其中一部分或全部some of which are still missing
two / several + of whom人表示其中一部分two of whom were engineers
常见搭配常见关系结构示例
argue aboutabout whichthe issue about which we argued
deal withwhich ... deal withthe problem which we had to deal with
depend onon whichthe result on which the plan depends
apply toto whichthe rule to which all students must follow
be familiar withwith whichthe topic with which I am familiar
look afterwhom ... look afterthe child whom we look after
This is the issue about which we argued yesterday.
这就是我们昨天争论的问题。
The researcher to whom I wrote replied within a day.
我写信联系的那位研究人员不到一天就回复了。
We invited six speakers, two of whom were engineers.
我们邀请了六位演讲者,其中两位是工程师。
The problem which we had to deal with was more complex than expected.
我们不得不处理的那个问题比预想的更复杂。
💡 选介词时还原搭配:argue about the issue → about which;write to the researcher → to whom。
限制性与非限制性

限制性从句限定对象(无逗号),非限制性从句补充说明(有逗号)。
• 限制性:不用逗号,限定“是哪一个”。
• 非限制性:用逗号,补充已确定对象。
• 非限制性:不用 that,关系词不可省略。
• 非限制性 which:可指代前面整件事,谓语用单数。
• 关系词:who 指人,whose 表所属,when、where 引导相应补充说明。

对比项目限制性从句非限制性从句
作用限定是哪一个人或物补充说明已知对象
标点一般不用逗号一般用逗号
先行词常为不确定或泛指对象常为已经确定的对象
关系词that、which、who、whose、when、where 等不能用 that
省略作宾语的关系代词通常可省略关系词不能省略
关系词指代或作用例句
who人My cousin, who lives in Xi'an, ...
whose人或物的所属My father, whose hobby is photography, ...
when时间in 2019, when I first met her
where地点in Beijing, where I studied
which物或前面整个主句She passed the exam, which surprised us.
as正如、据所说as we had expected
My cousin, who works at a wildlife centre, visits us every winter.
我的表亲在一家野生动物中心工作,每年冬天来看我们。
The team finished ahead of schedule, which surprised the organisers.
团队提前完成了任务,这让组织者感到意外。
Beijing, which is the capital of China, has a long history.
作为中国首都的北京历史悠久。
My father, whose hobby is photography, travels a lot.
我父亲爱好摄影,经常旅行。
💡 有逗号 → 补充说明(禁 that/禁省略);无逗号 → 锁定对象。
as 引导的定语从句

as 引导定语从句可作成分(主/宾),或表示“正如”引导非限制性从句。
• such...as / the same...as:as 在从句中作主语或宾语。
• the same...that:强调同一对象;the same...as:强调同类或相似。
• 非限制性从句:表示“正如”,可放句首、句中或句末(如 as we know, as is expected)。
• 对比 which:which 指代整件事时放在其后,说明结果或评价。
• such...as:as 在从句中作成分;例外:such...that 引导结果从句时,that 只连接不作成分。

结构或用法连接词的作用示例
such + 名词复数 + as 从句as 作关系代词such volunteers as can work patiently
the same + 名词 + as 从句as 作关系代词the same materials as we used
the same + 名词 + that 从句that 作关系代词the same book that I read
as + 完整从句表示“正如”As we had expected, ...
as if / as because引导状语从句as if he were tired
which + 从句指代前面整件事He passed the exam, which surprised us.
易混词身份例句
as可作关系代词、连词或介词such people as can speak English
like只能作介词He works like a teacher.
such...that 中的 that引导结果从句的连接词He was such a learner that he improved quickly.
which可指代前面整个主句She won the prize, which made us happy.
what无先行词的关系代词What matters is his attitude.
As we had expected, the final experiment succeeded.
正如我们预料的那样,最后一次实验成功了。
We need such volunteers as can work patiently with children.
我们需要能耐心与孩子们相处的那类志愿者。
Please bring the same materials as we used last term.
请带上我们上学期用过的同样的材料。
This is the same book that I bought yesterday.
这就是我昨天买的同一本书。
The team finished ahead of schedule, which surprised everyone.
团队提前完成了任务,这让每个人都感到意外。
💡 tip:看到“正如”选 as;看到“这件事导致/令人”选 which;检查 as/that 在从句中是否缺成分。
the way 后的三种连接

the way 引导定语从句时,根据其在从句中的成分决定连接词。
• 作方式状语:用 that / in which / 省略,不用 how。
• 作主语:用 that / which。
• 作宾语:用 that / which / 省略。
• 例外:不能见 the way 就一律套用方式状语的三种形式。

the way 在从句中的功能可用连接形式能否省略示例
方式状语that / in which / 无连接词可以the way (that) he solved it
宾语that / which限制性从句中可the way (that) we chose
主语that / which不可以the way that surprised us
I admire the way (that) she deals with setbacks.
我佩服她应对挫折的方式。
The way in which the guide explained the process was clear.
导游解释这一过程的方式很清楚。
The way which he recommended proved effective.
他推荐的那个方法证明有效。
The way that surprised us was his unusual patience.
让我们感到意外的是他的非凡耐心。
💡 判断方法:问从句是“按这种方式做”(缺状语)还是“推荐这个方法”(缺宾语)。
避免多出一个主语或宾语

关系词已在从句中占位,不可再用代词重复占位。
• 先划主句,再查从句主谓宾。
• 关系词与普通代词不可同时表示同一成分。
• 关系词作主语时,谓语单复数随先行词。

关系词的作用正确结构常见错误
作主语that explain the problemthat they explain the problem
作宾语which I borrowed yesterdaywhich I borrowed it yesterday
作所属定语whose father is a doctorwhose his father is a doctor
作从句谓语的主语who called mewho he called me
The articles that explain this discovery are easy to follow.
解释这一发现的那些文章很容易读懂。
The camera which I borrowed yesterday is waterproof.
我昨天借的那台相机是防水的。
The boy whose father is a doctor studies hard.
那个父亲是医生的男孩学习很努力。
The report that you sent me needs careful checking.
你发给我的那份报告需要认真核查。
💡 Tip:看到 that/which/who,从句里就得删掉对应的 he/it/them。对比:that explain (√) vs that they explain (×)
whose 的所属表达与易混点

1. whose 表示所属,后面必须接名词,可指人也可指物。
2. whose 加名词在从句中可作主语,也可作宾语。
3. whose 可以理解为“先行词的加 the 再加该名词”,如 whose roof 等于 the house's roof。
4. whose 不能单独作主语或宾语,who 才可以单独承担这些成分。
5. 指物的所属关系也可用 of which,指人的所属关系也可用 of whom。
6. of whom 常用于 some of whom、a colleague of whom 等结构,of which 后同样通常接名词。

形式先行词含义例句
whose + 名词人或物直接表示所属the man whose car was stolen
of which + 名词物表示所属a house, the roof of which was damaged
of whom + 名词人表示所属a colleague of whom I have great respect
易混点正确用法错误风险
who 与 whosewho 单独作主语或宾语,whose 后接名词把 whose 当作 who 使用
which 与 whosewhich 可作主语或宾语,whose 表示所属whose 后直接接另一个关系词
whose 与 of which二者都可表示物的所属,whose 更直接误写 whose which
所属名词whose 后必须是名词或名词短语whose he、whose they
I met a man whose daughter is a doctor.
我遇到一位女儿是医生的男子。
They repaired a house whose roof had been damaged.
他们修缮了一座屋顶受损的房子。
Have you read the book whose title appears on the list?
你读过书名出现在名单上的那本书吗?
Her teacher, whose comments were very useful, helped her a lot.
她的老师给她了很多帮助,其评语非常有价值。
💡 看到关系词后若没有直接充当主语或宾语,就检查是否应使用 whose 加所属名词。
what 与关系代词、关系副词的区别

1. what 是复合关系代词,兼有关系代词和疑问代词的作用,前面没有先行词。
2. what 在自己的从句中作主语或宾语,意思相当于 the thing 或 things that/which。
3. what 不能跟在明确的先行词后引导普通定语从句。
4. what 从句整体还可以在主句中作主语、宾语或表语。
5. what 与 that 不同,that 在宾语从句中通常不充当主语、宾语或定语。
6. who、which、that、where、when 等通常各自承担较明确的关系或成分。

结构有无明确先行词从句中的成分相当于
what + 从句没有主语或宾语the thing(s) that/which
that + 从句没有不充当成分引导宾语从句等
which / that + 从句有主语或宾语普通定语从句
who + 从句没有主语或宾语the person(s) who/that
结构主句中的功能例句
what + 从句主语What he said surprised us.
what + 从句宾语I know what you mean.
what + 从句表语This is what I need.
the thing + that/which名词短语the thing that he said
What impresses me most is his determination.
最打动我的就是他的决心。
I don't know what you mean.
我不明白你的意思。
This is exactly what I was looking for.
这正是我在寻找的东西。
What he said at the meeting surprised everyone.
他在会上说的话让每个人都感到意外。
💡 句首或句中看到 what 时先检查后面是否直接接从句,若前面已经有明确先行词,通常不能使用 what。
关系代词作主语时的主谓一致

1. 关系代词作主语时,从句谓语的单复数与先行词保持一致。
2. 先行词是单数名词或不可数名词时,从句谓语通常用单数。
3. 先行词是复数名词时,从句谓语通常用复数。
4. each、every、everyone、either、neither 等后接 who 或 that 时,从句谓语通常用单数。
5. one of the students 后接 who 或 that 时,关系词指复数 students,从句谓语通常用复数。
6. 主句谓语和从句谓语要分别判断,不能看到主句是单数就把从句也改成单数。

先行词从句谓语形式
a student / the teacher单数
students / the teachers复数
everything / anything / nothing单数
one of the students复数
one of the books复数
先行词类型常见例词从句谓语
不定代词everyone, somebody, anyone, nobody单数
each / everyeach student, every teacher单数
either / neithereither answer, neither answer单数
one of + 复数名词one of the students复数
both / all / some + 复数名词all students, some books复数
The student who studies hardest often wins.
学习最努力的学生往往成绩最好。
The students who study hard often help each other.
学习刻苦的学生们常常互相帮助。
One of the students who were absent yesterday is my cousin.
昨天缺席的学生中有一个是我的表弟。
Everything that remains will be sold.
剩下的一切都将被卖掉。
💡 先找关系词真正指向的先行词,再根据这个先行词而不是距离最近的名词确定从句谓语的单复数。
定语从句谓语时态与标志词速查

1. 定语从句谓语的时态由从句自身的时间参照决定,不要求与主句时态一致。
2. 表示一般特征、定义、习惯或普遍事实时,通常使用一般现在时。
3. 表示过去发生、当时正在进行、已经完成或将来发生的事件时,分别选择相应的过去、进行、完成或将来形式。
4. 时间状语是判断时态的重要线索,但同一个时间词也可能出现在不同语境中。
5. since 和 for 常提示现在完成时或现在完成进行时,具体形式取决于动作是否仍在持续或是否强调过程。
6. when、where、why 只说明时间、地点或原因关系,不能单独决定从句谓语的时态。
7. 判断时先找时间状语,再核对助动词、be 动词和动词形式。

时态常见标志词或信号从句谓语形式
一般现在时usually, often, every day, on Mondays, 客观事实do / does
现在进行时now, at present, currently, Look!, Listen!am / is / are doing
一般过去时yesterday, ago, last week, in 2020, just nowdo / did
过去进行时at 8 yesterday, this time last week, when, while, all morningwas / were doing
现在完成时since, for, already, yet, just, ever, never, so far, recentlyhave / has done
现在完成进行时since, for, all day, these days, recentlyhave / has been doing
一般将来时tomorrow, next week, soon, in + 一段时间, be going to, willwill do / be going to do
将来进行时at 8 tomorrow, this time next week, when + 将来时间will be doing
过去完成时by + 过去时间, before / after + 过去事件, by the time, alreadyhad done
过去完成进行时by + 过去时间, before / after + 过去事件, since / for + 过去参照点had been doing
一般将来时tomorrow, next week, soon, in + 一段时间, be going to, willwill do / be going to do
将来完成时by + 将来时间, before + 将来截止点, by the timewill have done
将来完成进行时by + 将来时间, until, for + 一段时间 + 将来参照点will have been doing
过去将来时by the next day, two days later, the following weekwould do
从句与主句的时间关系常见时态选择
从句动作早于主句动作一般过去时或过去完成时
从句动作与主句动作同时发生一般过去时、一般现在时或进行时
从句动作晚于主句动作一般将来时或将来完成形式
表示定义、特征或习惯一般现在时
The scientist who works in this lab is an expert on climate change.
在这间实验室工作的科学家是气候变化专家。
The scientist who was working here when I arrived is my supervisor.
我到达时正在这里工作的科学家是我的导师。
The letter that he had written before the meeting was sent to the manager.
他在会前写好的那封信被送到了经理手中。
The plan that we will follow next term is still being discussed.
我们下学期将采用的方案仍在讨论中。
The man who has finished the experiment will leave soon.
已经完成实验的那个人很快就会离开。
💡 在定语从句内部单独圈出时间状语,再按该状语指向的时间选择时态,不要机械地让从句时态跟随主句。
定语从句与同位语从句的区分

1. 定语从句修饰先行词,同位语从句解释先行词的具体内容。
2. 定语从句中的关系词在从句中充当主语、宾语或定语,同位语从句中的 that 不充当这些成分。
3. 定语从句作宾语时关系词可以省略,同位语从句中的 that 通常不能省略。
4. 同位语从句通常有明确的主语和谓语,而定语从句可因关系词承担成分而缺少主语或宾语。
5. whose 通常引导定语从句,同位语从句表示所属时通常用 of。
6. 逗号可以提供判断线索,但不能只凭逗号区分,因为非限制性定语从句和同位语从句都常使用逗号。

对比项目定语从句同位语从句
作用修饰或限定先行词解释先行词的内容
关系词或连接词who, which, that, whose, when, where 等在从句中承担成分that 通常只连接,不承担成分
省略限制性从句中作宾语的关系词可省略that 通常不能省略
核心判断把先行词放回从句后仍有成分缺口that 不作成分且从句另有主语和谓语
结构判断原因
the news that shocked us定语从句that 在 shocked 前作主语
the news that he had left同位语从句that 不作成分,he 是从句主语
the suggestion that we start early同位语从句that 不作成分,we 是从句主语
the suggestion that we discussed定语从句that 作 discussed 的宾语
the man whose son is a doctor定语从句whose 表示所属
The man who helped me is a teacher.
帮助我的那位男士是一名教师。
The suggestion that we start early was practical.
我们早点开始的那个建议很切实可行。
The city where I grew up has changed greatly.
我成长的那座城市发生了巨大的变化。
The belief that education changes lives inspired her career.
教育能够改变人生的信念激励了她的职业生涯。
💡 重点检查 that 或 which 在从句里有没有句子成分,有成分通常是从句,没有成分且从句另有主语时可能是同位语从句。
📌 北京真题 18 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 11 题;语法填空 7 空
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

I’ll give you y friend’s home address, I can be reached most evenings.

A. whichB. whenC. whomD. where

看答案

✅ D. where(关系副词引导定语从句)

句子由逗号隔开,此处考查非限制性定语从句。先行词是 home address(家庭住址),从句 I can be reached most evenings 结构完整,缺少的是地点状语。where 在从句中相当于 at which,表示“在那个地址”,符合语境。最容易误选 A (which),因为 which 在从句中必须充当主语或宾语,而此处从句成分已齐全,不能用 which。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

–What do you think of teaching, Bob?
–I find it fun and challenging. It is a job you are doing something serious but interesting.

A. whereB. WhichC. WhenD. that

看答案

✅ A. where(关系副词引导定语从句)

观察从句结构,you are doing something serious but interesting 主谓宾完整,缺少的是状语。先行词 a job 在此处被抽象化为一种“情境”或“领域”,表示“在这个工作中”,因此用 where 引导定语从句。最容易误选 D (that),因为 that 引导的定语从句中,关系词必须在从句中充当主语或宾语,而此处从句成分已齐全,不能填关系代词。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

Children who are not active or diet is high in [pic]fat will gain weight quickly.

A. whatB. whoseC. whichD. that

看答案

✅ B. whose(定语从句关系代词)

首先分析结构,Children 是先行词,who 引导第一个定语从句,or 连接第二个定语从句。观察空格后,diet 是名词且与先行词 Children 存在所属关系(孩子们的饮食),因此需填入表示“谁的”关系代词 whose 来引导从句并作定语。A 选项 what 不能引导定语从句,C 和 D 选项 which 和 that 不能表示所属关系,故排除。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

Mary was much kinder to Jack than she was to the others, , of course, made all the others upset.

A. whoB. whichC. whatD. that

看答案

✅ B. which(which引导非限定性定语从句)

观察句子结构,逗号后是一个不完整的句子,缺少主语,需填入关系代词。此处指代前面整个主句的内容(即玛丽对杰克更好这件事),在非限定性定语从句中,只能用which来指代前面整个句子。因此选择which。注意that不能引导非限定性定语从句,所以不能选D。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

When deeply absorbed in work, he often was,he would forget all about eating or sleeping.

A. thatB. whichC. whereD. when

看答案

✅ B. which(非限制性定语从句)

观察结构,主句是 he would forget...,中间插入了一个由逗号隔开的从句。此处 which 引导非限制性定语从句,指代前面“deeply absorbed in work”这一状态,且 which 在从句中作表语(还原为 he was deeply absorbed in work)。选 B 是因为 which 可指代前文内容。最容易误选 D,因为 when 引导时间状语从句,但此处 was 后面缺少表语,when 无法充当表语。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

Many countries are now setting up national parks animals and plants can be protected.

A. whenB. whichC. whoseD. where

看答案

✅ D. where(关系副词引导定语从句)

主句为 Many countries are now setting up national parks,从句 animals and plants can be protected。分析从句结构,主谓宾完整,缺少的是地点状语。先行词 national parks 表示地点,且在从句中作地点状语,因此选 where。最容易误选 B,因为 which 是关系代词,在从句中必须充当主语或宾语,而此处从句成分已齐全,不能用 which。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

I borrow the book Sherlock Holmes from the library last week, my classmates recommended to me..

A. whoB. whichC. whenD. Where

看答案

✅ B. which(定语从句引导词)

观察句子结构,主句谓语为 borrow(虽原题时态有误,但结构完整),空格后是谓语 recommended,此处需填入引导词引导定语从句。先行词是 the book Sherlock Holmes,指代物,因此必须用 which 来引导,并在从句中作 recommended 的宾语。A 选项 who 只能指代人,不能修饰书,故排除。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

Opposite is St.Paul’s Church, you can hear some lovely music.

A. whichB. thatC. whenD. where

看答案

✅ D. where(关系副词引导定语从句)

首先分析句子结构,空格前是地点名词 St. Paul’s Church,后接一个完整的句子 you can hear some lovely music。由于从句中主谓宾齐全,缺少的是地点状语,相当于 in the church,因此应填入关系副词 where 来引导定语从句。最容易误选 A 选项 which,因为 which 是关系代词,在从句中必须充当主语或宾语,而此处从句成分完整,无法使用 which。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

I live next door to a couple children often make a lot of noise.

A. whoseB. whyC. whereD. which

看答案

✅ A. whose(whose引导定语从句)

首先分析句子结构,主句是 I live next door to a couple,后面跟着一个定语从句修饰 a couple。观察从句 children often make a lot of noise,发现 children 与先行词 a couple 之间存在所属关系,即“这对夫妻的孩子”,因此必须用 whose 来表示所有格。故选 A。注意不要误选 which,因为 which 只能指代物且不能表示所属关系。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

The little problems we meet in our daily lives may be inspirations for great inventions.

A. thatB. asC. whereD. when

看答案

✅ A. that(定语从句关系代词)

主句是 The little problems may be inspirations,空格处引导定语从句修饰 problems。观察从句 we meet in our daily lives,发现及物动词 meet 缺少宾语,因此需填入关系代词。先行词是物且在从句中作宾语,用 that 即可。容易误选 where,因为看到 lives 误以为是地点,但 where 在从句中不作成分,而此处必须填入作宾语的词。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 5 题

She and her family bicycle to work, helps them keep fit.

A. whichB. whoC. asD. that

看答案

✅ A. which(非限制性定语从句)

观察句子结构,空格前有逗号,且后面跟着一个完整的句子,此处需要一个引导词来连接。which 在这里引导非限制性定语从句,指代前面整个句子“她和家人骑车上班”这件事,并在从句中作主语。that 不能引导非限制性定语从句,因此排除 D。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 9 空

The students benefitting most from college are those are totally engaged(参与)in academic life.

看答案

✅ who / that(限制性定语从句主语)

先行词 those 指人,关系词在定语从句中作主语,可用 who 或 that。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 12 空

When you sleep,your brain sorts through everything happened during the day,trying to link new experiences to old memories.

看答案

✅ that(everything后的定语从句)

先行词 everything 为不定代词,关系词在从句中作主语,用 that。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 18 空

That includes cups, bottles, and bags, most of are only good for one use.

看答案

✅ which(most of which非限制性定语从句)

逗号后为非限制性定语从句,介词 of 后用关系代词 which。

2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 18 空

Nina recently finished her year-long series of runs in Chicago, thousands were attending a water conference.

看答案

✅ where(地点非限制性定语从句)

先行词 Chicago 表地点,非限制性定语从句中 where 作地点状语。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 17 空

Tinniswood, doesn’t smoke and rarely drinks, credited moderation for helping him stay healthy during his long life.

看答案

✅ who(who引导非限制性定语从句)

逗号后为修饰人的非限制性定语从句,关系代词作主语,用 who。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 19 空

However, according to a report by the World Wildlife Fund, tourists 〔18〕 (leave) over 1.3 billion tons of food waste last year, accounted for about 8% of the total global gas release in 2024.

看答案

✅ which(which引导非限制性定语从句)

逗号后为非限制性定语从句,which 指代前述食物浪费量并作主语。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 20 空

So far, this model 〔19〕 (produce) well-known universities, but it is now challenged by the digitalisation of society, which allows everybody is connected to the Internet to access learning resources.

看答案

✅ who(who引导限制性定语从句)

先行词 everybody 指人,定语从句缺主语,用 who。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 先行词是地点不等于必填 where:若从句缺 visit 的宾语,应选 which/that。
  • 非限制性从句不能用 that,也不能把作宾语的关系词省掉。
  • 前置介词后用 which/whom,不用 that/who,也不能把关系词省略。
  • whose 可修饰物,不能把 whose roof 错写成 which roof。
  • 修饰表示方式的 the way 时,不写 the way how;可用 the way that / in which 或直接接从句。
  • 不要写 the book which I bought it,which 已作 bought 的宾语,应删 it。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 从 who / whom / whose 中选词:The volunteer ______ bicycle was stolen arrived on foot.
    看答案

    ✅ whose 空格修饰 bicycle,表示志愿者的自行车,需用所属关系词。

  2. 从 where / which 中选词:The lab ______ we visited yesterday has moved upstairs.
    看答案

    ✅ which visit 是及物动词,从句缺宾语而不是地点状语。

  3. 从 that / which 中选词:The project failed, ______ taught us an important lesson.
    看答案

    ✅ which 非限制性从句用 which 指代项目失败这件事。

  4. 从 who / whom / that 中选词:The teacher from ______ I learned this method has retired.
    看答案

    ✅ whom 指人的关系词在前置介词 from 后作宾语,用 whom。

  5. 改正一个词:I like the way how you organise your notes.(保留一个连接词)
    看答案

    ✅ 把 how 改为 that way 在从句中作方式状语时可用 that,不能用 how。

14 名词性从句(主语、宾语、表语、同位语从句)整句当名词用,位置定类别,成分和句意定连接词

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷常考语法填空的名词性从句连接词;历年单项填空涉及 what、that、whether、whoever 等,阅读需辨清从句边界,写作可用主语、宾语和表语从句。本章收录北京卷单项填空 20 题(2008—2018 年中的 11 年)、语法填空 5 空(2019—2025 年中的 5 年)。

🔑 口诀:先看位置,再查成分;缺什么补什么,完整还看意思。
四类名词性从句

名词性从句即“分句充当名词”,在大句中作主语、宾语、表语或同位语。
• 主语从句:作“什么……怎么样”中的“什么”。
• 宾语从句:在及物动词或介词后。
• 表语从句:在 be 等系动词后。
• 同位语从句:说明 fact, news, idea, belief 等名词的内容。
• 判断步骤:先判整个从句在大句中的作用,再判连接词在小句中的作用。

类别外层作用常见引导词判断重点
主语从句作主句主语that, whether, what, 疑问词整个从句回答“是什么”
宾语从句作动词或介词的宾语that, whether, if, what 等常由 ask、tell、know、wonder 等引出
表语从句作系动词后的表语that, whether, what, how, why常见结构是 The question/problem is...
同位语从句解释前面名词的具体内容that, whether 等先行词常为 fact、news、idea、hope 等
What he discovered changed our plan.
他的发现改变了我们的计划。
I wonder why the screen is blank.
我想知道屏幕为什么是空白的。
The question is whether the roof is safe.
问题在于屋顶是否安全。
The news that the library would reopen delighted us.
图书馆即将重新开放的消息让我们很高兴。
💡 外层问“整块作什么”,内层问“连接词作什么”,两层不要混。
宾语从句

1. 宾语从句在句中作宾语,出现在三个位置:及物动词后(I know that…)、介词后(It depends on whether…)、部分形容词后(I'm sure / afraid / glad that…)。
2. 选引导词看从句缺什么:结构完整、意思是陈述事实用 that(常可省);结构完整、表示“是否”用 whether / if;缺主语、宾语、表语用 what / who / whom / which;缺状语用 when / where / why / how。
3. 一律陈述语序:引导词 + 主语 + 谓语,不把 be、助动词或情态动词提前。I wonder where he lives,不说 where does he live。
4. 时态呼应:主句是现在时或将来时,从句按实际时间选;主句是过去时,从句用相应的过去时态(一般过去、过去进行、过去完成、过去将来);客观真理、自然规律仍用一般现在时。
5. 否定前移:think、believe、suppose、expect、imagine 后的宾语从句要表达否定时,通常把 not 放在主句:I don't think he is right。反意疑问句跟从句:I don't think he is right, is he?
6. it 作形式宾语:宾语从句后面还有宾补时,用 it 占位,从句放到后面:I find it strange that he didn't come. 常见动词 find、think、make、consider、feel。
7. that 什么时候不能省:两个并列宾语从句的第二个 that;it 作形式宾语时的 that;介词后的从句不用 that 引导(except that、in that 除外)。

从句缺什么 / 表什么引导词例句
结构完整,陈述事实that(可省)She said (that) she was tired.
结构完整,表“是否”whether / ifI wonder whether / if it will rain.
缺主语或宾语(指物)what / whichTell me what you need.
缺主语或宾语(指人)who / whomDo you know who broke the window?
缺定语(谁的)whoseI don't know whose bag this is.
缺时间、地点、原因、方式状语when / where / why / howCan you tell me how I can get there?
主句时态从句时态例句
一般现在时 / 将来时按实际时间选He says he will come tomorrow.
一般过去时(从句同时发生)一般过去时 / 过去进行时He said he was busy.
一般过去时(从句更早发生)过去完成时He said he had finished the work.
一般过去时(从句在之后发生)过去将来时He said he would come the next day.
一般过去时(客观真理)一般现在时The teacher told us the earth goes around the sun.
只能用 whether 不用 if 的情况例句
介词后It depends on whether we have enough time.
紧接 or notI don't know whether or not he will come.
后接不定式I can't decide whether to go.
放句首(主语从句)、表语、同位语从句Whether he will come is uncertain.
Could you tell me where the nearest bank is?
你能告诉我最近的银行在哪儿吗?(陈述语序,不说 where is)
I wonder whether the museum will be open on Monday.
我想知道博物馆周一是否开放。
She told me that she had already seen the film.
她告诉我她已经看过那部电影了。(主句过去时,更早的动作用过去完成时)
I don't believe he will give up easily, will he?
我不相信他会轻易放弃,对吧?(否定前移,反意疑问跟从句)
We think it necessary that everyone should take part.
我们认为每个人都参加是必要的。(it 作形式宾语)
💡 做宾语从句题按三步走:① 看从句缺不缺成分,定引导词;② 检查是不是陈述语序;③ 对照主句时态定从句时态。
that 与 what

that 只起连接作用,what 既连接又充当成分。
• that:不译,在从句内不作主语、宾语或表语。
• what:译为“……的事物/内容”,在从句内作主语、宾语或表语。
• 判断方法:检查从句动词是否缺必要成分。
• 例外:不能仅凭从句有主语和谓语就判定为完整。

检查点thatwhat
从句内成分不充当主语、宾语或表语可充当主语、宾语或表语
核心意义说明一个事实或观点表示所说、所想或所要知道的内容
典型结构I know that he is honest.I know what he wants.
翻译特点通常不单独翻译常译为“所……的”或“什么”
That the machine stopped suddenly worried the engineer.
机器突然停止运转这件事让工程师担忧。
What the engineer needed was a spare part.
那位工程师需要的是一个备用零件。
I still remember what the teacher said at the meeting.
我仍然记得老师在会上说的话。
We cannot tell what caused the delay.
我们无法得知延误的原因。
💡 看从句动词是否缺成分:不缺 → that;缺(缺主/宾/表) → what。
whether 与 if 表是否

whether 和 if 均可表“是否”,且在宾语从句中均不充当从句成分。
• 句首主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句用 whether。
• 介词后的宾语从句用 whether。
• 直接接 or not 或 to do 用 whether。
• 动词后的宾语从句,or not 在句末时 whether/if 均可用(例外:不可因句末有 or not 就判定 if 错误)。
• whether…or… 可表示两种选择。

使用位置或结构whetherif
句首主语从句使用不使用
表语从句使用不使用
同位语从句使用不使用
介词后的宾语从句使用不使用
动词后的宾语从句通常使用通常可以使用
直接接 or not 或 to do使用不能直接替换
Whether the team can finish on time remains uncertain.
团队能否按时完成仍不确定。
We talked about whether the entrance should be moved.
我们讨论了是否应该移动入口。
She has not decided whether or not to join us.
她还没决定是否加入我们。
The question is whether he will come.
问题在于他是否会来。
💡 口诀:句首、表、同、介词后,以及紧跟 or not/to do,死磕 whether。
连接代词与连接副词

连接词必须同时满足从句成分缺失(语法)和语境含义(意义)。
• who:指谁,作主语
• whom:指谁,作宾语(例外:非正式语体常以 who 代替)
• whose:表所属
• which:表“哪一个/哪些”,常有选择范围
• what:表内容
• when, where, why, how:分别表时间、地点、原因、方式或程度,作状语
• which, what, whose:还可修饰后面的名词

类别词语核心意义从句中的作用
连接代词who / whom谁主语或宾语
连接代词whose谁的表示所属或限定
连接代词which哪一个、哪些限定、主语或宾语
连接代词what什么内容主语、宾语或表语
连接副词when / where / why / how时间、地点、原因、方式状语
Please explain how this lock works.
请解释这把锁是怎样运作的。
No one knew whose bag had been left on the bus.
没人知道遗留在公交车上的是谁的包。
Tell me which of these routes is shorter.
请告诉我这些路线中哪一条更短。
I wonder how the new system works.
我想知道这个新系统是如何运行的。
💡 代词(谁/什么/哪个)补成分,副词(何时/何地/为何/怎样)补状语。
whoever 与 whatever

whoever/whatever/whichever 可引导名词性从句或让步状语从句。
• whoever:任何……的人
• whatever:任何……的事物/无论什么
• whichever:限定范围内无论哪一个
• 形式判定:whoever 或 whomever 由其在从句中的成分决定,而非仅看前面是否有介词
• 让步用法:表示“无论……都……”
• 例外:no matter who/what 仅引导让步状语从句,不能代替作主语或宾语的名词性从句

词语名词性从句意义让步意义使用重点
whoever任何……的人无论谁在从句中可作主语或宾语
whomever任何……的人较少单独用于让步正式语体中的宾语形式
whatever任何……的事物无论什么在从句中可作主语或宾语
whichever限定范围内无论哪一个无论哪一个常有明确的选择范围
no matter who / what不直接充当名词性从句无论谁 / 什么引导让步状语从句
Whoever solves the puzzle first will receive a notebook.
谁第一个解出这道谜题,谁就能得到一个笔记本。
I will call whoever the principal recommends.
我会给校长推荐的人打电话。
You may take whatever you need for the experiment.
你可以取用实验所需的任何东西。
Whichever route you choose, tell me before you leave.
无论你选择哪条路线,离开前都告诉我。
Whatever happens, keep a record of the results.
无论发生什么,都要记录结果。
💡 删掉从句后,主句缺主/宾 → 名词性;主句完整且表“无论” → 让步性。
陈述语序与时态

名词性从句必须用陈述语序(主+谓),禁止助动词提前。
• 连接词作主语时,直接接谓语。
• 主句过去时 → 从句相应使用过去时。例外:客观真理用一般现在时。
• 主句现在时 → 从句按实际时间选择时态。

外层句情况从句常用时态说明
主句为现在时或将来时按实际时间选择不强制改为一般现在时
主句为一般过去时通常用相应过去时态按语境作必要调整
主句为过去时,内容是客观真理一般现在时如 The teacher explained that light travels fast.
过去发生的更早动作过去完成时常见 after、by then 等语境
过去语境中的未来安排过去将来时常用 would do
时态谓语结构常见标志词或信号
一般现在时do / does + 动词原形every day, usually, often, always, never, on Sundays
一般过去时did + 动词原形 / 动词过去式yesterday, last night, last week, ... ago, in 2020, just now
现在进行时am / is / are + doingnow, at the moment, right now, currently, Look!, Listen!, these days
过去进行时was / were + doingat 8 last night, this time yesterday, when / while + 过去事件
一般将来时will + do / be going to do / be about to dotomorrow, next week, next month, soon, in the future, before..., by...
过去将来时(一般过去将来时)would + do / was going to dothe next day, two days later, by then, at that time
现在完成时have / has + 过去分词since, for, so far, up to now, recently, lately, already, yet, ever / never
过去完成时had + 过去分词by the end of last..., before..., by then, when / after + 过去事件
现在完成进行时have / has been + doingfor the last..., since..., all morning, how long
过去完成进行时had been + doingfor + 一段时间 + 另一个过去事件之前, all... earlier
直接疑问句嵌入后的名词性从句
Where is the meeting room?Could you tell me where the meeting room is?
Who broke the window?She asked who had broken the window.
Did he agree?I wonder whether he agreed.
How does it work?Please explain how it works.
What caused the delay?We do not know what caused the delay.
Could you tell me where the meeting room is?
你能告诉我会议室在哪里吗?
She asked who had opened the window.
她问是谁打开了窗户。
The teacher explained that water expands when it freezes.
老师解释说水结冰时会膨胀。
I did not know whether he would arrive the next day.
我不知道他第二天是否会到。
I wonder whether the report has been submitted.
我想知道这份报告是否已经提交。
💡 记忆口诀:从句不提问,主谓排好队;主过从过,真理恒现。
it 作形式主语或宾语

用 it 占位,将长从句后移。
• 形式主语:It is clear/a pity/reported that...(主语从句后移)
• 形式宾语:find it strange that...(带宾补的长宾语从句后移)
• 性质:it 不代指具体物品,仅为占位符
• 例外:It is necessary that... 等必要、建议类结构可用 (should) do

功能常用结构例句说明
形式主语It is + 形容词 + that + 从句It is clear that the samples are different.that 从句是真正主语
形式主语It is + 名词 + that + 从句It is a pity that we missed the bus.it 无具体指代
形式宾语find / think / make + it + 形容词 + that + 从句We found it strange that nobody answered.it 占住宾语位置
固定报道结构It is reported that + 从句It is reported that the plant will close.真正主语为 that 从句
It is obvious that the two samples are different.
显然,这两个样本不同。
We found it surprising that no one had checked the date.
我们觉得令人意外的是,竟然没人核对过日期。
It is reported that the museum will open next month.
据报道,博物馆将于下月开放。
I consider it necessary that we check the data again.
我认为我们有必要再次核对数据。
💡 判断方法:试着把 that 从句移到句首,意思仍成立 → it 就是形式主语。
同位语从句与定语从句

同位语从句解释“具体内容”,定语从句限定“是哪一个”。
• 同位语从句:that只连接,不作成分。
• 定语从句:关系词在从句中作成分。
• 同位语从句常见于fact, news, idea, hope, belief, possibility之后。
• 同位语从句可用whether, why引导。
• 例外:不能仅凭“名词后有that”认定类别。

比较项目同位语从句定语从句
先行词常为 fact、news、idea、hope 等抽象名词常为人、物、地点或具体事物
从句作用解释先行词的具体内容限定或说明“哪一个”先行词
连接词that、whether、why、how 等who、whom、whose、which、that 等
成分检查that 不作主语、宾语或表语关系词通常在从句中承担成分
典型结构The fact that he was late surprised us.The fact that the inspector reported shocked the mayor.
The fact that the bridge was unsafe led to its closure.
桥梁不安全这一事实导致它被封闭。
The fact that the inspector reported shocked the mayor.
检查员报告的那个事实让市长感到震惊。
There is some doubt whether the material can be recycled.
这种材料能否回收利用还存在疑问。
The news that the library would reopen delighted us.
图书馆即将重新开放的消息让我们很高兴。
💡 看that后面缺不缺成分:不缺 → 同位语(解释内容);缺成分 → 定语(充当成分)。
that 的省略与原因句型

宾语从句 that 可省,其余名词性从句 that 保留。
• 单个普通动词宾语从句:that 可省
• 句首主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句:that 保留
• it 形式主语后的从句:that 保留
• 并列宾语从句:后一个从句的 that 保留
• The reason is that...:that 后接原因内容
• That is why...:后接结果
• That is because...:后接原因
• 例外:不要写成 The reason is because...

结构that 的使用示例
单个普通动词的宾语从句常可省略I believe (that) the plan is useful.
句首主语从句通常保留That he was right surprised us.
表语从句或同位语从句通常保留The reason is that the road is closed.
it 形式主语后的从句通常保留It is clear that he was right.
并列宾语从句后一个从句通常保留I think that he is right and that we should act.
He said (that) he had finished the work.
他说他已经完成了工作。
The reason for the delay is that the road is closed.
延误的原因是道路被封闭了。
The road is closed. That is why the bus is late.
道路被封闭了,这就是公交车晚点的原因。
I believe the plan is useful and that it will save time.
我相信这个计划有用,而且它会节约时间。
💡 why接结果,because接原因;reason作主语,后面必用that。
介词后的宾语从句

- 介词后接名词性从句时,从句作介词的宾语,仍要使用陈述语序。
- 介词后表示“是否”用 whether,不能用 if 代替 whether。
- 介词后询问“具体什么内容”通常用 what,如 be aware of what...。
- 介词后不能用 that 引导表示“是否”的宾语从句。
- 介词与从句构成完整的介词短语,修饰前面的名词、动词或形容词。

常见提示结构从句连接词表达意义
be aware of whether...whether意识到是否……
depend on whether...whether取决于是否……
be based on what...what以什么为依据
talk about what...what谈论什么内容
regardless of whether...whether不管是否……
We talked about whether the entrance should be moved.
我们讨论了是否应该移动入口。
Her success depended on what she had prepared.
她的成功取决于她事先准备的内容。
He was unaware of what was happening around him.
他没有意识到周围正在发生什么。
The decision was based on whether the results were reliable.
这个决定取决于结果是否可靠。
💡 看到介词先暂时排除 if,再根据“是否”选 whether,根据“什么内容”选 what。
whether...or not 与 if...to do

- whether...or not表示“是否”,or not 可以放在从句主语之前,也可以放在从句末尾。
- whether + to do表示“是否做某事”,在 decide、know、wonder 等结构中不能把 whether 直接换成 if。
- if 可以引导动词后的宾语从句表示“是否”,但 if 从句中的 or not 只能放在句末。
- 宾语从句中的 if...or not 可以使用,但高考书面表达中通常优先使用 whether...or not。
- if + to do 若表示“如果要做某事”,则是条件状语从句,不属于名词性从句。

结构whetherif说明
whether + 从句 + or not可以不能直接替换or not 可置于从句首或末
whether + to do可以不能直接替换表示是否做某事
whether / if + 一般从句可以可以通常限于动词后的宾语从句
if + 从句 + or not优先使用有时可用or not 放在从句末尾
Whether or not the plan will work remains uncertain.
这个计划是否可行仍不确定。
We must decide whether to move the meeting.
我们必须决定是否推迟会议。
Could you tell me whether the lab is open?
你能告诉我实验室是否开放吗?
I don't know if the lab is open or not.
我不知道实验室是否开放。
💡 看到“是否做某事”优先用 whether to do,看到句末 or not 时还要检查整个句子是否为宾语从句。
what 从句与定语从句转换

- what 从句可理解为 the thing(s) that...或 the thing(s) which...,表示未具体说明的内容。
- 作主语的 what 从句可转换为 The thing that...或 Everything that...引导的主语从句。
- 作宾语的 what 从句可转换为 know the thing that...、remember the words that...等结构。
- that 单独不能代替 what,因为 that 只起连接作用,不能把所指内容带进从句。
- which 通常用于已知或可选择的范围,强调“哪一个”;what 强调未具体说明的“什么东西或内容”。

what 从句转换形式转换说明
What he needsThe thing(s) that he needswhat = the thing(s) that
What she saidThe thing that she said / Everything that she said可按语境选择单数或复数
What matters mostThe thing that matters mostwhat 在从句中作主语
This is what I meantThis is the thing that I meantwhat 从句作表语
What he needs is a spare part.
他需要的是一个备用零件。
What she said surprised everyone.
她所说的话让每个人都很吃惊。
What matters most is not speed but accuracy.
最重要的不是速度而是准确。
This is exactly what I meant.
这正是我的意思。
💡 尝试在 what 前补上 the thing(s) that,若能形成完整定语从句,说明该结构通常可用定语从句转换。
名词性从句常见搭配一览

- 句中的提示词往往直接决定从句的引导词和结构,应先识别提示词再补全句子。
- suggest 表示“建议”时可接 doing 或 that + 主语 + (should) do,不能写成 suggest sb to do。
- advise 和 propose 表示“建议”时常用 that + 主语 + (should) do。
- wonder、ask、tell、know、think、doubt 等动词后,常接 that、whether、if 或 what 等引导的从句。
- doubt 后表示“是否”通常接 whether,There is no doubt that...则用 that 引出确定事实。
- depend on、be aware of、insist on 等介词后常用 whether 或 what,不直接用 if 表示“是否”。

触发词或框架常见从句形式答题提示
suggestsuggest doing / suggest that sb (should) do不写 suggest sb to do
advise / proposeadvise / propose that sb (should) do从句谓语用 (should) do
wonderwonder what / why / how / whether / if...根据疑问内容选词
ask / tellask / tell sb whether / if / what...先确定动作发出者和宾语
doubtdoubt whether...表示怀疑“是否”
know / thinkknow / think that...或 what...根据语义选 that 或 what
depend on / be aware ofdepend on / be aware of whether / what...介词后不用 if
名词或固定框架常见搭配含义
fact / news / idea / belief / hopethe fact / news / idea / belief / hope that...说明该名词的具体内容
possibilitythe possibility of doing / the possibility that...可能性
question / problemthe question / problem whether / what / how / why...提出待解决的问题
There is no doubtThere is no doubt that...毫无疑问
in doubtin doubt whether...对是否……感到怀疑
The teacher suggested that we (should) review the notes.
老师建议我们复习这些笔记。
His expression suggested that something had gone wrong.
他的表情表明出了问题。
I have no doubt that the plan will succeed.
我毫不怀疑这个计划会成功。
The point is how we can solve the problem.
关键在于我们如何解决这个问题。
She was aware of what had changed.
她意识到发生了什么变化。
💡 先圈出 suggest、doubt、question、fact 等提示词,再按提示词固定框架补出正确的引导词和谓语。
名词性从句易混点速查

- 从句缺主语、宾语或表语时,在 what、who、whom、which、whatever、whoever 中选择。
- 从句结构完整而表示“是否”时,在 that、whether、if 中选择,并检查所在位置。
- that 表示已知事实或陈述内容,what 表示未具体说明的内容,which 表示“哪一个”。
- 已知范围内“无论哪一个”用 whichever,泛指“任何事物”用 whatever。
- 问原因用 why 或 because,问时间、地点和方式分别用 when、where 和 how。
- 介词后问“是否”用 whether,问“什么内容”用 what。
- no matter who、no matter what 等表示“无论”,引导的是让步状语从句,不是名词性从句。

题面线索优先考虑关键理由
从句缺主语、宾语或表语what, who, whom, which, whatever, whoever连接词要在从句中充当成分
从句完整,表达一个事实thatthat 不作成分且通常不译出
从句完整,问是否whether / ifif 受句首、表语、同位语和介词后等位置限制
问哪个which / whatwhich 有选择范围,what 表示具体内容
已知范围内无论哪个whicheverwhichever of...
任何事物或任何人whatever / whoever也可在让步句中表示“无论”
时间、地点、原因、方式when, where, why, how在从句中作状语
介词后问是否或内容whether / what介词后不用 if
I wonder what he wants.
我想知道他想要什么。
I wonder whether he will come.
我想知道他是否会来。
Could you tell me where he lives?
你能告诉我他住在哪里吗?
It is obvious that the two samples are different.
显然,这两个样本不同。
💡 按“查位置、查成分、查意义”三步判断:先看从句在句中的作用,再看连接词是否缺成分,最后核对具体意义。
📌 北京真题 25 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 20 题;语法填空 5 空
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

The companies are working together to create they hope will be the best means of transport in the 21st century.

A. whichB. thatC. whatD. who

看答案

✅ C. what(what引导宾语从句)

观察句子结构,create 后面缺少宾语,且空格前没有先行词,说明此处需填入引导词引导名词性从句。在从句中,will be 缺少主语,因此需要 what 既在从句中作主语,又在整体结构中充当 create 的宾语(hope 为插入语)。最容易误选的是 which 或 that,因为它们引导定语从句必须有先行词,而此处无先行词可修饰。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

At first he hated the new job but decided to give himself a few months to see it got any better.

A. whenB. howC. whyD. if

看答案

✅ D. if(宾语从句引导词)

首先分析句子结构,see 后面接的是宾语从句。根据语境,他给自己几个月时间是为了观察工作情况“是否”会好转,表示一种不确定的假设,因此应选 if 引导宾语从句,意为“是否”。注意 if 在此处等同于 whether。很多同学容易误选 how,但 how 强调“如何”好转,而此处逻辑重点在于好转与否的结果。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

I want to be liked and loved for I am inside.

A. whoB. whereC. whatD. how

看答案

✅ C. what(名词性从句作介词宾语)

首先分析结构,介词 for 后面接的是一个名词性从句作介词的宾语。这里考查 what 引导的从句,what I am 是固定表达,指代一个人的本质、性格或品质,意为“我的为人”或“内在特质”,符合 inside 的语境,因此选 C。很多同学误选 A,是因为习惯性认为指代“人”必须用 who,但 who I am 侧重于身份(如姓名、职业),而非内在品质。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

Part of the reason Charles Dickens loved his own novel, David Copperfield, was it was rather closely modeled on his own life.

A. whatB. thatC. whyD. whether

看答案

✅ B. that(表语从句)

首先分析句子结构,主语是 Part of the reason,系动词是 was,空格后引导的是表语从句。观察从句 it was rather closely modeled on his own life,成分完整,不缺主语或宾语,因此需要一个起连接作用但不充当成分的引导词,选 that。最容易误选的是 what,因为它在从句中必须充当主语或宾语,而此处从句结构完整,无法使用。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

some people regard as a drawback is seen as a plus by many others.

A. WhetherB. WhatC. ThatD. How

看答案

✅ B. What(主语从句引导词)

首先分析句子结构,主句谓语是 is seen,空格起引导作用,构成主语从句。观察从句 some people regard as a drawback,regard A as B 结构中缺少宾语 A,因此需要一个既能引导从句又能充当宾语的词,What 正好符合要求,意为“……的事物”。最容易误选 That,因为它在引导主语从句时不做成分,而此处从句成分不完整,不能用 That。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

Barbara Jones offers to her fans is honesty and happiness.

A. WhichB. WhatC. ThatD. Whom

看答案

✅ B. What(主语从句引导词)

首先分析句子结构,主句谓语是 is,空格起首的部分是主语从句。观察从句内部,offer 是及物动词,后面缺少宾语,因此需要一个既能引导从句又能充当宾语的词,选择 What。What 在此处相当于 the thing that。最容易误选 That,因为 That 引导名词性从句时在从句中不担任任何成分,而此处从句缺宾语,故不能选 That。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

The shocking news made me realize terrible problems we would face.

A. whatB. howC. thatD. why

看答案

✅ B. how(宾语从句引导词辨析)

realize 后面接宾语从句。从句是 we would face ___ terrible problems,空格修饰形容词 terrible,表示“多么严重的问题”,这是感叹意味的程度,用 how + 形容词 + 名词复数,故选 B. how。A. what 修饰的是名词(what problems“什么问题”),不能直接修饰形容词 terrible 来强调程度;C. that 在宾语从句里不作成分,后面不能缺东西;D. why 问原因,不合句意。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

Jerry did not regret giving the comment but felt he could have expressed it differently.

A. whyB. howC. thatD. whether

看答案

✅ C. that(宾语从句引导词)

句子主干是 Jerry did not regret... but felt...,felt 后接从句作宾语。从句 he could have expressed it differently 结构完整,表达的是一个具体的事实,因此选用 that 引导宾语从句,that 在句中不充当成分。容易误选 B (how),因为 how 强调“如何”的方式,而此处语境是表达一种意识到某事的心理状态,而非探讨具体如何表达。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

makes the book so extraordinary is the creative imagination of the writer.

A. ThatB. WhatC. WhoD. Which

看答案

✅ B. What(主语从句引导词)

观察句子结构,主句谓语是 is,空格起首的部分是主语从句。从句中缺少主语,且需要一个词来指代“……的事物”,因此选 What 引导主语从句,意为“……的东西/事情”。That 虽然也能引导主语从句,但此处若选 That,则其仅作为指示代词指代前文某事,而本句并无前文可指,且语义不通,无法表达“使书非凡的东西”这一含义。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

Experts believe people can waste less food by shopping only when it is necessary.

A. whyB. whereC. thatD. what

看答案

✅ C. that(宾语从句引导词)

先看句子结构,Experts 是主语,believe 是谓语,后面缺少宾语,空格处引导一个从句。从句中 people can waste less food... 结构完整,不缺成分,因此需要一个起连接作用且不充当成分的引导词,选 that。what 必须在从句中担任主语或宾语,而此处从句成分齐全,故 what 错误。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

The best moment for the football star was he scored the winning goal.

A. whereB. whenC. howD. why

看答案

✅ B. when(连接代词引导表语从句)

句子主语是 The best moment,系动词是 was,空格后引导一个完整的句子,构成表语从句。由于先行词 moment 表示时间,需要用 when 来引导从句,在从句中作时间状语,表示“……的时候”。故选 when。容易误选 where,因为学生常将“地点/场合”与“时间点”混淆,但此处明确指代时刻,不能用 where。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

Some people believe has happened before or is happening now will repeat itself in the future.

A. whateverB. wheneverC. whereeverD. however

看答案

✅ A. whatever(复合关系代词引导主语从句)

先看句子结构,believe 后接宾语从句,而宾语从句中 repeat itself 之前缺少主语,说明空格处需引导一个名词性从句作主语。whatever 在此处相当于 anything that,既引导从句又在从句中作主语,指代“无论什么”,符合句意。注意 however 是副词,不能在从句中充当主语,因此排除。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

I truly believe beauty comes from within.

A. thatB. whereC. whatD. why

看答案

✅ A. that(宾语从句连接词)

观察句子结构,believe 是及物动词,后面缺少宾语,因此空格处引导一个宾语从句。分析从句 beauty comes from within,主语、谓语、状语成分齐全,不缺任何成分,只需填入一个起连接作用且无实际意义的词,故选 that。很多同学容易误选 what,因为习惯性认为 believe 后面接 what,但 what 在从句中必须充当主语或宾语,而此处从句成分已完整,不能再加 what。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

we understand things has a lot to do with what we feel.

A. WhereB. HowC. WhyD. When

看答案

✅ B. How(主语从句引导词)

首先分析句子结构,has a lot to do with 是谓语部分,空格起首的成分是主语从句。根据语境,理解事物的“方式”与感受相关,因此选择 How 引导主语从句,表示“我们如何理解事物”。最容易误选的是 Why,虽然逻辑上勉强通顺,但 How 强调的是认知过程与感受的关联,更符合语境且为地道表达。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

Your support is important to our work. You can do helps.

A. HoweverB. WhoeverC. WhateverD. Wherever

看答案

✅ C. Whatever(复合关系代词引导主语从句)

观察句子结构,空格后是“You can do”且缺少宾语,而整个句子缺少主语,说明空格处需填入一个能引导主语从句且在从句中作宾语的词。Whatever 意为“无论什么”,在此引导主语从句,作 do 的宾语,全句意为“无论你能提供什么帮助都有用”。Whoever 指人,不能作 help 的修饰成分,故排除。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

The most pleasant thing of the rainy season is one can be entirely free from dust.

A. whatB. thatC. whetherD. why

看答案

✅ B. that(表语从句)

观察句子结构,系动词 is 之后缺少表语,且后面是一个完整的句子,说明此处考查表语从句。从句 one can be entirely free from dust 结构完整,不缺主语、谓语或宾语,因此只需填入起连接作用且不充当成分的 that。注意区分 what,若使用 what,其含义相当于 the thing that,会导致主句的 the most pleasant thing 与从句意义重复,不符合逻辑,故排除 A。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

Every year, makes the most beautiful kite will win a prize in the Kite Festival.

A. whateverB. whoeverC. whomeverD. whichever

看答案

✅ B. whoever(whoever 引导主语从句)

首先分析句子结构,主句谓语是 win,而空格引导的部分 ______ makes the most beautiful kite 整体充当主语。此处需要一个代词引导主语从句,且在从句中作主语,指代“任何……的人”,因此选择 whoever。注意 whoever 等于 anyone who。容易误选的 whichever 指代的是“任何一个(事物)”,而此处语境是做风筝的人,应指人而非物。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 26 题

Jane moved aimlessly down the tree-lined street, not knowing she was heading.

A. whyB. whereC. howD. when

看答案

✅ B. where(宾语从句引导词)

句子主干是 Jane moved...,not knowing 引导的分词短语中,knowing 后接宾语从句。根据从句谓语 head(朝...方向走)的语义需求,此处需要一个表示地点的引导词,因此选择 where。why 引导原因,how 引导方式,when 引导时间,均不符合“朝某个方向走”的逻辑。最容易误选 A,因为学生常将“不知道为什么”作为习惯表达,但忽略了 head 这一动词的方位属性。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 11 题

Without his support, we wouldn’t be we are now.

A. howB. whenC. whereD. why

看答案

✅ C. where(表语从句)

句子主干是 we wouldn’t be...,空格处引导一个从句作表语。根据语境,这句话是在讨论由于对方的支持,我们才达到了现在的地位或境地,where 在此引导表语从句,表示“所处的状态或地位”。因此选 where。最容易误选的 how 虽可表示状态,但通常用于描述方式或程度,而表达“现在的成就/处境”时,习惯用 where we are。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 15 题

This is my father has taught me—to always face difficulties and hope for the best.

A. howB. whichC. thatD. what

看答案

✅ D. what(宾语从句引导词)

观察句子结构,be 动词 is 后面缺少表语,此处应填入一个名词性从句。从句中 taught 是及物动词,缺少宾语,且前面没有先行词。what 在从句中既充当引导词又担任 taught 的宾语,意为“……的事物”,符合句意。注意 that 不能选,因为 that 在名词性从句中不充当成分,而此处从句缺宾语。

2019 北京 · 语法填空 第 8 空

What students do at college seems to matter much more than they go.

看答案

✅ where(比较从句中的 where)

than 后的比较从句缺地点状语,用 where 表示“去哪里/哪所大学”。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 3 空

Oliver says if you're 2 (luck) enough to have someone close to you who enjoys cooking, ask them you can join in when it's possible.

看答案

✅ if / whether(whether/if引导宾语从句)

ask 后宾语从句成分完整且表“是否”,用 if 或 whether。

2021 北京 · 语法填空 第 15 空

The poor woman wasn't able to give him any information about she lived.

看答案

✅ where(地点宾语从句)

about 后接宾语从句,where 在从句中作地点状语。

2022 北京 · 语法填空 第 15 空

It’s easy to explain how we determine smells are dangerous or not: we learn.

看答案

✅ whether(whether与or not搭配)

whether 与 or not 呼应,引导宾语从句。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 13 空

The truth, though, is could be guessed — there’s never anyone else here.

看答案

✅ what(what引导表语从句)

表语从句中缺少主语,用 what 表示“所能猜到的事情”。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 不能只见从句有主语和谓语就填 that,及物动词后缺宾语时仍可能用 what。
  • 不要把宾语从句写成 where is the station,应改为 where the station is。
  • 句首的‘是否’主语从句和介词后的‘是否’从句用 whether,不用 if。
  • whoever 在自己的从句中作主语时不改为 whomever,即使整个从句位于介词后。
  • 不要用 no matter what 直接替换作宾语的 whatever 从句;前者用于让步。
  • 名词后有 that 未必是同位语从句,应检查 that 在从句中是否充当成分。
  • 形式主语 it 后的 that 通常保留,避免把从句误写成另一个独立句。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 从 that / what 中选词:______ surprised the audience was the child’s calm reply.
    看答案

    ✅ What 从句缺 surprised 的主语,表示让观众吃惊的事情。

  2. 从 whether / if 中选词:Our decision depends on ______ the river is safe to cross.
    看答案

    ✅ whether 介词 on 后表示是否的宾语从句用 whether。

  3. 改正语序:Do you know when does the exhibition close?
    看答案

    ✅ Do you know when the exhibition closes? 宾语从句用陈述语序,去掉 does 并将 close 改为 closes。

  4. 从 whoever / whomever 中选词:The prize will go to ______ submits the best design.
    看答案

    ✅ whoever 连接词在 submits 所在从句中作主语,不能因为前有 to 就选宾格。

  5. 判断 that 从句类别:The belief that effort matters kept her going.(主语/宾语/表语/同位语)
    看答案

    ✅ 同位语从句 effort matters 结构完整,that 从句说明 belief 的具体内容。

15 状语从句先辨两句的逻辑关系,再选连词和时态

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷历年单项填空考时间、条件、让步、目的等关系;语法填空和阅读常涉及从句连接、时态及省略,写作要避免重复连词。本章收录北京卷单项填空 15 题(2008—2018 年中的 11 年)。

🔑 口诀:时间条件看先后,因果让步辨逻辑。
状语从句的九类关系

状语从句用分句补充主句的时间、条件、原因、目的、结果、让步、比较、方式或地点。
• 先读意思,再判关系,不要靠中文词硬配连词。
• 例外:同一个连词可有多种意思(如 as 可表时间、原因或方式;while 可表时间、让步或对比)。

关系核心问题常用连接词典型信号
时间什么时候或在什么期间when, while, as, before, after, until, since, oncebefore, during, as soon as, until
条件在什么条件下if, unless, as long as, provided/providing thatif, unless, provided that
原因为什么because, since, as, now thatbecause, for this reason, now that
目的为了什么或以防什么so that, in order that, in caseso that, in order to, in case
结果产生了什么结果so…that, such…thatso…, such…
让步尽管什么although, though, even though, even ifalthough, even if, despite
比较与什么相比than, as…as, not so/as…asthan, as…as
方式怎样或仿佛怎样as, as if/thoughas, as if
地点在哪里where, whereverwhere, wherever
快速判断问题典型答案首选关系
这件事在什么时间发生?when, while, before, until时间
满足什么条件才会发生?if, unless条件
为什么会出现这个结果?because, since, as原因
采取这一做法是为了什么?so that, in order that目的
这一情况造成了什么结果?so…that, such…that结果
Every time I check the weather, the forecast seems to change.
每次查看天气,预报似乎都会变。
If the weather is fine, we will go hiking in the park.
如果天气晴好,我们就去公园徒步。
The match was cancelled because the river had flooded.
因为河水泛滥,比赛被取消了。
She spoke slowly so that everyone could understand her.
她放慢语速,以便每个人都能听懂她的话。
Although the task was difficult, the team finished it on time.
虽然任务很难,团队还是按时完成了。
💡 把关系翻译成中文:‘虽然...仍...’→让步,‘只要...就...’→条件。
when、while 与 as 表时间

when/while/as 均表时间,区别在于动作的性质与状态。
• when:指时间点或时间段,动作可短暂也可持续。
• while:指“在……期间”,连用持续性动作或状态。
• as:强调动作同时进行或伴随变化,意为“一边……一边……”或“随着……”。
• 例外:be doing…when… / be about to do…when… 中,when 表示“这时突然”,后接短暂事件,不可换成 while。

连接词核心侧重常见动作关系典型时间状语
when时间点或一段时间短动作落在某个时间点或背景中one day, at the moment, last Sunday
while某段持续期间背景动作与另一动作同时存在during, all the time, the whole morning
as同时发生或伴随发展过程、变化或两个动作并行as time went by, as the city grew
结构形式例句骨架
when + 从句When + 从句主语 + 谓语When the bell rang, …
while + 从句While + 从句主语 + 谓语while she was cooking, …
as + 从句/DoingAs + 从句主语 + 谓语 / as + doingas the city grew / as time passed
be doing…when…主句 + be doing when + 短暂事件I was leaving when he called
When the bell rang, everyone stopped talking.
铃响时,大家停止了交谈。
While the doctor was examining the patient, his family waited outside.
医生给病人检查时,他的家人在外面等候。
As the city developed, more parks were built.
随着城市的发展,建起了更多公园。
I was about to leave when the phone rang.
我正要离开,这时电话响了。
💡 while 是长背景,when 可点出突发事。
until 与 not until

until 区分:肯定句表“持续到终点”,not until 表“过了起点才发生”。
• 肯定句:until = 一直到……为止,主句为可持续动作或状态。
• 否定句:not...until = 直到……才……,强调动作在指定时间前没有发生,主句为短暂动作。
• 替换:till 可替换 until。
• 位置:句首更常用 until。
• 例外:选词需综合肯定/否定与实际语义,不能只根据动词长短决定。

结构基本含义从句或主句的常见特征例句骨架
until + 从句一直持续到……为止主句常为持续性动作或状态waited until the rain stopped
not…until + 从句直到……才……主句常为句中后发生的一次性动作did not open until the check was complete
by the time + 从句到……的时候已经……主从句按实际先后采用相应时态By the time he arrived, …
till + 从句直到……用法大体同 untilWe waited till dawn.
比较项untilbefore
关注点持续到某个终点发生在某个时间之前
典型改写continue until…happen before…
例句We stayed until midnight.We left before midnight.
We waited in the hall until the rain stopped.
我们一直在大厅等到雨停。
The doors did not open until the safety check was complete.
直到安全检查完成,门才打开。
The library remained open until midnight.
图书馆一直开放到午夜。
Not until sunset did the temperature begin to fall.
直到日落,气温才开始下降。
💡 肯定 until 看“持续多久”,not until 看“之前没做,此时才做”。
before、since 与 once

辨析 before, since, once 的时间逻辑与时态搭配。
• before:译为“在……之前”或“还没来得及……就……”或“过了……才……”。
• It was + 一段时间 + before…:表示过了多久才发生。
• It will be + 一段时间 + before…:表示还要多久才发生。
• since:主句用完成时,从句用一般过去时交代起点。
• once:译为“一旦”,强调条件或时间节点一经达到,后续情况随之成立;不等于“曾经”。

连接词时间关系语义重点常见时态提示典型信号
before某事件发生之前先后顺序过去或将来时按语境several days before, just before
since从过去某点延续到现在起点和持续主句现在完成时since then, ever since
once某一时刻或条件一达到紧接着发生将来时常从句用一般现在时once, immediately once
搭配含义例句骨架
It was + 时间段 + before…过了该时间段才……It was two weeks before we met again.
It will be + 时间段 + before…还要经过该时间段才……It will be an hour before the train leaves.
since + 过去时间点自从该时间点以来since I entered high school
once + 条件或时间从句一旦……就……Once the rain stops, we can leave.
He had left before I arrived.
我到达之前,他已经离开了。
It was several weeks before we received a reply.
过了好几个星期,我们才收到回复。
It will be two months before the new pool opens.
还要两个月,新游泳池才会开放。
I have kept a reading diary since I entered high school.
自从进入高中以来,我一直坚持写阅读日记。
Once the paint is dry, you can move the chairs back.
油漆一干,你就可以把椅子搬回去。
💡 tip:before 看先后,since 找起点(主完从过),once 找触发点。
条件连词与 unless

条件连词引导状语从句,核心在于区分“如果”与“只要”的逻辑。
• if:如果
• unless:除非 / 如果不
• as long as / so long as:只要
• provided / providing (that):如果 / 只要
• unless = if...not(仅限意思相符时)
• unless 后不加 not
• 例外:主句是否定时,需重新核对逻辑

连接词基本含义常见逻辑例句骨架
if如果条件成立,结果才成立If it rains, we will stay indoors.
unless除非,如果不常相当于 if…notUnless you hurry, you will be late.
as long as / so long as只要条件持续有效as long as you agree
provided/providing that如果、只要提出成立条件provided that the weather is fine
on condition that以……为条件强调条件必须满足on condition that you return the key
原表达常见等价表达等价条件
if you do not hurryunless you hurry两种表达逻辑相同
if it is not rainingunless it is raining两种表达逻辑相同
if you keep calmas long as you keep calm强调条件持续
If you book today, you will get a discount.
如果今天预订,你就能获得优惠。
Unless you submit the form by Friday, your application will be rejected.
除非你周五前提交申请,否则申请将被拒绝。
You may use the lab as long as you wear protective clothing.
只要你穿防护服,就可以使用实验室。
Provided that the weather is clear, we will set off at dawn.
如果天气晴朗,我们将在黎明出发。
You will not improve unless you practise regularly.
除非你经常练习,否则不会进步。
💡 unless = if...not;翻译成“除非”后,检查是否多加了否定。
时间条件从句的将来表达

主将从现:时间/条件状语从句用一般现在时表将来,主句用will、情态动词或祈使句。
• 强调先完成用现在完成时。
• 例外:when表“何时”、if表“是否”的宾语从句,按实际时间用will。
• 例外:will表达意愿时可用。

从句情形从句常用时态主句常用形式例句骨架
将来时间或条件一般现在时will / 情态动词 / 祈使句If it rains tomorrow, we will wait.
将来先完成现在完成时一般将来时When everyone has arrived, we will begin.
过去事实一般过去时一般过去时或过去完成时When he arrived, the class had begun.
过去或现在假设一般过去时would / could / mightIf I were you, I would take the early train.
宾语从句中的 when/if按实际时间按宾语从句需要I do not know when he will arrive.
判断步骤问题处理
第一步when 是“当……时”还是“何时”?先确定从句功能
第二步if 是“如果”还是“是否”?排除宾语从句例外
第三步主句动作是否在从句之后?采用主将从现
第四步从句动作是否先完成?从句考虑现在完成时
If it rains tomorrow, we will hold the ceremony indoors.
如果明天下雨,我们将在室内举行仪式。
Send me a message as soon as you arrive.
你一到就给我发条消息。
By the time you arrive, I will have finished the report.
等你到的时候,我就已经把报告写完了。
I do not know if the meeting will be put off.
我不知道会议是否会延期。
I do not know when the parcel will arrive.
我不知道包裹何时会到。
💡 问when是“当...时”还是“何时”?问if是“如果”还是“是否”?前者主将从现,后者按实填时。
原因从句

原因状语从句:根据原因性质和接续成分选择连接词。
• because:接完整分句,交代直接原因,可回答 why。
• because of:接名词、代词或动名词短语。
• since / as:引出双方已知或较明显的背景。
• now that:强调“既然如今……”,用于新情况构成的理由。
• 表示同一因果关系时,because 和 so 不重复连用。
• for:补充说明理由,作为并列连接词。

表达原因强度适用语境后接成分
because较强、直接回答 why,说明直接原因完整分句
because of较强、直接说明直接原因名词性成分
since / as较弱或已知双方都认可的原因完整分句
now that由新情况引出“既然现在……”完整分句
for补充说明较正式书面语完整分句
比较句子名词性成分完整分句
because / because ofbecause the rain was heavybecause of the heavy rainbecause it was raining hard
since / asSince you know the answer无直接对应As you know the answer
Because the river had flooded, the match was cancelled.
因为河水泛滥,比赛被取消了。
Now that everyone has a copy, we can discuss the text.
既然现在每个人都有一份文本,我们可以讨论了。
Since you are here, let me show you how the system works.
既然你来了,我给你演示一下这个系统如何使用。
As the road was icy, all the buses were delayed.
由于路面结冰,所有公交车都延误了。
The match was cancelled, for the weather was extremely bad.
比赛被取消了,因为天气极其恶劣。
💡 because + 句子,because of + 词组;同一因果关系中,because 和 so 二选一。
目的从句与 in case

so that / in order that 表目的(为了),in case 表预防(以防)。
• so that / in order that 从句常带 can, could, may, might。
• in order that 可放句首。
• in case 主句是预先措施,非发生后才行动。
• 例外:so that 也可引出已发生的结果,需凭上下文判断。
• in case of 后接名词性成分,不接完整句。

结构基本含义后接形式例句骨架
so that + 从句为了,以便完整分句,常含情态动词spoke slowly so that we could follow
in order that + 从句为了,以便完整分句,常含情态动词left early in order that they could arrive
in order to + 动词原形为了做某事动词原形left early in order to arrive on time
in case + 从句以防发生某事完整分句Take an umbrella in case it rains.
in case of + 名词以防某种情况名词性成分in case of an emergency
比较in caseif
关注点事先准备,防止意外条件出现后再产生结果
例句Save a copy in case the file is lost.If the file is lost, we will use the backup.
目的表达形式例句
in order toto + 动词原形I called to confirm the time.
so thatso that + 从句I called so that they could confirm the time.
She spoke slowly so that the visitors could follow her explanation.
她放慢语速,以便来访者听懂她的解释。
We left early in order that everyone could arrive on time.
我们提前出发,以便大家按时到达。
Take an umbrella in case it rains.
带把伞,以防下雨。
Keep a backup copy in case of data loss.
保留一份备份,以防数据丢失。
💡 in case:现在就准备,以防万一;if:条件发生,再谈结果。
so…that 与 such…that

so/such...that 表示“如此……以至于……”,核心区别在于修饰对象不同。
• so 修饰形容词或副词
• such 修饰名词短语
• 单数可数名词:such a/an + 形容词 + 名词 + that
• 单数可数名词:so + 形容词 + a/an + 名词 + that
• 数量词 (many, few, much, little) 用 so
• 例外:little 表示“小的”时用 such (如 such little children)

被修饰成分结构示例结果表达
形容词或副词so + adj./adv. + thatso clear that…如此……以至于……
单数可数名词such a/an + adj. + 名词 + thatsuch a useful guide that…如此……以至于……
复数或不可数名词such + adj. + 名词 + thatsuch clear instructions that…如此……以至于……
单数可数名词变体so + adj. + a/an + 名词 + thatso beautiful a garden that…如此……以至于……
数量多少so + many/much/few/little + 名词 + thatso few seats that…如此……以至于……
数量词搭配例句
many + 复数名词so manyso many applicants that…
much + 不可数名词so muchso much work that…
few + 复数名词so fewso few seats that…
little + 不可数名词so littleso little time that…
The instructions were so clear that we finished without help.
说明十分清楚,我们无需帮助就完成了。
It was such a steep hill that we had to push our bikes.
那座山坡太陡了,我们不得不推着自行车走。
There was so little space that we could not turn around.
空间太小了,我们没法转身。
We have so many applications that we need another examiner.
申请者太多了,我们需要再增加一名考官。
She has such lovely children that everyone admires them.
她的孩子这么可爱人人都喜欢。
💡 看中心词:形副/数量找 so,名词找 such。
让步从句与 whatever

让步从句表示“尽管/无论……,结果依然成立”。
• although / though:虽然
• even though:尽管(强调事实)
• even if:即使(假设条件)
• while:句首可表“虽然”
• although/though 与 but 不重复使用,主句可用 still 或 yet 加强语气
• whatever/whoever/whichever/whenever/wherever/however:无论……都……,可换成 no matter + 疑问词
• however 表“无论多么”:however + 形容词/副词 + 主语 + 谓语
• 例外:whatever 引导名词性从句时不可替换

表达语气特点后接成分例句骨架
although / though承认真实事实完整分句Although he was tired, he continued.
even though强调已有事实完整分句Even though he was tired, he continued.
even if引出假设条件完整分句Even if he is tired, he will continue.
while可表让步或对比完整分句While he was tired, he continued.
whatever 等表示“无论……”完整从句Whatever you decide, I will help.
however + adj./adv.表示“无论多么……”主语 + 谓语However hard it is, we will try.
让步连词no matter 改写使用条件
whateverno matter what只能用于状语从句
whoeverno matter who只能用于状语从句
whicheverno matter which只能用于状语从句
wheneverno matter when只能用于状语从句
whereverno matter where只能用于状语从句
howeverno matter how只能用于状语从句
Although the path was narrow, the rescue team moved quickly.
虽然小路狭窄,救援队仍迅速前进。
Even though the team had trained hard, it did not win.
尽管球队训练刻苦,但它没有获胜。
Even if the weather gets worse, the indoor event will continue.
即使天气变得更差,室内活动也会继续。
Whatever you decide, I will respect your choice.
无论你决定什么,我都会尊重你的选择。
However busy she is, she checks on her grandparents every week.
无论多忙,她每周都会问候祖父母。
💡 事实用 though,假设用 if;no matter 换 -ever,但名词性从句除外。
比较与方式从句

比较从句比同类,方式从句看形式。
• 比较从句由 than 或 as…as 引导,重复成分常省略。
• 比较两边必须是同类对象(如:我的工作 vs 我原先预想的工作情况)。
• 方式从句用 as 表示“按照……的方式”。
• 方式从句用 as if / as though 表示“仿佛”。
• as if 后根据可信程度用正常时态或虚拟语气。例外:不能固定一律用过去式。

结构含义常见形式例句
as…as与……一样as + adj./adv. + asas tall as his brother
not so/as…as不如……not so/as + adj./adv. + asnot as tall as his brother
than比……更……比较级 + thantaller than I expected
the + 比较级…, the + 比较级…越……越……两个 the 引导分句The more you practise, the better you become.
as按照……的方式as + 主语 + 谓语Fold it as the diagram shows.
as if / as though仿佛……从句常接虚拟语气as if it were made of gold
比较等级结构例句
相等as + 原级 + asShe is as tall as I am.
不如not as/so + 原级 + asShe is not as tall as I am.
不等比较级 + thanShe is taller than I am.
递进the + 比较级…, the + 比较级…The harder we try, the more we learn.
The task was harder than I had expected.
任务比我原先预想的更难。
This box is as heavy as that one.
这个箱子与那个箱子一样重。
He is not as tall as his brother.
他没有他哥哥高。
Fold the paper as the diagram shows.
按照图示的方法折纸。
He held the bowl as if it were made of gold.
他端着碗,仿佛那碗是金子做的。
💡 比较看对象是否对等;方式 as 试译为“照着……做”。
地点从句与定语从句的边界

判断 where 引导的是状语从句(交代地点)还是定语从句(修饰名词)。
• where 引导地点状语从句:表示“在……的地方”,直接修饰主句动作,前面不需要地点名词。
• wherever 引导地点状语从句:表示“无论在什么地方”。
• where 引导定语从句:前面有被修饰的地点名词。

结构句子功能是否有先行地点名词例句
动词 + where + 从句地点状语从句通常没有Leave the tools where you found them.
地点名词 + where + 从句关系从句有This is the corner where we found them.
地点名词 + in/at which + 从句关系从句有the village in which he grew up
wherever + 从句地点状语从句通常没有Wherever she travels, she carries a notebook.
测试方法问题判断结果
替换测试where 能否自然替换为 in/at which?能,通常是关系从句
先行词测试前面是否有被修饰的地点名词?有,优先考虑关系从句
疑问测试从句是否回答“在哪里”?是,通常为地点状语从句
整句测试从句是否直接说明主句动作的地点?是,为地点状语从句
Leave the tools where you found them.
把工具放回你发现它们的地方。
Wherever she travels, she carries a sketchbook.
无论旅行到哪里,她都带着一个速写本。
This is the corner where we found the tools.
这就是我们发现那些工具的角落。
We visited a village where the residents spoke an old dialect.
我们参观了一个居民讲古老方言的村庄。
Put the chair back where it belongs.
把椅子放回它应在的位置。
💡 问“放哪里/在哪做” → 状语从句;问“哪个地方” → 定语从句。
状语从句常用时态与标志词速查

- 先找参照点:先确定动作发生的时间参照、动作是否完成以及是否持续,再使用标志词验证。
- 标志词不是公式:标志词只能提供线索,不能脱离上下文单独决定时态。
- 主将从现:时间或条件状语从句表示将来时,从句用一般现在时,主句用将来形式。
- 完成关系:already、yet、so far、since、for、by 等词常提示完成时或完成进行时。
- 过去参照:过去完成时、过去完成进行时和过去将来时都要先找到过去的参照点。
- 本表范围:本表覆盖高中阶段常考的十二种主干时态,每种均列出结构、标志词和典型语境。

时态常见结构高频标志词或信号典型语境
一般现在时do/does + 动词原形always, usually, often, sometimes, seldom, never, every day, generally经常性动作、事实和真理
现在进行时am/is/are + doingnow, at the moment, currently, Look!, Listen!眼下正在发生
一般过去时did + 动词原形或动词过去式yesterday, ago, last…, just now, in 2019, one day过去某个时间发生的动作
过去进行时was/were + doingat 8 last night, this time last week, when, while, all day过去某时正在进行的背景动作
现在完成时have/has + 过去分词already, yet, just, ever, never, recently, so far, since, for过去动作对现在的影响
过去完成时had + 过去分词by + 过去时间, before + 过去事件, by the time过去某一时间之前已经完成
现在完成进行时have/has been + doingsince + 时间段, for + 时间段, all morning, how long从过去持续到现在并可能继续
一般将来时will do / be going to do / be about to dotomorrow, next week/year, in + 时间段, soon将来要发生的动作
将来进行时will be + doingat this time tomorrow, this time next week, at 10 tomorrow将来某一时刻正在进行的动作
将来完成时will have + 过去分词by + 将来时间, by the time, before + 将来截止点到将来某时已经完成
过去将来时would + 动词原形the next day/week/year after a past reference, would以过去时间为参照的将来
过去完成进行时had been + doingfor/since + 时间段且参照点在过去, all day持续到过去某一时间点
提示类型常见标志词常见提示
频率与习惯always, usually, often, every day一般现在时
眼下正在进行now, at the moment, Look!现在进行时
明确过去时间yesterday, ago, last…, in 2019一般过去时
过去时间背景at 8 last night, when, while过去进行时
完成或延续already, yet, just, so far, since, for现在完成时或完成进行时
未来时间tomorrow, next…, in + 时间段一般将来时
未来截止点by + 将来时间, by the time将来完成时
Every time the bell rings, the class begins.
每次铃响,课程就开始。
Look! The teacher is explaining the rule.
看!老师正在讲解这条规则。
By the time the ambulance arrived, the patient had already recovered.
救护车到达时,病人已经康复了。
Since the museum opened, it has welcomed millions of visitors.
博物馆开馆以来已经接待了数百万游客。
At this time tomorrow, we will be waiting for the results.
明天这个时候,我们正在等待结果。
💡 做题时先圈出时间参照词和完成、进行信号,再按表中结构选择时态,不要见到一个标志词就立刻下结论。
主从句时态呼应

- 相对时间:从句时态应根据主句动作发生前、发生时或发生后进行选择。
- 将来时间条件:从句用一般现在时,主句用一般将来时、情态动词或祈使句。
- since 搭配:since 从句用一般过去时交代起点,主句通常用现在完成时。
- 更早完成:过去某事件之前已完成的事件常用过去完成时。
- 假设语气:if 从句表示与过去事实相反时用一般过去时,主句常用 would/could 加动词原形。
- 避免机械对应:同一类从句在不同时间参照中可能需要不同时态,不能只背一个固定公式。

触发结构从句时态主句时态例句骨架
if/when + 将来一般现在时一般将来时、情态动词或祈使句If it rains tomorrow, we will stay.
if/when + 过去事实一般过去时一般过去时When he arrived, the class had begun.
if + 过去假设一般过去时would/could + 动词原形If I had known, I would have told you.
since + 过去起点一般过去时现在完成时Since she came here, she has learned a lot.
by the time + 将来一般现在时将来时或将来完成时By the time you arrive, I will have left.
过去两个事件有先后较早事件用过去完成时较晚事件用一般过去时The train had left when we reached the station.
时间线事件关系常用时态
A 发生在 B 之前A 已完成,B 随后发生A 用过去完成时,B 用一般过去时
A 发生在 B 之中A 是背景,B 是插入事件A 用过去进行时,B 用一般过去时
A 发生在 B 之前A 应当到将来完成A 用一般现在时,B 用将来完成时
If you help me, I will finish on time.
如果你帮我,我就能按时完成。
If I had known the answer, I would have told you.
如果我知道答案,我就告诉你了。
Since she moved here, she has made many friends.
自从她搬到这里,她结交了许多朋友。
By the time the doctor arrived, the patient had already recovered.
医生到达时,病人已经康复了。
Every time he visits, he brings us local fruit.
他每次来访都会给我们带来当地水果。
💡 在草稿上画出事件先后顺序,再决定用一般过去时、过去完成时还是将来时。
状语从句常见易混连接词

- 先辨逻辑:连接词的选择取决于时间、原因、条件、让步、目的或结果关系,而不是单个中文词。
- when / while / as:when 常指出时间点或时间段,while 常铺开持续背景,as 常表示同时或伴随发展。
- since / because / as:since 可指时间起点或已知原因,because 表示直接原因,as 表原因时语气较弱。
- if / unless:unless 通常等于 if…not,但改写后必须保持原句逻辑不变。
- before / until:before 强调“在此之前”,until 强调“持续到此为止”。
- so that / so…that:前者通常表目的,后者通常表结果。

易混连接词核心差别快速判断典型译法
when / while / as时间点、持续背景、同时或伴随看主从句动作的长短和关系当……时、在……期间、随着……
since / because / as时间起点、直接原因、较弱原因先判断是“自从”还是“为什么”自从、因为、由于
if / unlessif 为“如果”,unless 常为“除非”把 unless 改写为 if…not 检验如果、除非
before / until此前发生、持续到某点看动作是否到达终点在……之前、直到……为止
so that / so…that目的、结果看后续动作是为了实现还是造成结果以便、如此……以至于
even though / even if真实事实、假设情况问该情况是否已经发生尽管、即使
because / because of完整分句、名词性成分看后面能否单独作主语和谓语因为、由于
连接词试译整句复读若不通则检查
until持续到……为止主句动作是否持续到该点肯定或 not until
since自从……以来主句是否为现在完成时主从句时间参照
unless如果不……是否出现双重否定与 if…not 是否等价
so that以便……从句是否提供实现目的的手段是否其实是 so…that
When the bell rang, everyone stopped.
铃响时,大家都停了下来。
Although it was raining, the game continued.
虽然当时在下雨,比赛仍在继续。
Unless you leave now, you will miss the train.
除非你现在离开,否则会错过火车。
Since the roads were blocked, we took another route.
由于道路堵塞,我们走了另一条路线。
The box was so heavy that two people carried it.
这个箱子太重了,两个人才能把它搬走。
💡 把每个连接词替换成自然中文后朗读整句,逻辑不通就检查是否选错了关系或时态。
状语从句常见搭配一览

- 整块记忆:状语从句的高频固定结构应连同中文含义一起记忆,不要只背单个词。
- 识别信号:看到 no sooner、hardly、the moment、every time 等词时,应立即联想到完整句型。
- 比较结构:no sooner…than 和 hardly…when 都可表示“刚……就……”,但后半部分不同。
- 时态配合:固定结构中的两个分句仍要按实际时间选择时态。
- 平行结构:rather than 后可接名词、动名词或与前项结构平行的动词形式。
- 书写完整:搭配题最容易漏掉 than、when 或主句谓语。

固定搭配结构含义例句骨架
every time / each timeEvery time + 从句, 主句每次……Every time I visit, I take photos.
as often asas often as + 从句, 主句每当……as often as he comes
no sooner…thanno sooner + 从句 + than + 从句刚……就……No sooner had we arrived than it rained.
hardly/scarcely…whenhardly + 从句 + when + 从句刚……就……Hardly had she sat down when he called.
the moment / the instantThe moment + 从句, 主句一……就……The moment he arrived, they started.
rather thanrather than + 名词/doing/平行结构而不是walk rather than take a taxi
no matter + 疑问词no matter how/what/where…, 主句无论……no matter how hard it is
as long as / provided that连接词 + 从句, 主句只要……as long as you agree
结构常用倒装时间关系
no sooner…thanNo sooner + had + 过去分词…, than + 主语 + 过去式两个过去事件接连发生
hardly…whenHardly + had + 过去分词…, when + 主语 + 过去式前一动作刚完成,后一动作发生
not untilNot until + 从句 + did/had + 主语 + 谓语直到某时主句动作才发生
Every time I visit Beijing, I go to the Palace Museum.
每次来北京,我都会去故宫博物院。
No sooner had we arrived than it began to rain.
我们刚到,雨就开始下了。
Hardly had she sat down when the phone rang.
她刚坐下,电话就响了。
The moment the results came out, everyone cheered.
结果一出来,大家就欢呼起来。
He chose to walk rather than take a taxi.
他选择步行而不是乘出租车。
💡 看到固定搭配的左半部分就立即补全右半部分,并检查是否漏写 than、when 或主句谓语。
状语从句的省略

- 同主语省略:when、if 等引导的从句在少数固定结构中,可省略可由上下文确定的主语及相应谓语成分。
- 常见被动结构:When (he was) asked 可省略为 When asked。
- 固定词组结构:If (it is) necessary 可省略为 If necessary。
- 比较省略:as…as、than 等结构中,重复的谓语成分通常可以省略。
- 逻辑一致:从句逻辑主语与主句不同或无法确定时,不应省略。
- 形式完整:省略后仍要保证时态、语态和代词格正确。

省略对象成立条件例句省略后
从句主语及被动结构主语可由上下文确定When (he was) asked, he answered.When asked, he answered.
从句主语及 be 动词用于固定条件表达If (it is) necessary, we can wait.If necessary, we can wait.
比较结构中的谓语比较双方结构相同She is taller than I (am).She is taller than I.
as 结构中的重复谓语后接过去分词且意思完整He acted as (he had been) advised.He acted as advised.
结构类型可省略部分注意事项
When/Once + 过去分词主语和被动助动词必须有明确所指
If/When + necessary/possibleit is属于固定表达
than / as…as重复的主谓成分比较对象必须同类
as + 过去分词省略的施事或从句主语常见于正式语体
When (he was) asked, he gave a short answer.
他被问到时,给出了一个简短的回答。
If (it is) necessary, we can postpone the meeting.
如有必要,我们可以推迟会议。
She is taller than I (am).
她比我高。
He is as tall as I (am).
他和我一样高。
💡 先判断被省略的是主语还是谓语,再确认上下文能恢复完整结构,不能为了简短而随意省略。
状语从句的语序、插入与倒装

- 句首位置:状语从句置于主句前时,通常用逗号与主句隔开。
- 句末位置:状语从句置于主句后时,通常不在从句后另加逗号。
- 句中插入:when、if 等短从句可插在主语和谓语之间,通常不用逗号。
- 部分倒装:Not until、Only when、Only after、Hardly、Scarcely、No sooner 等置于句首时,主句要部分倒装。
- 固定倒装:Hardly…when 和 No sooner…than 中,前半部分常使用过去完成时并倒装。
- 倒装条件:只有这些具有否定或限定意义的短语置于句首时,才需要相应倒装。

位置或结构语序特点标点或倒装例句
句首从句 + 主句从句后通常用逗号When he arrived, we started.
句末主句 + 从句从句后通常不加逗号We started when he arrived.
句中插入主语 + 从句 + 谓语通常不用逗号I will call you as soon as I arrive.
Not until 倒装Not until + 从句 + 助动词 + 主语主句部分倒装Not until he came did we leave.
Only when 倒装Only when + 从句 + 助动词 + 主语主句部分倒装Only when he came did we leave.
Hardly…whenHardly had + 主语 + 过去分词…, when…前半句倒装Hardly had he arrived when it rained.
位置是否加逗号例句
从句在句首通常加逗号Before we leave, we should check the room.
从句在句末通常不加逗号We should check the room before we leave.
从句插在主谓之间通常不加逗号We should, if possible, check the room.
从句作补充说明可使用逗号分开We should check the room, which is next to the office.
When the bell rang, everyone stopped talking.
铃响时,大家停止了交谈。
Everyone stopped talking when the bell rang.
铃响时,大家停止了交谈。
I will call you as soon as I arrive.
我一到就给你打电话。
Only when the results came out did he leave.
直到结果出来,他才离开。
Hardly had she sat down when the phone rang.
她刚坐下,电话就响了。
💡 先判断从句位于句首、句末还是句中,再处理逗号;遇到 Not until、Only when 等词组立即检查主句是否倒装。
状语从句与名词性从句、同位语从句的辨析

- 状语从句:在句中作时间、原因、条件等状语,修饰主句的动词或整个主句。
- 名词性从句:在句中作主语、宾语或表语,其本身不能再充当主句的状语。
- 同位语从句:跟在抽象名词后,解释该名词的具体内容,如 the fact that…、the idea that…。
- 先行词判断:where、when、why 等引导关系从句时通常有先行词;作状语从句时通常直接修饰主句。
- that 与 what:what 相当于 the thing(s) which,可在名词性从句中作主语或宾语;that 不能在名词性从句中充当主语。
- if 与 whether:在宾语从句中多数情况下可互换,但表示“是否或不然”、用于介词后时通常只能用 whether。
- 整体功能:同一个连词在不同句子中可能引导不同类型的从句,必须分析整句结构。

从句类型在主句中的作用核心判断方法典型结构
状语从句时间、条件、原因等状语可改写为相应的副词性短语Leave it where you found it.
名词性从句主语、宾语或表语整个从句充当一个名词成分Tell me where you found it.
同位语从句解释前面的抽象名词that 从句说明 fact、idea、hope 等的内容The fact that he left surprised us.
关系从句修饰前面的先行名词从句中缺少宾语时常用 which 或 thatthe village where we lived
句子从句功能判断依据
Leave the tools where you found them.地点状语从句直接说明动作发生的地点
Tell me where you found the tools.宾语从句where 从句是 tell 的直接宾语
This is where we found the tools.地点状语从句where 从句说明主句地点
The village where we found the tools is small.关系从句where 从句修饰 village
The fact that we found the tools surprised us.同位语从句that 从句解释 fact 的内容
Tell me where you found the keys.
告诉我你在哪里找到钥匙的。
Leave the tools where you found them.
把工具放回你发现它们的地方。
The fact that he had resigned surprised us.
他已经辞职这一事实让我们感到吃惊。
The village where we spent our childhood is beautiful.
我们度过童年的那个村庄很美。
I wonder whether the meeting will be put off.
我想知道会议是否会延期。
💡 先看整块从句在主句中充当什么成分,再看它是否修饰名词或解释名词,不能只凭 where、when、if 等词判断。
📌 北京真题 15 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 15 题
2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 23 题

—Did you return Fred’s call?
—I didn’t need to I’ll see him tomorrow.

A. thoughB. unlessC. whenD. because

看答案

✅ D. because(原因状语从句)

首先分析对话逻辑,第一句询问是否回电,第二句回答不需要回电,并给出理由“明天会见到他”。此处需要填入一个引导原因状语从句的连词,因此选择 because。因为“明天见面”解释了“不需要回电”的原因,逻辑通顺。最容易误选的是 though,它引导让步状语从句,表示“尽管”,与此处因果逻辑相悖。

2008 北京 · 单项填空 第 34 题

I’m sorry you’ve been waiting so long, but it’ll still be some time Brian get back.

A. beforeB. sinceC. tillD. after

看答案

✅ A. before(before 引导时间状语从句)

句中 it'll still be some time 为主句,空格后是从句。这里考查固定句型“It will be + 时间段 + before...”,意为“在……之前还需要一段时间”,即“要过多久才……”。根据语境,Brian 回来之前还需要一段时间,故选 before。很多同学容易误选 since,但 since 通常与现在完成时连用,且表示“自从……以来”,不符合此处对未来的预测。

2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

You may use the room as you like you clean it up afterwards.

A. so far asB. so long asC. in caseD. even if

看答案

✅ B. so long as(条件状语从句连词)

句子由主句和由连词引导的从句组成,主句表示允许使用房间,从句表示前提条件。根据语境,只要满足“事后打扫干净”这个条件,就可以随意使用,因此选择表示“只要”的 so long as。注意 A 选项 so far as 通常用于 so far as I know(据我所知),侧重范围而非条件,不能在此处替换。

2010 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

they decide which college to go to, students should research the admission procedures.

A. AsB. WhileC. UntilD. Once

看答案

✅ D. Once(时间状语从句连词辨析)

首先分析句子结构,主句是 students should research...,空格处引导一个时间状语从句。根据逻辑,学生必须先决定大学,然后才能研究入学手续,这种“先...后...”的先后顺序,最适合用 Once 表示“一旦...就...”。While 强调两件事同时进行,与此处逻辑不符,因此排除。最容易误选的是 Until,它表示“直到...才”,若选 C 则意为“直到决定大学前都要研究手续”,逻辑不通。

2011 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

volleyball is her main focus, she’s also great at basketball.

A. SinceB. OnceC. UnlessD. While

看答案

✅ D. While(让步状语从句)

观察句子结构,前后两个分句分别描述她“主攻排球”和“擅长篮球”,逻辑上构成对比或让步关系。While 在此处引导让步状语从句,意为“虽然/尽管”,能完美连接这两个事实。Since 表示原因或时间,Once 表示一旦,Unless 表示除非,均无法体现这种对比逻辑。学生最容易误选 Since,因为它常引导原因状语从句,但带入后语义不通。

2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

—Look at those clouds!
—Don’t worry. it rains, we’ll still have a great time.

A. Even ifB. As thoughC. In caseD. If only

看答案

✅ A. Even if(让步状语从句)

观察对话语境,第一句提到云层厚,暗示可能下雨,第二句用 Don’t worry 安抚对方,说明无论是否下雨,结果(玩得开心)都不会改变。Even if 引导让步状语从句,表示“即使”,符合逻辑。In case 表示“以防”,强调预防措施,与后文“依然玩得开心”不符,故排除。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 30 题

I took my driving license with me on holiday, I wanted to hire a car.

A. in caseB. even ifC. ever sinceD. if only

看答案

✅ A. in case(in case 引导状语从句)

句子由两个分句组成,前句是“带驾照”,后句是“想租车”,两者之间存在预防目的关系。选择 in case,意为“以防/万一”,表示为了应对可能发生的情况而提前做准备,符合语境。注意 if only 表示“但愿”,通常用于虚拟语气,与此处表达实际准备行为的逻辑不符。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 29 题

the forest park is far away, a lot of tourists visit it every year.

A. AsB. WhenC. Even thoughD. In case

看答案

✅ C. Even though(让步状语从句)

句子由两个分句组成,前半句说森林公园很远,后半句说每年有大量游客访问,前后语义构成转折/对比关系。因此需要填入表示“尽管”的连词 Even though 来引导让步状语从句。As 在引导状语从句时通常表示原因或时间,不能表达这种强烈的对比含义,故排除 A。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

You won’t find paper cutting difficult you keep practicing it.

A. even thoughB. as long asC. as ifD. ever since

看答案

✅ B. as long as(条件状语从句连词)

首先分析句子结构,主句是“你不会觉得剪纸难”,从句是“你坚持练习”,两者之间存在明显的条件关系。选择 as long as,意为“只要”,引导条件状语从句,逻辑通顺:只要坚持练习,就不会觉得难。最容易误选 A 选项 even though,它引导让步状语从句,意为“尽管”,会导致句意变成“尽管你坚持练习,你也不会觉得难”,逻辑不成立。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 32 题

the damage is dose , it will take many years for the farmland to recover.

A. UntilB. UnlessC. OnceD. Although

看答案

✅ C. Once(状语从句连词辨析)

首先分析句子结构,空格处引导一个从句,主句表达的是土地恢复需要很多年。根据逻辑关系,前句是后句的前提,即“一旦损害造成,后果将长期存在”,因此选择 Once 引导时间状语从句,表示“一旦……就”。最容易误选的是 Unless,它表示“除非”,代入后语义变为“除非损害造成,否则需要很多年恢复”,逻辑完全相反,不符合常理。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 27 题

My grandfather still plays tennis now and then, he’s in his nineties.

A. as long asB. as ifC. even thoughD. in case

看答案

✅ C. even though(让步状语从句)

句子由两个分句组成,前半句说爷爷偶尔还打网球,后半句提到他已九十多岁。两句之间存在明显的转折/让步关系,因此选择 even though 表示“尽管”。as long as 引导条件状语从句,as if 表示“仿佛”,in case 表示“以防”,均不符合逻辑。最容易误选 A,但 as long as 要求前后是条件关系而非对比关系。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 33 题

I really enjoy listening to music it helps me relax and takes my mind away from other cares of the day.

A. becauseB. beforeC. unlessD. until

看答案

✅ A. because(原因状语从句)

首先分析句子结构,主句是“我喜欢听音乐”,后面跟着一个由连词引导的从句,描述听音乐带来的好处。因为“放松”和“忘记烦恼”正是喜欢听音乐的原因,前后构成明显的因果关系,所以选 because。注意区分 unless,它表示“除非”,引导条件状语从句,放入句中逻辑不通,无法解释为什么喜欢听音乐。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

birds use their feathers for flight, some of their feathers are for other purposes.

A. OnceB. IfC. AlthoughD. Because

看答案

✅ C. Although(让步状语从句)

句子由两个分句组成,主句是 some of their feathers are for other purposes(部分羽毛用于其他目的),从句是 birds use their feathers for flight(鸟类用羽毛飞行)。两者之间存在转折/让步关系,即“虽然用于飞行,但也有其他用途”,因此选 Although。注意 Because 表示因果,逻辑不通,最容易误选 Once,因为它表示“一旦”,强调时间先后或条件,不符合此处对比语义。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 28 题

If you don’t understand something, you may research, study, and talk to other people you figure it out.

A. becauseB. thoughC. untilD. since

看答案

✅ C. until(时间状语从句)

首先分析句子结构,主句是“你可能会研究、学习和探讨”,后面接一个由连词引导的从句。根据语境,研究和探讨这些行为是为了达到“弄明白”这个结果,因此需要一个表示时间终点的连词,选 until 表示“直到……为止”。因为 until 能够逻辑通顺地连接“持续动作”与“结束状态”。容易误选 because,因为它表示因果关系,会导致逻辑变成“因为弄明白了才去研究”,与常识相反。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 2 题

we don’t stop climate change, many animals and plants in the world will be gone.

A. AlthoughB. WhileC. IfD. Until

看答案

✅ C. If(条件状语从句)

观察句子结构,主句为 will be gone,预示结果;从句 we don’t stop climate change 描述前提条件。两者之间存在明显的因果逻辑,即“如果不停止气候变化,动植物将消失”,因此选择 If 引导条件状语从句。Although 和 While 引导让步状语从句,表示转折,与句意不符;Until 表示“直到...才”,逻辑不通。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 表示同一因果关系时,不写 Because…, so…;常规让步句也不写 Although…, but…。
  • 不要把所有 when 都按主将从现处理:I wonder when he will arrive 中 when 引导宾语从句。
  • unless 已有‘除非/如果不’的意思,不要再加一个造成逻辑反转的 not。
  • in case 表预防性准备,不等于 if 表示的条件成立后才采取行动。
  • not until 表‘直到……才’,不能漏掉 not 后仍按同样意思翻译。
  • so many / so little 表数量时用 so,不能机械套‘名词前都用 such’。
  • whatever 作主语或宾语引导名词性从句时,不能换成 no matter what。
  • while 引导时间从句时常接持续动作,不能把表示‘这时突然’的 when 随意换成 while。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 从 unless / because / although 中选词:Do not touch the equipment ______ the instructor gives you permission.
    看答案

    ✅ unless 意思是除非得到许可,否则不要碰设备。

  2. 填所给词的正确形式:We will leave as soon as the last visitor ______ (arrive).
    看答案

    ✅ arrives 时间状语从句用一般现在时表示将来,主语 visitor 为单数。

  3. 从 so / such 中选词:There were ______ many questions that we needed another hour.
    看答案

    ✅ so many 表数量,使用 so many…that…。

  4. 从 in case / even though / as soon as 中选词:Save the address now ______ your phone loses its signal later.
    看答案

    ✅ in case 现在保存地址是预防手机稍后失去信号。

  5. 从 Whatever / However / Whichever 中选词:______ carefully I checked, I could not find the missing page.
    看答案

    ✅ However however 修饰副词 carefully,表示无论检查得多么仔细。

16 并列句与连词连接先看逻辑,再分连词与副词,检查结构和标点

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷历年单项填空考并列连词及祈使句结构,完形填空考上下文逻辑,语法填空可能涉及连接词;写作要避免逗号直接拼接两个完整句。本章收录北京卷单项填空 6 题(2009—2017 年中的 6 年)。

🔑 口诀:递进用 and,转折想 but;选择看 or,因果分前后。
并列结构与并列句

并列连词连接地位相同的词、短语或分句。
• 连接两个各有主谓、可独立成句的分句 → 并列句
• 只有一个共同主语,后接两个谓语 → 并列谓语(非独立句)
• 连接多个项目:通常只在最后一项前加 and/or,必要时用逗号分隔
• 平行结构:功能相同,动词形式通常相呼应

结构类型基本形式判断方法
并列词或短语kind, quiet and warm连接成分地位相同,词性一致
并列谓语He opened the door and checked the corridor.一个主语带两个谓语
并列句He opened the door, and his partner checked the corridor.两个分句各有主语和谓语
三项并列observing, taking notes and discussing findings并列成分形式和功能呼应
The students measured the pond and recorded the results.
学生们测量了池塘并记录了结果。
The students measured the pond, and their teacher checked the results.
学生们测量了池塘,老师核查了结果。
The course involves observing insects, taking notes and discussing findings.
这门课包括观察昆虫、做笔记和讨论发现。
The guide was kind, but the driver was impatient.
导游很友善,但司机很不耐烦。
💡 Tip:看 and 后是否有独立主语。有 → 并列句;无 → 并列谓语。
and 的添加与顺承

and 用于连接并列信息,表示“和/并且”、先后顺承或结果。
• 译为“然后”时仍用 and。
• both...and... 连接成分需对应。
• 连接两个不同主语时,谓语用复数。
• 例外:连接项表示同一个人或一个整体时,按意义判断主谓一致。

语境关系and 表达的意义例句
信息追加和、并且、还She is a singer and also a dancer.
动作顺承接着、然后He checked the ticket and entered the hall.
因果结果结果、于是He ignored the warning and hurt himself.
主语情况谓语处理说明
两个不同主语通常用复数The guide and the driver are ready.
两个部分指同一人通常用单数The writer and teacher is our guest.
一个主语带两个谓语两个谓语共用主语He smiled and said nothing.
We packed food and checked the equipment.
我们装好了食物并检查了设备。
He unlocked the cabinet and took out a folder.
他打开柜子,取出了一个文件夹。
He ignored the warning and hurt himself.
他没有注意警告,结果弄伤了自己。
Both the guide and the driver were familiar with the route.
导游和司机都熟悉这条路线。
💡 tip:and 既能“加一项”,也能“接发生”;both...and... 左右要对称。
but、yet 与 while 对比

but, yet, while 均可表示转折或对比,但侧重与用法有别。
• but:表转折。
• yet:表“然而/却”,强调出乎预料,可用 and yet。
• while:表对比,意为“而/却”,比较两人或两事的不同。
• while:可引导时间、让步从句,按语义区分,不可见 while 就译成“当……时”。
• although/though 后通常不再用 but,但主句可用 yet。

词核心意义常见侧重点例句
but然而直接陈述前后转折It was small but comfortable.
yet然而、却结果出乎预料The plan was simple, yet it failed.
while而、却两个对象形成对照She likes tennis, while her brother likes swimming.
however然而连接副词,需配合句号、分号或插入逗号It was small; however, it was comfortable.
常见搭配使用规则例句
although/though, but保留 although/though,删除 butAlthough it was small, it was comfortable.
but/yet, howeverbut/yet 可连接分句,however 通常不能单独用逗号连接两个完整句The task was hard, yet we finished it.
The room was small, but it had plenty of natural light.
房间虽小,却有充足的自然光。
The instructions were simple, yet several people misunderstood them.
说明很简单,然而几个人还是理解错了。
I prefer working alone, while my sister enjoys working in a team.
我更喜欢独立工作,而我姐姐喜欢团队合作。
Although the task was difficult, we finished it on time.
尽管任务很难,我们还是按时完成了。
💡 yet 问:‘本以为不该如此吗?’;while 问:‘是否有两个对象在对比?’
2010 北京 · 完形填空原文

She

had an Unpleasant voice and a direct way of speaking, 36 she was

encouraging and inspiring.

句中通过 "...way of speaking, but she was..." 体现了转折逻辑。结构上,由并列连词 but 连接两个独立分句,将前半句对声音和说话方式的负面评价与后半句对人格特质的正面评价进行对比,形成强烈的反差。全句意为:她的声音不悦耳,说话方式很直接,但她却能给人以鼓励和启发。

or 的选择与否则

or 既可表示“或者”连接选项,也可表示“否则”连接后果。
• 选项:连接备选项,表示“或者”。
• 后果:连接不采取前一行动的结果,表示“否则”。
• 否定句:连接被一并否定的两项;例外:需辨清否定范围,不可见 not 就将 and 改为 or。
• either...or...:两者择一;连接主语时,谓语与较近主语一致。

结构或意义逻辑关系例句
A or B二选一Would you like tea or coffee?
祈使句 + or + 陈述句否则Save the file, or you may lose it.
not A or BA、B都不选或都不成立I don't like tea or coffee.
either A or B在A和B中选择一个Either the bus or the subway is suitable.
连接对象谓语一致示例
either/or 连接两个主语通常与较近主语一致Either the students or the teacher is ready.
not A or B 连接两个主语通常使用复数Neither he nor his friends were late.
一个主语带 or 连接两个谓语通常使用单数You can call or write.
Would you like to discuss the plan now or after lunch?
你想现在还是午饭后讨论这个计划?
Keep the receipt, or you may not get a refund.
留好收据,否则你可能无法退款。
Either the students or their teacher is responsible for the display.
要么学生们,要么他们的老师负责布置展览。
Hurry up, or you will miss the last bus.
快点,否则你会错过末班车。
💡 试译为“要不然”,顺畅则为“否则”,不顺则为“或者”。
so 表结果与 for 表理由

so 表结果(前因后果),for 表理由(前果后因)。
• so:前面是原因,后面是结果。
• for:后面补充理由或判断依据,常在句后且前有逗号。
• for ≠ because:because 可直接回答 why,可置于句首;并列连词 for 不这样用。
• 例外:同一因果关系中,不写 because…so…。

连词逻辑方向常见位置例句
so原因 → 结果连接两个完整分句It was raining, so we stayed indoors.
for判断 → 理由或依据通常放在前项之后,前有逗号Someone must be inside, for the lights are on.
because直接说明原因句首或句中We stayed indoors because it was raining.
since/as补充已知理由句首或句中Since it was raining, we stayed indoors.
表达目的宜用形式说明
说明直接原因because可回答 why
给出支持判断的证据for常用逗号加 for 引出
表达结果so/thereforeso 可连接分句,therefore 是连接副词
The lift was out of order, so we used the stairs.
电梯坏了,所以我们走了楼梯。
Someone must be inside, for the lights are on.
里面一定有人,因为灯亮着。
He checked the answer twice, so he was sure it was correct.
他检查了两次答案,所以确信它是正确的。
The children were wet, for they had been playing in the rain.
孩子们浑身湿透,因为他们一直在雨里玩。
💡 so 后看结果,for 后找理由;because 能站句首答 why,for 不行。
祈使句加 and 或 or

祈使句 + and/or + 陈述句,表示“条件 → 结果”。
• 祈使句 + and → 做了前面,就会有后面结果。
• 祈使句 + or/otherwise → 做前面,否则会有后果。
• 祈使句谓语用动词原形。
• 后句常用 will 或其他情态形式,但不必全部用 will。
• 例外:名词短语 + and + 陈述句(如 Another minute, and...),省去了前面的命令或条件。

前项连接词逻辑关系例句
祈使句and照做就会……Follow the instructions, and you will succeed.
祈使句or不照做就会……Follow the instructions, or you may fail.
祈使句otherwise不照做就会……Follow the instructions; otherwise, you may fail.
名词短语and若发生前项,就会……One more step, and you will be outside.
后项常见形式常见结果例句片段
will通常会出现的结果and you will see the entrance
can/may可能产生的结果and you may save time
must/should必须或应该采取的行动and you should check the data
Turn left at the gate, and you will see the entrance.
在大门处左转,你就会看到入口。
Back up your files, or you may lose your work.
备份文件,否则你可能丢失劳动成果。
One more step, and you will be outside the marked area.
再走一步,你就会到标记区域外了。
Try again, and you will be able to unlock it.
再试一次,你就能把它打开。
💡 看开头是否动词原形 → 照做 → and (好结果) / or (坏结果)。
成对连词与就近一致

成对连词连接成分需对称,连接主语时谓语与就近主语一致。
• not only…but also…:不仅……而且……
• either…or…:或者……或者……
• neither…nor…:既不……也不……
• not only 放句首引出分句:该分句部分倒装;but also 后分句不倒装。
• 例外:not only 仅修饰主语时不倒装。

结构基本意义连接成分要求连接主语时谓语
both A and BA和B两者都A、B形式和功能对应通常用复数
either A or BA或B二者之一A、B形式和功能对应通常与较近主语一致
neither A nor BA和B两者都不A、B形式和功能对应通常用复数
not only A but also B不仅A而且BA、B形式和功能对应通常与较近主语一致
not A but B不A而是BA、B属于同类内容按整体句意判断
not only 的位置是否倒装示例
只修饰主语不倒装Not only the students but also the teacher were present.
位于分句开头并强调分句分句部分倒装Not only did he collect the data, but he also designed the experiment.
Neither the teacher nor the students were satisfied with the result.
老师和学生们对结果都不满意。
The activity is not only enjoyable but also educational.
这项活动不仅有趣,而且有教育意义。
Not only did he collect the data, but he also designed the experiment.
他不仅收集了数据,而且还设计了实验。
Either the camera or the notebook is on the desk.
照相机或笔记本有一个在桌上。
Both the guide and the driver are familiar with the route.
导游和司机都熟悉这条路线。
💡 先看两边是否对称,再看谁离谓语近。
however 与 therefore 的词性和标点

however 和 therefore 是连接副词,不能仅用逗号连接两个独立句。
• 逻辑:however 表“然而”,therefore 表“因此”。
• 结构1:用句号分开两句。
• 结构2:用分号连接,后接副词,再加逗号。
• 结构3:放在分句中间作插入成分。
• 例外:however + 形容词/副词引导“无论多么……”,属于让步状语从句。

表达词性和作用常见位置或标点例句
however连接副词,表转折句号或分号后;句中用插入逗号The plan failed; however, the team learned a lot.
therefore连接副词,表结果句号或分号后;句中用插入逗号The data were incomplete; therefore, we repeated the survey.
however + 形容词/副词引导让步意义However hard…, we…However hard the task is, we will finish it.
标点组织方式判断例句
完整句 + 句号 + However, 完整句规范The evidence was limited. However, the team continued.
完整句 + 分号 + however, 完整句规范The evidence was limited; however, the team continued.
完整句 + 逗号 + however, 完整句不规范The evidence was limited, however, the team continued.
The evidence was limited; however, the team continued its investigation.
证据有限;然而,团队仍继续调查。
The data were incomplete. Therefore, we repeated the survey.
数据不完整。因此,我们重新做了调查。
The team, however, continued its investigation.
不过,团队仍继续调查。
However hard the task is, we will finish it on time.
无论任务多么艰难,我们都会按时完成。
💡 对比记:逗号 + but/so (√);逗号 + however/therefore (×)。
instead、otherwise 与替代逻辑

instead 和 otherwise 是副词,不能当成并列连词使用。
• instead:表示“反而/代替前面方案”,提示前一做法未被采用。
• instead of:介词短语,后接名词、代词或动名词等。
• otherwise (1):表示“否则”,后句预测实际后果用 will/may,假设未发生结果用 would 或 would have done。
• otherwise (2):表示“在其他方面”。

词或结构核心意义后接成分例句
instead改用另一方案、反而句子、名词短语或动作We shared a link instead.
instead of没有做前项,而做了后项名词、代词或动名词Instead of buying jars, we reused old ones.
otherwise否则、在其他方面从句或短语Save the file; otherwise, you will lose it.
otherwise + would否则就会……主句If we had left earlier, we would have caught the train; otherwise, we would have missed it.
We did not print the leaflets. Instead, we shared a link.
我们没有印传单,而是分享了一个链接。
Instead of buying new jars, we reused the old ones.
我们没有买新罐子,而是重复使用了旧罐子。
Please keep your pass; otherwise, you may be refused entry.
请保留通行证;否则,你可能被拒绝入场。
We took a taxi; otherwise, we would have been late.
我们打了出租车,否则就会迟到了。
💡 instead 问“改做了什么”,otherwise 问“若不这样会如何”;再看后面接句子还是名词短语。
连词题的检查顺序

连词题核心:先定结构,再判逻辑,后查细节。
• 找主谓:先找出空格前后各自的主谓结构。
• 判关系:判断是递进、转折、选择还是因果。
• 查细节:检查词性、平行结构、否定范围和标点。
• 避陷阱:不凭肯定/否定猜 and/or,不凭 happy/sad 等词判转折,看整段语境。
• 改病句:两完整句须用连词、分号或句号组织,例外:不能只换逻辑副词而忽略结构。

检查层面核心问题常见错误
句子切分两侧能否各自组成完整句把一个分句误当成独立句
逻辑关系前后究竟是什么关系只看到 happy、sad 等词就判断转折
词性与位置该词能连接什么成分用 therefore 直接连接两个完整句
主谓一致最近的主语是单数还是复数either/or 后仍机械使用复数
平行结构并列成分形式是否一致to do 与 doing 随意混搭
标点分句之间使用什么标点两个完整句之间只使用逗号
逻辑关系常见候选词语境提示
添加and, also, moreover, besides两者可以同时成立
转折but, yet, while, however前后意思相反或存在明显反差
因果so, because, since, for一端说明原因,另一端说明结果或依据
选择或条件or, either...or, unless存在备选项或“不做就……”关系
The timetable changed, but nobody informed the visitors.
时间表变了,但没人通知来访者。
The timetable changed; therefore, we sent everyone a new copy.
时间表变了;因此,我们给每个人发了一份新版。
The road was icy, so we drove slowly.
道路结冰,所以我们慢慢开车。
You can take the bus or ride your bike.
你可以乘公共汽车,也可以骑自行车。
💡 检查四问:两边接什么?意思怎样连?词性够不够?标点合不合?
并列连词与从属连词辨析

1. 并列连词可以连接两个地位相同、各有主语和谓语的独立分句,常见的有 and、but、or、so、yet 和 for。
2. 从属连词引导的分句虽然也有主语和谓语,但不能独立充当完整句,必须依附于主句。
3. because、although、if、when、unless、since 和 as 通常引导从属分句,不能直接连接两个独立句。
4. so that 引导目的或结果状语从句,such that 引导结果从句,二者都不是并列连词。
5. who、which 和 that 可引导定语从句,从句在句中充当主语、宾语或表语等成分。
6. when、where 和 why 也可引导定语从句,不能只凭这些词判断它们一定表示时间或地点。
7. 同一意思常可改写为并列结构或从属结构,但改写后必须保持原来的基本逻辑关系。

连接词能否直接连接两个独立分句常见后接成分主要作用
and/but/or/so/yet/for可以独立分句并列关系
because/although/if/when/unless/since/as不可以从属分句原因、让步、条件、时间等
so that/such that不可以从句目的或结果
who/which/that不可以定语从句修饰或指代前面的名词
when/where/why不可以定语从句或状语从句时间、地点、原因或修饰名词
并列表达从属改写保留的关系
We arrived late, and the meeting had already begun.The meeting had already begun because we arrived late.因果
The task was difficult, but we finished it.Although the task was difficult, we finished it.让步转折
Take the bus, or you will be late.If you do not take the bus, you will be late.条件
We arrived late, and the meeting had already begun.
我们迟到了,会议已经开始。
Although we arrived late, the meeting had already begun.
尽管我们迟到了,会议还是已经开始了。
Because we arrived late, the meeting had already begun.
因为我们迟到了,会议已经开始了。
The teacher showed us a map, which helped us find the route.
老师给我们看了一张地图,这张地图帮助我们找到了路线。
💡 先给前后两部分各画一个主语和谓语,若第二部分缺少主语或不能独立成句,通常应选从属连词。
although、though 与 because、since 的逻辑选择

1. although和though表示让步,承认一个事实后说明主句与该事实形成反差。
2. because 表示直接原因,通常可以回答 why。
3. since 表示理由时往往基于双方已知或容易理解的情况,语体比 because 稍正式。
4. since 还可表示时间起点或持续时间,看到 since 时要结合时间语境判断。
5. as 表示理由时语气通常弱于 because,也常用于双方都清楚的原因。
6. although 或 though 引导让步状语从句后通常不再使用 but,但主句可以使用 yet。
7. because、since 和 as 引导的原因从句可以位于句首或句中,位置变化通常不改变基本逻辑。

连词逻辑关系常见语境主要注意点
although/though让步承认事实后说明反差后接陈述事实,不用虚拟语气
because直接原因回答为什么原因最明确
since已知理由或时间根据已知情况说明原因需排除时间含义
as较弱理由、时间或比较说明双方都明白的原因需结合上下文确定功能
表达意图优先选择理由
直接回答 whybecause原因与结果关系最直接
根据已知情况作判断since前提通常是说话双方已知的信息
说明双方都明白的原因as理由语气相对委婉
表达事实让步although/though前后存在反差
Although he was tired, he continued working.
尽管他很累,但他仍继续工作。
He stayed at home because he had a fever.
他因为发烧待在家。
Since the roads were icy, we drove slowly.
由于道路结冰,我们慢慢开车。
As the roads were icy, we drove slowly.
因为道路结冰,我们慢慢地开车。
💡 有反差选 although 或 though,问为什么选 because,已知理由再考虑 since 或 as。
if、when、unless、until、as、since 的时间条件选择

1. if引导条件状语从句,表示“如果、假如”,可表示现实条件或假设条件。
2. unless表示“如果……不、除非”,通常可改写为 if not 加肯定形式。
3. when表示时间点或时间背景,通常不表示“如果”的假设。
4. as可表示随着时间推移,常与表示时间变化的动词搭配。
5. until表示动作持续到某个时间点或某事件发生为止。
6. since表示时间起点,也可表示从过去持续到现在。
7. before和after分别表示某时间点之前和之后,while常表示一段时间持续的过程。
8. 判断这些词时,要把从句意义放回整句,确认是时间、条件还是原因。

连词核心意义常见搭配例句
if如果if + 一般现在时If it rains, we will stay indoors.
unless如果不、除非unless + 肯定形式Unless you leave now, you will be late.
when当……时when + 过去时或现在时When the bell rang, the students entered.
as随着as + 时间变化As the evening came, the village became quieter.
until直到wait/remain untilWe waited until the rain stopped.
since自从、从……起since + 时间点She has lived here since 2020.
before/after在……之前/之后before/after + 时间点We arrived before the meeting began.
易混项目主要差别例句
if 与 whenif 表示条件或假设,when 表示时间If it rains, we will wait.
as 与 whenas 强调过程或变化,when 常指时间点As the clock struck ten, everyone left.
until 与 sinceuntil 强调终点,since 强调起点We waited until midnight.
If it rains tomorrow, we will cancel the outdoor activity.
如果明天下雨,我们将取消户外活动。
Unless you leave now, you will miss the train.
除非你现在离开,否则你会错过火车。
When the bell rang, the students entered the classroom.
铃响时,学生们进入了教室。
As the evening came, the lights in the village came on one by one.
夜幕降临,村里的灯一盏盏亮了起来。
We waited until the rain stopped.
我们一直等到雨停。
💡 先看从句表达的是假设、时间点、持续过程还是起点终点,再选择相应连词。
常用并列连接词搭配与语境信号速查

1. 速查表中的候选词只表示常见意义,最终选择必须符合整句话的逻辑和句法结构。
2. 表示添加时常用 and、also、besides、moreover 和 in addition,其中 besides 还可表示“除……之外”。
3. 表示对比时常用 but、yet、while、whereas、however 和 nevertheless。
4. 表示原因和结果时常用 so、therefore、because、since 和 for,不同词所处位置和词性不同。
5. 表示选择或条件时常用 or、either…or…、unless 和 otherwise。
6. 成对结构必须整体记忆,不能只记住其中一个词而随意替换另一部分。
7. 连接副词、介词短语和连词承担的功能不同,看到逻辑相同并不意味着词性相同。

逻辑关系常见候选词或结构典型语境信号快速判断
添加and, also, besides, moreover, in addition两者同时成立、前项之外还有一项空格两侧可同时为真
对比but, yet, while, whereas, however, nevertheless前后相反、不同或出乎预料前后不能简单同时成立
原因与结果so, therefore, because, since, for一端解释原因,另一端说明结果或依据判断前因后果方向
选择or, either...or...二者或多者择一只需其中一项
条件or, otherwise, unless前项成立则后项成立,不成立则出现后果还原为 if 条件句
顺承and, then前项完成后接着发生按时间先后排列
固定搭配意义使用提醒
both A and BA和B两者都连接主语时谓语通常用复数
not only A but also B不仅A而且B两侧成分要对应
either A or BA或B连接主语时按就近一致
neither A nor BA和B都不连接主语时通常用复数谓语
not A but B不A而是B前后属于同类内容
as A as B与B一样A后接形容词或副词性成分
The task was difficult; however, the team finished it on time.
任务很难,不过团队还是按时完成了。
The road was icy, so we drove slowly.
道路结冰,所以我们慢慢开车。
Save your work frequently; otherwise, you may lose important data.
经常保存你的工作,否则可能会丢失重要数据。
Besides being a skilled player, he is also a good team leader.
除了是一名技术出色的队员,他还是个优秀的团队领导者。
💡 先圈出表示逻辑的关键词,再按“关系—词性—句法位置”三项对照速查表筛选。
并列句的标点与句型转换

1. 两个完整分句用 and、but、or、so 等并列连词连接时,通常写成“逗号 + 连词 + 完整分句”。
2. 短小、紧密的并列句可以省略逗号,但较长或两个分句相对独立时通常使用逗号。
3. 两个意义紧密相关的完整分句也可以用分号连接,分号后通常直接进入下一分句。
4. 两个完整分句关系一般时可以使用句号,使表达分为两个独立句子。
5. 也可以把并列句改为从属句,如用 so 改写原因、用 although 改写转折、用 if 改写条件。
6. however 和 therefore 是连接副词,不能用“逗号 + 连接副词”的方式直接连接两个完整句。
7. for 表示理由时通常放在前句之后,前面要有逗号,句型转换时再根据语境改用 because 或 since。

组织方式标点或结构例句
并列连词连接完整分句逗号 + and/but/or/so + 完整分句The task was hard, but we finished it.
分号连接完整分句完整分句 + 分号 + 完整分句The task was hard; we finished it anyway.
句号分开完整分句完整分句 + 句号 + 完整分句The task was hard. Nevertheless, we finished it.
从属连词连接从属分句 + 主句Although the task was hard, we finished it.
连接副词连接句号或分号 + 连接副词 + 完整分句The task was hard; nevertheless, we finished it.
并列句从属句改写改写要点
He was tired, so he stopped working.He stopped working because he was tired.so 表结果,改用 because 表原因
The task was difficult, but we finished it.Although the task was difficult, we finished it.but 表转折,改用 although 表让步
Take the bus, or you will be late.If you do not take the bus, you will be late.or 表否则,改用 if 条件句
He stayed in, for it was raining.He stayed in because it was raining.for 补充理由,改用 because 更直接
The road was icy, so we drove slowly.
道路结冰,所以我们慢慢开车。
The evidence was limited; however, the team continued its investigation.
证据有限;不过,团队仍继续调查。
The task was difficult. We finished it on time.
任务很难。我们还是按时完成了。
Although the road was icy, we drove slowly.
尽管道路结冰,我们还是慢慢地开车。
💡 改写时先确认两侧都是完整句,再根据逻辑选择逗号加分号、句号或适当的从属连词。
as…as、so…as 与 not as…as 的比较结构

1. as + 形容词或副词 + as表示两者程度相同,可译为“与……一样……”。
2. not as/so + 形容词或副词 + as表示两者程度不同,可译为“不如……”。
3. not so…as 和 not as…as 基本可以互换,not so…as 在否定句中更常见。
4. 表示肯定等义比较时通常优先使用 as…as,so…as 更多用于 not so…as 结构。
5. 比较结构通常使用相同主语,并把形容词或副词放在两个 as 之间。
6. as…as 结构中不能把第二个 as 随意改为 than,than 用于 more…than 等比较结构。
7. as many 用于可数名词,as much 用于不可数名词,as long as 还可表示长度或时间。
8. 比较双方是同一主语时,谓语通常用单数,并保持时态一致。

结构意义例句
as + 形容词/副词 + as与……一样……This book is as interesting as that one.
not as + 形容词/副词 + as不如……He is not as tall as his brother.
not so + 形容词/副词 + as不如……The result was not so good as we had expected.
as many + 可数名词复数 + as有与……一样多的……She has as many books as her brother.
as much + 不可数名词 + as有与……一样多的……We have as much time as they do.
as long as与……一样长;持续长达……The meeting lasted as long as we expected.
比较对象常用结构注意点
形容词程度as + 形容词 + as不能用 than 代替第二个 as
副词程度as + 副词 + as修饰动词或状语
可数数量as many + 复数名词 + asas 后接 many
不可数数量as much + 不可数名词 + asas 后接 much
This book is as interesting as that one.
这本书和那本书一样有趣。
He is not as tall as his brother.
他没有他哥哥那么高。
The result was not so good as we had expected.
结果没有我们预期的那么好。
She has as many books as her brother.
她的书和她哥哥的一样多。
💡 先确定是等义比较还是不如比较,再检查 as 之间的成分以及第二个 as 后接什么。
📌 北京真题 6 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 6 题
2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

John plays basketball well, his favorite sport is badminton.

A. soB. orC. yetD. for

看答案

✅ C. yet(并列连词表示转折)

句子由两个简单句组成,前半句说 John 篮球打得好,后半句说他最喜欢的是羽毛球。两句之间存在逻辑上的矛盾或出乎意料,因此需要用表示转折的连词 yet 来连接。so 表示结果,or 表示选择,for 表示原因,均不符合语境。很多同学容易误选 so,但打球好并不意味着最喜欢篮球,逻辑不成立。

2013 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

Don’t turn off the computer before closing all programs you could have problems

A. orB. andC. butD. so

看答案

✅ A. or(or 连接祈使句表示后果)

句子前半部分是 Don’t turn off... 的祈使句,后半部分是可能产生的问题。在“祈使句 + 连词 + 陈述句”结构中,or 表示“否则”,用于引出如果不执行指令而产生的负面结果,因此选 or。很多同学容易误选 so,因为从逻辑上看像因果关系,但 so 引导的是结果,而此处强调的是一种警告或潜在威胁,必须用 or。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 21 题

Some animals carry seeds from one place to another, plants can spread to new places.

A. soB. orC. forD. but

看答案

✅ A. so(并列连词辨析)

句子由两个分句组成,前句说动物将种子从一处搬到另一处,后句说植物能传播到新地方。前后句之间存在明显的因果关系,前句是原因,后句是结果,因此选用表示结果的连词 so。注意 or 表示选择,for 表示原因,but 表示转折,均不符合逻辑。最容易误选的是 for,因为它虽然也表示原因,但引导的是原因分句,而此处逻辑是“因为...所以...”,应选 so。

2015 北京 · 单项填空 第 25 题

He is a shy man, he is not afraid of anything or anyone.

A. soB. butC. orD. as

看答案

✅ B. but(并列连词表示转折)

首先分析句子结构,前后两个分句均为独立完整的句子,中间需要填入并列连词。从语义上看,前半句说他“腼腆(shy)”,后半句说他“不怕任何事(not afraid of anything)”,两者在逻辑上构成对比转折,因此选择 but 来连接。最容易误选的 A 选项 so 表示因果关系,与语境不符,因为腼腆并不意味着必然勇敢或胆怯。

2016 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

I am not afraid of tomorrow, I have seen yesterday and I love today.

A. soB. andC. forD. but

看答案

✅ C. for(并列连词表示原因)

句子由三个分句组成,分析逻辑关系可知:前句是“不害怕明天”,后两句是“见过昨天”且“热爱今天”,后两句是对前句结论的补充说明,即原因。因此选择 for 引导原因并列句,表示“因为”。注意 for 引导的原因通常放在句末作为解释。很多同学容易误选 so,但 so 表示结果,逻辑方向相反,不能说因为不害怕明天,所以见过昨天。

2017 北京 · 单项填空 第 22 题

—Peter, please send us postcards we’ll know where you have visited.
—No problem.

A. butB. orC. forD. so

看答案

✅ D. so(并列连词表示结果)

首先分析句子结构,前半句是祈使句,请求 Peter 寄明信片;后半句是结果,即寄了明信片后,我们就能知道他的行程。前后两句存在明显的因果关系,因此选择 so 来连接,表示“以便于/结果就”。注意 A 选项 but 表示转折,B 选项 or 表示选择,与语境不符,最容易误选的是 C 选项 for,因为它虽表示原因,但通常引导原因状语从句且语气较弱,不能用于连接这种结果性的逻辑。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 两个完整句不能只用逗号加 however 连接,应改用分号或句号等适当标点。
  • because 和 so、although 和 but 不要用于重复连接同一组因果或让步关系。
  • 祈使句加 and/or 的前半句用动词原形,不能误用 to do 或 doing。
  • either…or、neither…nor、not only…but also 连接主语时,要检查靠近谓语的主语。
  • not only 后连接的成分须对称,不能一侧是形容词而另一侧无故换成不对应的完整句。
  • instead 是副词,instead of 后接名词性成分,不能混写成 instead of we left。
  • for 作为补充理由的连词时,不能照搬 because 的所有位置和问答用法。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 从 and / or 中选词:Leave now, ______ you will miss the last bus.
    看答案

    ✅ or 若不现在出发就会错过末班车,是否则关系。

  2. 从 so / for / but 中选词:The bridge was closed, ______ we had to take a longer route.
    看答案

    ✅ so 后句说明封桥带来的结果。

  3. 填 is / are:Neither the assistants nor the manager ______ available at the moment.
    看答案

    ✅ is neither…nor 连接主语,按就近原则与单数 manager 一致。

  4. 只改一个标点,修正逗号拼接:The room was crowded, however, we found two seats.
    看答案

    ✅ The room was crowded; however, we found two seats. however 不是这里连接独立句的并列连词,把其前的逗号改为分号。

  5. 填所给词的正确形式:Instead of ______ (throw) the box away, she made it into a shelf.
    看答案

    ✅ throwing instead of 中 of 是介词,动词需用动名词形式。

四、特殊句式

倒装、强调、省略、it、there be / 祈使句 / 感叹句 / 反意疑问句

17 倒装先认触发条件,再判断全倒还是只提前助动词。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷阅读、完形中会出现倒装;旧单项填空也可能把倒装放在题干中。写作中可适量使用。

🔑 口诀:全倒谓语到前头,半倒助动主语前。
完全倒装:地点与方位

地点/方位词置首 + 谓语 + 名词主语

• 适用动词:be, stand, lie, come 等表示存在、位置或移动的词
• 目的:呈现场景
• 谓语数:由后面的主语决定
• 例外:并非任意地点状语提前都倒装

正常语序完全倒装
A tower stands on the hill.On the hill stands a tower.
Two maps are on the wall.On the wall are two maps.
A small house lay at the end of the path.At the end of the path lay a small house.
Behind the building stood an old pine tree.
建筑物后面立着一棵老松树。
On the wall hung a portrait of his father.
墙上挂着一幅他父亲的肖像。
At the end of the path lay a small village.
小路尽头坐落着一个小村庄。
Under the bridge were two small boats.
桥下有两只小船。
💡 记忆口诀:先找后主,再还原成“主语在哪里”。
Here、There 与代词主语

Here/There/方向副词(away, out等)位于句首引出人或物时,名词主语后置,代词主语不后置。
• 名词主语 → 放在谓语后(如:Here comes the bus.)
• 代词主语 → 放在谓语前(如:Here it comes.)
• 例外:这里的 there 表示“那里”,与 there be 句型中的引导词不同。

句首成分主语类型常用结构
Here / There名词Here comes the bus.
Here / There代词Here he comes.
Away / Out 等名词Away flew the birds.
Here comes the bus.
公共汽车来了。
Here he comes.
他来了。
There stands an ancient pine tree.
那里立着一棵古松。
Away ran the children.
孩子们跑走了。
💡 名词后置,代词原位:Here comes Tom → Here he comes。
否定词置首的部分倒装

否定词置首,主语前加助动词/情态动词/be。
• 适用词:never, seldom, hardly, little (几乎不), by no means 等否定或半否定词。
• 结构:助动词/情态动词/be + 主语 + 其他。
• 细节:原句无助动词则借 do/does/did,实义动词还原。
• 例外:not until 置首时,until 从句不倒装,主句倒装。

句首成分正常语序部分倒装
neverI have never seen it.Never have I seen it.
by no meansI will not give up.By no means will I give up.
not untilWe did not leave until the rain stopped.Not until the rain stopped did we leave.
类别常见信号
否定副词never, seldom, rarely, nowhere, not once
半否定副词hardly, scarcely, little(表示‘几乎不’)
否定短语by no means, in no way, under no circumstances, at no time, on no account
Never have I seen such a moving performance.
我从未看过如此感人的演出。
Seldom does he complain about the workload.
他很少抱怨工作量。
By no means will I give up.
我绝不会放弃。
Not until the rain stopped did we leave the shelter.
直到雨停,我们才离开避雨处。
Little did she realize how much the trip had changed her.
她几乎没有意识到这次旅行给她带来了多大的改变。
💡 口诀:否定词在前,主谓要‘换位’;not until 记得‘后倒装’。
2025 北京 · 完形填空原文

Little did I realize that single moment would ruin everything

句中“Little did I realize”体现了否定词置首的部分倒装。当否定词 little 置于句首表示强调时,句子需使用部分倒装结构,即在主语 I 前面加上助动词 did,而谓语动词 realize 恢复原形。全句意思是:我几乎没有意识到那一刻会毁掉一切。

not only 与一……就……

Not only及“刚…就…”短语置于句首时,前分句部分倒装。
• not only连接两个分句:前句倒装,but (also)后通常不倒装。
• 例外:not only只连接主语等成分,不倒装。
• hardly/scarcely…when…(刚…就…):前项置首倒装,前句用had + 主语 + 过去分词,后句用一般过去时。
• no sooner…than…(刚…就…):前项置首倒装,前句用had + 主语 + 过去分词,后句用一般过去时。

固定结构倒装部分后一分句
not only...but also...not only 所在分句but also 后通常不倒装
hardly/scarcely...when...hardly/scarcely 所在分句when 后不倒装
no sooner...than...no sooner 所在分句than 后不倒装
Not only did the trip broaden my horizons, but it also brought us closer.
这次旅行不仅开阔了我的眼界,还拉近了我们的距离。
Not only the students but also their teacher enjoyed the performance.
不仅学生们享受了演出,他们的老师也享受了演出。
Hardly had we sat down when the lights went out.
我们刚坐下,灯就灭了。
No sooner had he arrived than the bell rang.
他刚到,铃就响了。
Scarcely had she finished speaking when the audience interrupted.
她刚说完,观众就打断了她。
💡 前倒后不倒;记好搭配:hardly—when, no sooner—than。
2012 北京 · 阅读理解原文

Not only are rewarding experiences remembered better, but negative
consequences are also easily recalled.

本句体现该知识点之处为“Not only are rewarding experiences remembered better”。当 Not only 置于句首引导分句时,该分句需采用部分倒装结构,即谓语动词(此处为被动语态的助动词 are)置于主语(rewarding experiences)之前。而 but 引导的后半句保持正常语序。全句意为:积极的经历记得更牢,负面的后果也容易被回想起来。

only 加状语置首

only + 状语置首,主句部分倒装

• only + 副词/介词短语/状语从句 → 主句倒装
• 例外:only 修饰主语 → 不倒装
• only + 状语从句 → 仅主句倒装,从句不倒

only 修饰的成分示例是否倒装
主语Only two students knew the answer.不倒装
副词或介词短语Only in this way can we solve it.主句倒装
状语从句Only when he arrived did we start.主句倒装,从句不倒装
Only in this way can we solve the problem.
只有用这种方法,我们才能解决这个问题。
Only when the rain stopped did they leave.
只有雨停后,他们才离开。
Only after checking the figures did she make the decision.
只有核对了这些数字后,她才作出决定。
Only two students knew the answer.
只有两名学生知道答案。
💡 看 only 修饰谁:修饰“谁”不倒,修饰“何时/如何”才倒。
2026 北京 · 阅读理解原文

The world has always had influential people, for instance, but only now do we have “Influencer”.

句中“only now do we have”体现了该语法点。当 only + 时间状语(now)置于句首时,主句需使用部分倒装结构,即在主语 we 前面加上助动词 do 来实现强调。全句意思是:世界上一直有影响力的人,但直到现在才出现了“网红”这一称谓。

so、neither、nor 表示也

“也”的表达:so/neither/nor + 助动词/be/情态动词 + 主语
• 肯定句用 so
• 否定句用 neither 或 nor
• 动词种类与时态承接前句
• 人称和数随新主语变化
• 例外:so + 主语 + 助动词 表示“的确如此”,确认同一件事,不表示另一个人也如此

含义结构示例
另一人也如此So do I. / So can she.I can swim, and so can she.
另一人也不如此Neither did I. / Nor is he.I cannot drive, and neither can he.
确认的确如此So he did.‘You were right.’ ‘So you were.’
Tom can swim, and so can I.
汤姆会游泳,我也会。
She did not go, and neither did I.
她没有去,我也没有去。
Tom wrote the letter, and so did I.
汤姆写了那封信,我也写了。
I am ready, and so is he.
我准备好了,他也准备好了。
“You did well,” Tom said. “So I did.”
“你做得好。”汤姆说。“确实如此。”
💡 “也如此”主谓倒装(so do I);“确实如此”主谓正序(so I do)。
as、though 让步前置

as/though引导让步从句时,表语(形/副/名)或动词原形可前置。
• as:必须前置。
• though:可用前置,也可按普通语序。
• although:不用前置格式。
• 名词前置:单数可数名词去冠词(如 Child as he is)。
• 例外:非助动词前置,不适用助动词移至主语前的规则。

前置成分结构示例
形容词形容词+as/though+主语+beTired as she was...
名词短语名词短语+as+主语+beChild as he was...
动词相关成分Try/Even if...+as+主语+情态动词Try as he might...
Tired as she was, she continued to help us.
尽管她很累,她还是继续帮助我们。
Young as he is, he has rich experience.
尽管他年纪小,却有丰富的经验。
Try as he might, he could not open the jar.
尽管他想尽办法,仍打不开罐子。
Silly as it sounds, the plan is worth trying.
这个计划听起来有点傻,但值得一试。
Though she was tired, she continued working.
尽管她很累,她还是继续工作。
💡 记忆口诀:as/though让步先亮‘难处’(形/副/名/原形),再接as/though + 主语。
虚拟条件句省略 if

虚拟条件句中若有 were, had, should,可省 if 并将该词提前。
• Had I known... = If I had known...
• Were I you... = If I were you...
• Should you need... = If you should need...
• were to 结构改为:Were + 主语 + to do
• 否定式:not 通常留在主语后
• 例外:并非所有 if 条件句都能如此改写

带 if 的虚拟条件句省略 if 后
If I had known the truth...Had I known the truth...
If I were in your position...Were I in your position...
If you should need help...Should you need help...
If he had not studied harder...Had he not studied harder...
Had I received your message, I would have replied.
如果我收到你的消息,我就会回复了。
Were I in your position, I would apologize.
如果我在你的位置上,我会道歉。
Were the plan to fail, we would try another approach.
如果这个计划失败,我们会尝试另一种方法。
Should you need help, please tell me.
如果你需要帮助,请告诉我。
Had he not studied harder, he would not have passed.
如果他当时学习再努力一些,本来就通过了考试。
💡 省 if 只找三位领头:were, had, should。
so、such 引导的倒装句

• so+形容词 置于句首时可用 so+形容词+be+主语 的倒装形式。
• so+副词 修饰实义动词时,要用 do/does/did 支持倒装,实义动词使用原形。
• such+a/an+形容词+单数可数名词 置于句首时,也可把 be 提到主语前。
• so 或 such 引导的结果状语从句保持正常语序,不随主句一起倒装。

句首形式倒装结构示例
so+形容词so+形容词+be+主语So beautiful is the lake.
so+副词so+副词+do/does/did+主语+动词原形So quickly did he run.
such+a/an+形容词+单数名词such短语+be+主语Such a lovely day it was!
So beautiful is the West Lake.
西湖美极了。
So hard did he work that he forgot the time.
他工作得如此努力,以至于忘了时间。
Such a lovely day it was!
多么美好的一天啊!
So excited were the children that they jumped up.
孩子们兴奋极了,全都跳了起来。
💡 看到句首 so 或 such,先判断它引出的是形容词、副词还是单数名词短语,再套用相应倒装框架。
主句倒装与从句不倒装

• only when...、not until...、hardly...when...、no sooner...than... 等结构中,倒装的是主句。
• 引导时间或条件的前置从句内部保持正常语序,不能把从句中的助动词也提前。
• not until 表示‘直到……才……’,only when 表示‘只有当……时……’,两者含义不同。
• hardly/scarcely 与 when 搭配,no sooner 与 than 搭配,两个分句中通常只有前一分句倒装。
• when、if、because 等从句单纯置于句首时,主句通常仍用正常语序。

结构倒装部分不倒装部分
Only when..., ... did...主句when 从句
Not until..., ... did...主句until 从句
Hardly had..., when...had 所在分句when 分句
No sooner had..., than...had 所在分句than 分句
Only when the sun rose did they set off.
只有太阳升起时,他们才出发。
Not until the exam ended did she relax.
直到考试结束,她才放松下来。
Hardly had we reached the station when the train arrived.
我们刚到车站,火车就来了。
No sooner had we reached the station than the train arrived.
我们刚到车站,火车就来了。
When the bell rang, the students entered the classroom.
铃响时,学生们进入了教室。
💡 看到 only when、not until 等信号后,只倒装主句,并逐词检查从句是否仍为正常语序。
倒装句还原与易错检查

• 还原完全倒装时,把名词主语移回谓语之前,还原成‘主语+谓语’语序。
• 还原部分倒装时,把主语移到已经提前的助动词、be 或情态动词之后。
• 谓语的人称和数始终以真正的主语为依据,不能根据前置状语判断。
• 使用 do/does/did 支持倒装时,实义动词必须用原形,did 句尤其不能写成 did he went。
• 存在句 There is/are... 和确认句 So he did. 不属于需要倒装的结构。
• 一个句子通常只倒装被触发的主句或分句,不能把主句和从句同时倒装。

检查项目正确形式常见错误
部分倒装语序Never have I seen it.Never I have seen it.
do 支持后的动词形式Not until he came did she leave.Not until he came did she left.
谓语与主语一致The books are on the desk.The books is on the desk.
确认句 soSo you are.So are you.
On the hill stands a tall pagoda.
山上矗立着一座高高的塔。
Never have I encountered such a problem.
我从未遇到过这样的问题。
Had we known the truth, we would have acted differently.
如果我们知道真相,就会采取不同的做法。
So you are.
原来如此。
💡 做题时先判断完全倒装还是部分倒装,再按‘主语—助动词—实义动词’检查最终语序。
⚠️ 易错点
  • 地点状语提前不保证倒装;要看呈现场景的用法、谓语类型和主语类型。
  • Here 后若是代词应说 Here he comes,不能写 Here comes he。
  • only 修饰主语不倒装;Only Mary knows the truth 不能借 does 倒装。
  • Not until 从句置首时倒装主句,不能把两个分句都倒装。
  • 借 did 后实义动词用原形,不能写 Never did I saw。
  • as 让步前置和部分倒装不是同一种移位,不要写成 Tired as was she。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 用 stand 的正确形式填空:On the hill ____ two old towers.
    看答案

    ✅ stand 完全倒装后主语是复数 two old towers,一般现在时用 stand。

  2. 补全:Never ____ I seen such a clear sky.(用 have 的现在时形式)
    看答案

    ✅ have 否定词置首,将现在完成时的 have 提到主语前。

  3. 改为 only 置首的句子:We understood the rule only after the lesson.
    看答案

    ✅ Only after the lesson did we understand the rule. only+时间状语置首,借 did,understood 还原为 understand。

  4. 填 so 或 neither:Tom cannot swim. ____ can I.
    看答案

    ✅ Neither 前句否定,另一主语也不会,用 neither+can+主语。

  5. 省略 if 改写条件部分:If she had followed the map, she would not have got lost.
    看答案

    ✅ Had she followed the map, she would not have got lost. 过去虚拟条件句省略 if,把 had 移到 she 前。

18 强调句去掉强调框架、还原原句,检查结构与意思。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷阅读和完形中可见 It is/was…that/who 与 do 强调;阅读要识别强调对象,写作可用于突出原因、时间或人物。

🔑 口诀:去掉框架能还原,强调成分记心间。
基本框架与强调对象

It is/was + 被强调部分 + that + 其余部分
• 强调对象:主语、宾语或状语
• 强调人时:that 可用 who 代替
• 时态选择:is/was 根据时间选,that 后谓语保持原时态
• 例外:不能强调谓语,不用来强调形容词表语

强调对象结构示例
主语It was Lily who/that sent me a card yesterday.
宾语It was a card that Lily sent me yesterday.
时间状语It was yesterday that Lily sent me a card.
地点状语It was at the school library that Lily found the card.
原因状语It was because the bridge was closed that we changed our route.
It was our shared goal that brought the team together.
正是我们共同的目标让团队凝聚在一起。
It was the letter that she had been looking for.
她一直在找的就是那封信。
It was in the school library that I found the missing notebook.
我正是在学校图书馆找到了丢失的笔记本。
It was because the bridge was closed that we changed our route.
正是因为大桥关闭,我们才改变了路线。
It was Tom who broke the world record.
打破世界纪录的是汤姆。
💡 想突出“谁/什么/何时/何地/为何”,就把它塞进框架。
2022 北京 · 阅读理解原文

It is the fitness level of our body that helps us fight these diseases.

本句体现了“It is the fitness level of our body that...”这一结构。其框架为 It is + 被强调对象 + that + 其他成分,其中 the fitness level of our body 是被强调的主语,被置于 It is 和 that 之间以起到突出作用。全句意思是:正是我们身体的体能水平帮助我们抵抗这些疾病。

去框架还原法

去掉 It is/was 和 that/who,将强调部分还原至原位,能组成完整合理句即为强调句。
• 判定标准:还原后结构完整且意思合理。
• 警惕陷阱:不能仅凭 It is...that 形式判断。
• 例外:It is clear that he is right 中 clear 是表语,that 从句是主语,还原为 Clear he is right 不通,故非强调句。

句型还原或结构检验结论
It was in the library that I found the book.可还原为 I found the book in the library.强调句
It is clear that he is right.去掉框架后不能得到 Clear he is right.主系表句
It is the village where she grew up.where 从句修饰 village,was 是系动词。定语从句结构
It is important that we should act now.it 是形式主语,that 引导主语从句。虚拟语气结构
It was in the school library that I found the missing notebook.
我正是在学校图书馆找到了丢失的笔记本。
It is clear that he is right.
显然他是对的。
It is the village where she grew up.
那就是她长大的村庄。
It is important that we should protect the environment.
保护环境很重要。
💡 还原法:把强调词“扔”回原位,看句子是否还完整(如介词 in 绝对不能丢)。
2010 北京 · 阅读理解原文

Therefore, it is the individual, not the government, who should pay for
their university education.

句中体现该方法的结构为“it is...who...”。通过去掉强调框架 it is 和 who,可还原为 the individual, not the government, should pay for their university education。该句通过此结构将主语置于框架中以突出重点。全句意为:因此,应该是个人而非政府来支付他们的大学教育费用。

强调地点、时间与原因从句

强调句型统一使用 It is/was ... that ... 结构,无论强调成分是什么。
• 强调地点/时间状语:必须用 that,禁用 where/when。
• 强调原因从句:整体放入强调位置,常用 It was because... that...。
• 原因从句内部:保持结构完整。
• 语法陷阱:不要将 that 误认为从句内部的成分。

强调内容结构示例
地点It was in the library that...It was in the library that we met.
时间点It was yesterday that...It was yesterday that we met.
时间从句It was when...that...It was when we arrived that the meeting began.
原因从句It was because...that...It was because he was ill that he was absent.
It was in the school library that I found the missing notebook.
我正是在学校图书馆找到了丢失的笔记本。
It was when I worked as a volunteer that I learned to listen patiently.
我正是在做志愿者时学会了耐心倾听。
It was because the bridge was closed that we changed our route.
正是因为大桥关闭,我们才改变了路线。
It was for this reason that she changed her mind.
正是出于这个原因,她改变了主意。
💡 Tip:不管强调的是时间、地点还是原因,接口永远是 that,绝不换词。
2026 北京 · 阅读理解原文

Similarly, the corporate world has certainly known its fair share of disruption, yet it is only in the last couple of decades that the “Disruptor” has become a recognisable figure in the way we talk about big business.

句中“it is only in the last couple of decades that...”体现了该语法点。结构为“it is + 被强调的时间状语 + that + 其他成分”,通过将时间状语置于 it is 和 that 之间来突出时间。全句意为:同样,企业界无疑经历过不少动荡,但直到最近几十年,“颠覆者”才成为我们讨论大企业时一个被认可的角色。

not until 的强调

It is/was not until + 时间点/从句 + that + 肯定形式主句
• not随until一起移入强调位置
• that后不再重复not
• that后不采用倒装语序

句型结构示例
强调句It was not until...that + 肯定句It was not until the meeting ended that I checked my phone.
Not until 倒装Not until... + 助动词/情态动词 + 主语Not until the meeting ended did I check my phone.
普通语序主句 + not until...I did not check my phone until the meeting ended.
It was not until the meeting ended that I checked my phone.
直到会议结束,我才查看手机。
It is not until you understand the problem that you can solve it.
只有理解了问题,你才能解决它。
Not until the bell rang did we leave the classroom.
直到铃声响起,我们才离开教室。
I did not check my phone until the meeting ended.
直到会议结束我才查看手机。
💡 对比记:Not until...did I (倒装) → It was not until...that I did (不倒装)
疑问句与嵌入语序

强调句变疑问句:直接问用倒装,进从句用陈述。
• 一般疑问句:Is/Was it + 强调部分 + that...?
• 特殊疑问句:疑问词 + is/was it that...?
• 嵌入宾语从句:疑问词 + it is/was that...(恢复陈述语序)。
• 例外:从句中不能保留 was it。

句型语序示例
直接一般疑问句Is/Was it + 强调部分 + that...?Was it your sister that designed the poster?
直接特殊疑问句Wh + is/was it + 强调部分 + that...?Why was it that the train stopped?
特殊疑问句宾语从句Wh + it is/was that + 强调部分...I wonder why it was that the train stopped.
一般疑问句宾语从句whether/if + it is/was + 强调部分 + that...I wonder whether it was Tom that called.
Was it your sister that designed the poster?
设计这张海报的是你姐姐吗?
Why was it that the train stopped?
火车究竟为什么停了?
I wonder why it was that the train stopped.
我想知道火车究竟为什么停了。
Do you know whether it was your sister that designed the poster?
你知道海报是不是你姐姐设计的吗?
💡 直接问用 was it,放在 I wonder 后用 it was。
与定语从句和时间句型辨析

不要看到 It 就盲选 that,需区分定语从句和时间句型。
• It is the village where... 是主系表句,where 引导定语从句修饰 village,不可还原。
• It was three days before... 是 before 时间句型,意为“三天后才...”。
• 强调时间用 It was three days later that...。

结构类型识别信号示例判断
定语从句名词后接 where/which/that 从句It is the village where she grew up.普通主系表句
地点强调句it is/was 与 that 之间有地点成分It was in the village that she grew up.强调句
before 时间句型It was + 时间段 + before + 主谓It was three days before he returned.三天后才回来
虚拟语气It is high time that...It is high time that we started.should start
报告结构it is/was said/believed/reported that...It is said that hard work pays off.不是强调句
It is the village where she grew up.
那就是她长大的村庄。
It was in that house that my uncle wrote his first novel.
我叔叔正是在那所房子里写了他的第一部小说。
It was three days before he returned.
三天后他才回来。
It is high time that we started.
现在是我们该出发的时候了。
It is said that regular exercise reduces stress.
据说,规律锻炼能减轻压力。
💡 还原法:去掉 It is...that 后,句子成分完整 → 强调句;缺谓语/成分不全 → 定语从句。
do、does、did 强调谓语

肯定句中用 do/does/did + 动词原形表示“确实、的确”。
• 时态和人称变化由 do/does/did 承担。
• 仅用于一般现在时或一般过去时。
• 后面必须用动词原形,不可保留三单或过去式。
• 祈使句可用 Do + 原形表达恳切邀请或叮嘱。
• 例外:已有 be、助动词或情态动词的句子,通过重读它们加强语气,不再加 do。

时态或句型结构示例
一般现在时does + 动词原形He does know the answer.
一般过去时did + 动词原形I did send the message.
祈使句Do + 动词原形Do come and join us.
否定或疑问句重读原有助动词Did you really finish the work?
be 或情态动词句重读已有助动词He is indeed ready for the interview.
Your encouragement does make a difference to me.
你的鼓励确实对我有帮助。
I did send the application before the deadline.
我确实在截止日期前提交了申请。
Do come and join our discussion.
请一定来参加我们的讨论。
Did you really finish the work on time?
你真的按时完成了工作吗?
He is indeed ready for the interview.
他确实已经准备好面试了。
💡 do/does/did 是“吸尘器”,把时态和三单全部吸走,后面只留原形。
2025 北京 · 阅读理解原文

Although my daughter didn’t win, she did help expose one of the worst pieces of advice I have ever given.

句中“did help”体现了该语法点。结构为“do/does/did + 动词原形”,此处用助动词 did 强调谓语动词 help,用以增强肯定语气,与前文的否定句形成对比。全句意思是:虽然我的女儿没有获胜,但她确实帮助揭露了我曾经给出的最糟糕的建议之一。

强调句中的时态呼应与标志词速查

- 框架时态:is/was 表示整个强调表达的时间指向,不能只按保留谓语的时态机械判断。
- 谓语时态:that/who 后保留原句谓语时态,可使用高中核心八时态。
- 同句并存:强调部分可含时间状语,因此 is/was 与保留谓语的时态不一定完全相同。
- 报告结构:It is/was said/believed/reported that... 中 that 前没有被强调成分,通常不是强调句。
- 结构检验:只有 it 与 that 之间能指出一个独立焦点成分,才按强调句分析。

强调框架常见时间语境保留谓语的常见时态示例
It is现在、当前或未来安排现在时、将来时等It is in 2025 that the new policy will take effect.
It was过去的时间或过去语境过去时、过去完成时等It was in 2020 that the policy was introduced.
谓语时态常见标志词或结构保留部分的示例
一般现在时always, usually, often, every day, on MondaysHe usually checks the weather before breakfast.
现在进行时now, at present, Look!, Listen!He is working on the report now.
现在完成时since, for, already, yet, just, ever, neverHe has finished the report.
一般过去时yesterday, ago, last week, in 2020He checked the museum yesterday.
过去进行时at eight last night, when..., while...He was working on the report at eight last night.
过去完成时before, after, by the time, alreadyHe had finished the report before the meeting began.
一般将来时will, be going to, tomorrow, next week, in three daysHe will arrive tomorrow.
过去将来时would + 动词原形, the next day, in the following yearHe would arrive the next day.
It was in 2020 that the policy was introduced.
这项政策正是在2020年出台的。
It is in 2025 that the new policy will take effect.
新政策将于2025年生效。
It was when the bell rang that we stopped working.
正是在铃声响起时,我们才停止工作。
It is on Mondays that the museum opens.
博物馆是在每周一开放的。
It is said that regular exercise reduces stress.
据说,规律锻炼能减轻压力。
💡 先按语境判断 is/was,再用保留谓语中的时态标志词核对,同时确认 it 与 that 之间确实存在被强调成分。
that 与 who 的选用

- 稳妥用法:主语、宾语和状语等被强调成分均用 that 引导。
- who 的条件:强调人作主语时可用 who 替换 that。
- 宾语限制:强调人作宾语时仍用 that,不使用 who。
- 地点和时间:仍用 that,不使用 where/when。
- 定语从句另论:定语从句中的 who/which/that 要根据先行词和从句中的成分选择。

被强调成分高考稳妥连接词示例
人作主语that/whoIt was Tom who helped her.
物作主语thatIt was the machine that broke down.
人作宾语thatIt was his teacher that helped him.
物作宾语thatIt was the book that she borrowed.
时间、地点或原因thatIt was yesterday that they arrived.
定语从句识别信号常用连接词示例
先行词为人,从句缺少主语who/thatThe boy who helped me is Tom.
先行词为物,从句缺少宾语which/thatThe book which I borrowed is interesting.
先行词为地点,从句不缺主语和宾语whereThe village where she grew up is beautiful.
先行词为时间,从句不缺主语和宾语when/that/on whichThe day when we met is special.
It was Tom who helped the little girl.
帮助那个小女孩的是汤姆。
It was his teacher that helped him.
帮助他的是他的老师。
It was the book that she had been looking for.
她一直在找的就是那本书。
It was yesterday that they arrived.
他们正是在昨天到达的。
It was because he was ill that he was absent.
他缺席正是因为生病。
💡 做题时优先确认被强调成分是人还是物、充当什么句子成分,再判断能否用 who,不能只看 which 能否出现。
only 引导的倒装强调

- 基本结构:Only + 状语置于主句开头时,主句使用部分倒装。
- 倒装范围:句中有助动词或情态动词时,只把第一个助动词或情态动词放在主语前。
- 无助动词时:主句没有助动词时用 do/does/did 构成倒装。
- 主语位置:Only + 主语位于句首时,主句通常不倒装。
- 位置要求:只有 Only + 状语位于主句开头时,才使用这一倒装结构。
- Not only:Not only 位于句首也要倒装,但它是并列连词,通常与 but also 搭配。

结构语序示例
Only + 时间从句Only when... + 助动词 + 主语Only when we work together can we solve the problem.
Only + 地点或介词短语Only in... + 助动词/情态动词 + 主语Only in this way can we solve it.
Only + 副词Only then + 助动词 + 主语Only then did she realize the truth.
Only + 主语主句不倒装Only he can solve the problem.
Not only...but alsoNot only + 助动词 + 主语...Not only did he finish the work, but he also helped his sister.
Only when we work together can we solve the problem.
只有齐心协力,我们才能解决这个问题。
Only in this way can we solve it.
只有用这种方法,我们才能解决它。
Only then did she realize the truth.
直到那时她才意识到真相。
Only after the meeting ended did we leave.
直到会议结束,我们才离开。
Not only did he finish the work, but he also helped his sister.
他不仅完成了工作,还帮助了妹妹。
💡 先看 Only 后接的是状语还是主语:接状语且位于句首才倒装,接主语时通常不倒装。
强调句与定语从句的转换

- 先还原:把强调句还原成正常的主谓句,再判断被强调的是主语还是宾语。
- 主语焦点:可改写为 the + 人或物 + who/that/which 从句。
- 宾语焦点:可改写为 the + 人或物 + who/that 从句或 what 引导的名词性从句。
- 状语焦点:通常先还原为带状语的普通句,不能机械套用定语从句。
- 连接词选择:根据先行词和从句中缺少的主语或宾语选择 who、which 或 that。
- 信息关系:改写后表达相近信息,但原来的排他性焦点可能发生变化。

焦点类型强调句常见相对表达或普通句
人作主语It was Tom who won the race.Tom is the boy who won the race.
物作主语It was the company that launched the project.The company is the organization that launched the project.
人作宾语It was Mary that Tom met.Mary is the person that Tom met.
物作宾语It was the book that Tom read.The book is what Tom read.
地点状语It was in the lab that we completed the experiment.The experiment was completed in the lab.
It was Tom who won the race.
赢得比赛的是汤姆。
Tom is the boy who won the race.
赢得比赛的男孩是汤姆。
It was the book that Tom read.
汤姆读的是那本书。
The book is what Tom read.
汤姆读的就是那本书。
It was in the lab that we completed the experiment.
我们正是在实验室完成了实验。
💡 转换前先确定焦点在主语、宾语还是状语,再选择定语从句或普通句,不能只按 that 机械改写。
⚠️ 易错点
  • 强调地点、时间仍用 that,不能写 It was in Beijing where I met him 来表达本章的强调框架。
  • 去框架判断要把强调成分放回原位,不能随意丢掉 in、because 等必需成分。
  • It was not until…that 后用正常肯定语序,不能再写 did he leave 或 he did not leave。
  • 强调句嵌入宾语从句要用陈述语序:I wonder where it was that…。
  • did 强调之后接原形,did helped 应改为 did help。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填强调框架的连接词:It was at the museum ____ we met our guide.
    看答案

    ✅ that at the museum 是被强调的地点状语,框架用 that。

  2. 只强调时间改写:The lecture began at nine.
    看答案

    ✅ It was at nine that the lecture began. 把 at nine 放在 was 与 that 之间,其余部分保持原意。

  3. 改正括号内语序:I wonder when (was it) that she made the decision.
    看答案

    ✅ it was when 引导宾语从句,使用陈述语序。

  4. 填 work 的正确形式:He does ____ hard every day.
    看答案

    ✅ work does 已承担三单变化,强调的实义动词用原形。

  5. 改写为 It was not until…that…:We did not realise the danger until the alarm rang.
    看答案

    ✅ It was not until the alarm rang that we realised the danger. not 随 until 前移,that 后用一般过去时肯定陈述语序。

19 省略与替代省去重复成分前,先确认它能从上下文还原。

📝 北京怎么考:北京语法填空可直接考查状语从句省略后的 doing/done,如2025年第17题;阅读中还需补回省略谓语、辨认替代内容。本章收录北京卷语法填空 2 空(2023—2024 年中的 2 年)。

🔑 口诀:省略先还原,主语要对上。
状语从句省略的条件

时间、条件、让步状语从句中,主语一致且谓语含be时,可同时省略主语和be。
• 保留连接词(when/while/if/though/unless等)及其后成分。
• 还原后需检查逻辑主语,确认动作或状态实际属于谁。
• 例外:主语不一致时不可省略。

省略形式可补全形式
While waitingWhile I was waiting
If carefulIf you are careful
Though tiredThough he was tired
Unless invitedUnless he is invited
While waiting for the bus, I reviewed my notes.
等公交车时,我复习了笔记。
If (you are) careful, you will avoid the mistake.
如果你小心,就能避免这个错误。
Though tired, the players kept training.
尽管疲惫,队员们仍坚持训练。
He will not come unless (he is) invited.
除非受到邀请,否则他不会来。
💡 Tip:还原成“连接词 + 主语 + be”,对比主从句主语是否为同一人/物。
省略后的 doing、done 与短语

省略后保留的形式由原结构和主被动关系决定。
• when/while + doing:主语主动做某事
• when/if + done:主语被……或处于某种状态
• 可保留形容词或介词短语
• 例外:if necessary, if possible, when possible 省略 it is,主句主语不必是 it

省略式可还原结构常见意义
while readingwhile he was reading主动或正在进行
when invitedwhen he was invited被动
when completedwhen it was completed完成或被动
if necessaryif it is necessary无人称固定表达
if anyif there is any存在
when in doubtwhen he is in doubt状态
If accepted, the proposal will be put into practice next month.
如果获得通过,这项提议将在下个月付诸实施。
While repairing the bike, he found a broken cable.
修自行车时,他发现一根断裂的电缆。
When in doubt, ask your teacher.
如有疑问,请询问老师。
If necessary, we can arrange a second meeting.
如有必要,我们可以安排第二次会议。
💡 判断关键:问主语是“主动做”还是“被……”,前者用doing,后者用done。
2022 北京 · 阅读理解原文

When asked what advice he’d give other entrepreneurial youth, he says, “Prepare and have your family’s support. It is important to know from the beginning that there are a lot of highs and lows, and there is no such thing as overnight success.”

句中“When asked”体现了该知识点。当状语从句的主语与主句主语一致且谓语为被动结构(be + 过去分词)时,可省略主语和系动词 be,仅保留过去分词构成缩写的状语从句。此处原结构为“When he is asked”,省略后保留 asked 表示被动。全句意为:当被问到会给其他创业青年什么建议时,他说:“做好准备并获得家人的支持。”

不定式省略时保留 to

重复的不定式可省略动词及其后成分,但保留 to。
• 肯定式:保留 to(如 would like to, want to, be asked to)。
• 否定式:保留 not to。
• 状态/被动/完成:保留 to be 或 to have。
• 例外:to 是介词时(如 look forward to),按介词结构处理。

保留形式可补全结构说明
toto do it重复动作省去
not tonot to do it否定形式保留
to beto be cleaned被动的 be 保留
to haveto have done it完成式的 have 保留
to doingto hearing from you介词 to 后接动名词
He agreed to help, but later he refused to.
他答应帮忙,但后来还是拒绝了。
She wanted to go, but her parents advised her not to.
她想去,但父母劝她不要去。
He was supposed to be there, but he didn't have to be.
他本来应该到场,但他不必到场。
We look forward to hearing from you soon.
期待你的回信。
💡 Tip:省动作,留 to;见 be/have 必留(保被动/完成时)。
so、not 替代整个判断

so 替代肯定判断,not 替代否定判断。
• I think so = 我认为(前面说的)是这样
• I hope not = 我希望(前面说的)不是这样
• 肯定常用:I think/believe/suppose/hope so
• 否定常用:I don't think so, I hope not, I'm afraid not
• 例外:不能把任何动词都硬接 so/not
• if so = 如果是这样
• if not = 如果不是这样

表达完整含义
I think so我认为前文的判断是肯定的
I don't think so我认为前文的判断是否定的
I hope not我希望前文的内容不是这样
if so / if not如果前文成立 / 如果前文不成立
So do I我也这样做
Neither do I我也不这样做
Will it rain? I hope not.
会下雨吗?我希望不会。
Is that your car? I think so.
那是你的车吗?我想是吧。
If so, we will continue; if not, we will change the plan.
如果情况属实,我们就继续;否则就修改计划。
Can you swim? So can I.
你会游泳吗?我也会。
Can you swim? Neither can I.
你会游泳吗?我也不会。
💡 Tip:看到 so/not 先把前文整件事接回来,再判断是“是”还是“不是”。
do 与助动词替代谓语

do/does/did/do so 用来替代前面出现过的实义动词短语。
• do so 替代前面提到的动作。
• do/does/did 单独保留时,替代重复的实义动词短语。
• 例外:have、be、情态动词可作为省略结构的支点。
• 还原时需同时恢复否定、时态及动作内容。
• 翻译时不可将每个 do 都译成“做”。

形式替代对象例句
do so前文提到的具体动作cancel the ticket
do/does/did重复的实义动词短语She works here, and so do I.
have/has/had重复的完成时谓语Have you finished? Yes, I have.
be重复的 be 谓语Are you ready? Yes, I am.
情态动词重复的情态动词谓语Can you drive? Yes, I can.
I expected the machine to work, but it did not.
我原以为机器会运转,但它没有运转。
Anyone wishing to cancel should do so before Friday.
任何想取消的人都应在星期五之前取消。
Does he live here? Yes, he does.
他住在这里吗?是的。
Have you finished the work? Yes, I have.
你完成工作了吗?是的。
Are you ready? Yes, I am.
你准备好了吗?是的。
💡 Tip:看到 do/did 不要死译成“做”,要像填空一样把前文的动作原封不动填回去。
2023 北京 · 阅读理解原文

That project, which I could complete from my sofa instead of in the burning heat of the desert, not only survived the lockdown but worked where traditional methods didn’t.

句末的“didn’t”体现了该知识点。这里 didn’t 是助动词 do 的过去时否定形式,用以替代前面出现过的谓语动词 work,避免重复,完整结构应为“didn’t work”。全句意为:那个项目让我能坐在沙发上而非在酷热的沙漠中完成,它不仅在封锁期间得以延续,而且在传统方法失效的地方发挥了作用。

并列结构中的共同成分

并列结构中,共同成分在不引起歧义时可省略。
• 并列分句或短语:共同主语、谓语或其他成分可省。
• 两个不定式并列:第二个 to 可省。
• 比较结构:已知成分常省。
• 补回要求:保持语法层次相同,检查并列的是动词、名词还是分句。
• 例外:引起歧义时不可省。

省略形式可补全形式
and took off his coatand he took off his coat
can stay or gocan stay or can go
to read and writeto read and to write
as tall as Ias tall as I am
her mother a nurseher mother is a nurse
Mr. Smith teaches physics, and his son chemistry.
史密斯先生教物理,他儿子教化学。
Her father is a doctor, and her mother a nurse.
她父亲是医生,她母亲是护士。
She likes to read and write.
她喜欢读书和写字。
You can either call or email me.
你可以打电话,也可以给我发电子邮件。
The hotel is cheaper than the restaurant.
这家酒店比那家餐馆便宜。
💡 看到逗号后出现孤立名词 → 试着补回前文谓语,不要急着判错。
2022 北京 · 阅读理解原文

It is taught to artists and engineers, but much less often to scientists.

句中 but 后的成分 "much less often to scientists" 体现了该知识点。为了避免重复,此处省略了与前半句相同的主语和谓语 "it is taught"。结构上,but 连接两个并列成分,后半部分仅保留了频率状语和对象。全句意为:这种技能会教给艺术家和工程师,但教给科学家的频率要低得多。

名词替代与指代的边界

用替代词或省略来避免重复,阅读时必须回找所指。
• one/ones:替代上文出现的可数名词,指同类另一个或另一些。
• it:指已经确定的同一事物。
• that/those:常在比较中替代名词。
• 替代词仍占句子成分,省略则是成分未写出。

替代形式指代范围主要限制
one/ones同类中的另一个或另一些被替代名词通常为可数名词
it已经确定的同一事物所指对象必须明确
that/those前文重复的名词短语常用于比较结构
the former/the latter先前提到的两个事物通常按出现顺序对应
My pen has run out of ink, so I need a new one.
我的笔没墨了,所以我需要一支新的。
I found the book. It was interesting.
我找到了那本书,它很有趣。
The climate here is milder than that of my hometown.
这里的气候比我家乡的温和。
These two designs differ: the former is simple, and the latter is modern.
这两种设计不同:前者简洁,后者现代。
💡 Tip:one 问“同类哪一个”,it 问“刚说的那个”。
定语从句中关系代词的省略

- 限定性定语从句中,作直接宾语的 who/whom/that/which 等关系代词可以省略。
- 关系代词作从句主语时不能省略,否则从句会缺少主语。
- 关系代词作介词宾语时通常不能省略,如 the person to whom I spoke。
- 非限定性定语从句不能用逗号隔开后省略关系代词。
- where 和 when 作关系副词时通常不能省略;若从句不缺宾语,应改用 which/that。

关系词在从句中的角色例句能否省略
主语the boy who helped me不能
直接宾语the book (that/which) I read可以
介词宾语the person to whom I spoke通常不能
非限定性从句中的关系词My father, who is a doctor, works here.不能
关系副词the city where he lives不能
The book (which/that) I bought yesterday is on the desk.
我昨天买的那本书在书桌上。
The boy who helped me is Tom.
帮助我的那个男孩是汤姆。
The man to whom I spoke is our headmaster.
我和他说过话的那个人是校长。
My father, who is a doctor, works in a hospital.
我父亲是医生,在一家医院工作。
💡 先判断关系词在从句中作主语、宾语还是介词宾语,再决定能否省略。
宾语从句中 that 的省略

- that 在一般宾语从句中只起连接作用,可以省略,如 I believe (that) he is right。
- 宾语从句有完整主语和谓语时,才可省略 that。
- whether/if 和 what/who 等疑问词承担从句成分,不能省略。
- the fact that、the reason that 等固定结构中的 that 不能省。
- It is clear/important/necessary that 等主语从句常用形式不能省 that。

结构that 能否省略原因
I believe (that) he is right能that 只起连接作用
He said (that) he would come能从句结构完整
I wonder whether/if he agrees不能whether/if 承担从句成分
the fact that he was late不能that 构成固定名词结构
It is clear that everyone was tired不能that 引导主语从句
I believe (that) the weather will improve.
我认为天气会好转。
He explained (that) the meeting had been put off.
他解释说会议已经推迟了。
I wonder whether/if he agrees.
我想知道他是否同意。
The fact that he was absent surprised us.
他缺席这一事实使我们感到惊讶。
💡 先看 that 在从句中是否承担成分,只有纯连接作用且从句完整时才能省略。
省略与替代的识别信号速查

- 看到连接词后像残句,先检查是否省略了共同主语、共同谓语或 be 动词。
- 看到 and/or 两侧结构不对称时,可检查并列成分能否共用。
- 看到 than/as 后的成分不完整时,可检查比较结构中的共同成分。
- 看到 so/neither/nor + 助动词时,应按前文肯定或否定命题补全。
- 看到 do/does/did 或 one/ones 时,应分别按谓语替代或名词替代回找上文。
- 所有补全都要核对逻辑主语、主动被动、时态和指代。

识别信号常见补全方式例句
if/when/while/though + 动词或分词从句主语 + beIf (you are) ready, you can start.
and/or + 谓语共同主语、助动词或情态动词can stay or go
to + V and V两个不定式共用 toto read and write
than/as + 成分共同 be 动词、形容词或副词as tall as I
so + 助动词 + 主语前文肯定行为So do I
neither/nor + 助动词 + 主语前文否定行为Neither do I
do/does/did (not)前文重复的实义动词She works here, and so do I.
one/ones前文可数名词I need a new one.
If (you are) ready, you can start.
如果你准备好了,就可以开始。
You can either call or email me.
你可以打电话,也可以给我发电子邮件。
He is more careful than his brother (is).
他比他哥哥更细心。
Will you join us? So will I.
你会加入我们吗?我也会。
I have two pens; one is red and the other is black.
我有两支钢笔,一支是红色的,另一支是黑色的。
💡 先按连接词、助动词和替代词分类,再回到上下文补全并检查逻辑关系。
📌 北京真题 2 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;语法填空 2 空
2023 北京 · 语法填空 第 14 空

When (see) from afar, the mangrove forests appear more splendid.

看答案

✅ seen(从句省略中的过去分词)

完整结构为 when they are seen;从句主语与 see 是被动关系,省略主语和 be。

2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 16 空

And when (ask) about his new title, he shared the secret: moderation (适度).

看答案

✅ asked(从句省略中的过去分词)

完整结构为 when he was asked;从句主语与 ask 为被动关系,省略主语和 be。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 状语从句省略先核对主语,不能写 Walking down the street, a shop caught my eye 来表示‘我走在街上’。
  • When asked 的主语是被问的人,不能因主句主动就一律填 asking。
  • would love to 中 to 可代表整个重复的不定式,不能在要求保留标记的句子中随手删去。
  • used to be 的 be 往往要保留,不能把所有不定式都缩成一个 to。
  • I hope not 是常见否定回答,不要套用 I don't hope so 表达同一常规意思。
  • 补出省略谓语时要带回否定和时态,didn't 在语境中常相当于 didn't work。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填 invite 的正确形式:When ____ to the ceremony, she felt honoured.
    看答案

    ✅ invited she 是被邀请的人,省略 When she was invited 中的 she was。

  2. 填 read 的正确形式:While ____ the report, I noticed a spelling mistake.
    看答案

    ✅ reading I 主动阅读,省略 While I was reading 中的 I was。

  3. 用一个词补全固定表达:If ____(必要的), contact the office.
    看答案

    ✅ necessary if necessary 是 if it is necessary 的省略。

  4. 填 so 或 not,表达‘希望不会’:Will the match be cancelled? I hope ____.
    看答案

    ✅ not not 替代 the match will not be cancelled 这一否定判断。

  5. 补出省略的实义动词:Lucy likes jazz, but her sister doesn't ____.(保持原意)
    看答案

    ✅ like jazz doesn't 承担否定和三单,后接原形 like,重复内容是 like jazz。

20 it 的用法先看 it 有没有所指,再找后置主语或宾语。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷旧单项填空考过 it 指代,语法填空考过 It takes…to do;阅读中常见形式主语、形式宾语及被动报告句型。判断时需结合整句,不能见到 it 就当强调句。本章收录北京卷单项填空 1 题(2009 年)、语法填空 1 空(2020 年)。

🔑 口诀:有所指,往前找;占位置,向后瞧。
指代具体事物或前述情境

it 指代前文确定的单数、不可数事物或整个情境/事件。
• 指代单数事物或不可数事物。
• 指代前述情境或事件。
• 例外:指婴儿,或判断身份时(如 Who is it? It's me.)。
• 回找指代:数、语义、动作关系必须全部匹配,不只选最近的名词。

指代类型例句判断重点
已确定的单数事物I lost my key and later found it.it 指同一把钥匙
不可数事物The water is clean. I drank it.it 指水
前述事件或情境The meeting was cancelled. Everyone knew it.it 指会议取消这件事
身份未明的人Who's asking? It's me.it 指电话另一端的人
I left my umbrella on the bus, but the driver kept it for me.
我把伞落在公交车上了,不过司机替我保管了它。
The meeting has been put off, and all the members know it.
会议已经延期,所有成员都知道这件事。
The nurse checked the baby and then covered it.
护士检查了婴儿,然后给它盖上被子。
Who's asking? It's me.
谁在敲门?是我。
💡 同一个对象用 it,同类另一个用 one。
时间、天气、距离中的 it

谈时间、日期、天气、温度、环境或距离时,通常需要 it 作主语。
• it 无需对应具体名词。
• 不能把中文无主语表达直接搬成没有主语的英语句子。

范畴常用句式例句
时间、日期、星期It is + 时间或日期It is Monday.
钟点It is + 钟点It is five o'clock.
天气、温度It is + 天气状况或温度It is raining heavily.
距离It is + 距离 + from...to...It is five kilometers from here to the museum.
It is five o'clock in the morning.
现在是早上五点。
It is raining heavily outside.
外面正下着大雨。
It is only twelve degrees Celsius today.
今天只有十二摄氏度。
It is about five kilometers from here to the station.
从这里到车站大约五公里。
💡 中文说‘下雨了’(无主语),英语得配个 it(占位主语)。
形式主语:不定式与从句后置

It 是形式主语,真正的主语(to do/that 从句)后置。
• 结构:It is + 形容词/名词 + to do / that 从句
• It is important for sb to do:for 引出动作执行者
• It is kind of sb to do:of 用于评价人的品质(如 kind, careless)
• 例外:It is no use/good doing… 后面用动名词

评价角度常见词结构
事情或动作本身necessary, important, difficult, possible, essentialIt is ... for sb to do sth.
人的品质或行为kind, generous, careless, thoughtfulIt is ... of sb to do sth.
从句所陈述的事实clear, obvious, true, strangeIt is ... that + 从句.
抽象名词a pleasure, a relief, a pityIt is a ... to do sth.
It is essential for every member to understand the safety rules.
每名成员了解安全规则都至关重要。
It was generous of you to share your notes.
你愿意分享笔记,真慷慨。
It is clear that the experiment was successful.
显然,这次实验是成功的。
It is a pleasure to work with such a team.
与这样的团队合作是一种享受。
💡 for 看事(难易/重要),of 看人(品质)。
形式宾语:find、make 等

find/think/consider/make + it + 形容词 + to do/that从句

• it 是形式宾语,占位用
• 真正的宾语是后面的 to do 或 that 从句
• 形容词(如 easy, possible)是宾语补足语,说明宾语状态或性质
• 例外:不要把 it 与后置内容同时改成两个普通宾语

常见结构含义例句
find/think it + 形容词 + to do认为做某事……I find it difficult to solve the problem.
make it + 形容词 + for sb + to do使某人做某事成为……The plan makes it possible for us to meet.
find/think it + 形容词 + that 从句认为从句所述内容……I think it important that everyone should be heard.
consider it + 名词 + to do认为做某事是……We consider it a mistake to ignore the warning.
I find it difficult to finish the task in such a short time.
我发现很难在这么短的时间内完成任务。
The new timetable makes it possible for us to study together.
新时间表使我们能够一起学习。
We consider it a mistake to ignore the warning.
我们认为无视警告是一种错误。
I think it important that everyone should be heard.
我认为听取每个人的意见很重要。
💡 看到 find it + adj.,立刻往后找“做什么”才 adj.。
It takes…to do

It takes/took (sb) 时间 to do sth:做某事花费(某人)多长时间
• it 为形式主语,to do 说明所做之事
• takes/took 按时态选择
• sb 用宾格
• 区分 spend:人 + spend + 时间 + (in) doing/on sth

结构例句说明
It takes sb + 时间段 + to do sthIt takes me ten minutes to walk there.it 是形式主语
It took sb + 时间段 + to do sthIt took us an hour to finish the work.过去发生的动作
It will take sb + 时间段 + to do sthIt will take you a week to finish the project.将来要花费的时间
sb spends + 时间段 + (in) doing/on sthI spent two hours reading the report.主语是 spend 的施事
It takes me twenty minutes to get to school.
我到学校要花二十分钟。
It took us forty minutes to put up the tent.
搭好帐篷花了我们四十分钟。
It will take you a week to finish the project.
完成这个项目将花你一周时间。
It doesn't take long to learn a new system.
学习一套新系统并不需要很长时间。
💡 take 句尾 to do,spend 后面 doing/on;先认主语再搭配。
It is said that 等报告句型

It is said that... 及其转换句型,用于表达“据说/据报道/人们相信/众所周知……”
• It 是形式主语,that 从句是真正主语。
• 可转换为:主语 + be said + to do。
• 若不定式动作早于 said 的时间,用 to have done。
• 完成时、过去时的报告结构按原意理解。

报告结构含义例句
It is said/reported that...据说/据报道It is reported that the museum has reopened.
sb is said/reported to do人们说某人将做或正在做某事He is said to be working on a new project.
sb is said/reported to have done某人在报告之前已经做了某事She is said to have left the city.
It was said/reported that...过去时的报告It was said that the two sides would meet again.
It is reported that the museum has reopened.
据报道,这家博物馆已重新开放。
The explorer is said to have crossed the desert alone.
据说这位探险家曾独自穿越沙漠。
It is believed that the policy will be changed next year.
人们相信这项政策明年会发生变化。
The witness is said to have seen the accident.
据称证人目击了这起事故。
💡 时间同步用 to do,动作在先用 to have done。
2023 北京 · 阅读理解原文

It has been proved that people have a bias (偏向) towards the present, focusing on loud attractions in the moment at the expense of the health, well-being and financial stability of their future selves or community.

句中“It has been proved that...”体现了该句型。此处 it 是形式主语,真正的主语是 that 引导的从句,has been proved 为现在完成时的被动语态,用于客观陈述一个已被证实的结论。全句意为:已被证明人们倾向于关注当下,为了眼前的诱惑而牺牲未来自我或社区的健康、福祉和财务稳定。

第几次:完成时搭配

It/This is the first/second…time (that) + 主语 + 现在完成时,表示截至现在第几次做某事。
• 主句为 It/This was the first…time 时,过去叙事通常用过去完成时。
• 例外:It's time (for sb) to do… 表示“该做了”。
• 例外:It's time that… 用过去式或 should + 原形(should 不省)表示催促。

结构从句时态意义
This/It is the first/second... time (that)...现在完成时截至现在第几次做某事
It/This was the first/second... time (that)...过去完成时以过去为参照的第几次
It is time for sb to do sth一般现在时到了该做某事的时候
It is time that sb did/should do sth过去式或 should + 原形催促某人尽快行动
This is the first time that I have organised a school event.
这是我第一次组织学校活动。
It was the second time that she had visited the observatory.
那是她第二次参观天文台。
It is time for us to leave.
我们该动身了。
It is time that we left for the station.
我们该动身去车站了。
💡 the first time 盘点经历用完成时;time to do 是催行动。
since、before、when 时间句型

It 作形式主语表示时间,不可误认为强调句。
• It is/has been + 时间段 + since...:自从...以来已有多久,since 从句用一般过去时。
• It will be + 时间段 + before...:还要多久才...,before 从句用一般现在时。
• It was + 时间段 + before...:过了多久才...。
• It was + 钟点 + when...:某事发生时的时间。

主句结构从句常用时态意义
It has been + 一段时间 + since + 从句一般过去时自从……以来已有多久
It will be + 一段时间 + before + 从句一般现在时还要多久才……
It was + 一段时间 + before + 从句一般过去时过去过了多久才……
It was + 钟点 + when + 从句一般过去时某事发生时是几点
It has been two years since we last met.
自从我们上次见面,已经两年了。
It will be a month before the bridge opens.
还要一个月大桥才会开放。
It was almost three weeks before they received the reply.
他们过了将近三周才收到回复。
It was nearly midnight when the guests left.
客人们离开时已近午夜。
💡 since 往回算,before 往后等;钟点 + when 说当时几点。
强调框架中的 it

It is/was + 强调部分 + that/who... 是强调框架,it 不指代前文事物。
• 还原法:去掉框架将强调部分放回原位,可还原原句。
• 引导词:强调时间、地点用 that。
• 辨别点:看句子能否还原,而非看 that 前是否为时间词。
• 例外:强调人可用 who。

强调对象例句注意
时间It was in 2020 that I met her.通常用 that
地点It was at the school that they met.通常用 that
人物It was Jack who solved the problem.who 或 that
方式或原因It was through practice that he improved.通常用 that
It was through daily practice that I gained confidence.
正是通过每天练习,我获得了信心。
It was Jack who solved the problem.
正是杰克解决了这个问题。
It was in Beijing that they first met.
他们正是在北京第一次见面的。
It was because of the rain that the game was cancelled.
比赛取消正是由于下雨。
💡 形式主语看后文(解释什么事),强调句看中间(突出原句成分)。判断标准:去掉 it is...that... 能还原原句 → 强调句。
常见 it 搭配

it 在特定搭配中充当形式宾语,承接后面的从句或情境。
• 表达喜好:like/love/hate/appreciate it when/if…
• 礼貌请求:I would appreciate it if…
• 固定搭配:depend on it that… / see to it that…
• 例外:make it 可表示成功做到或及时到达,不一定是形式宾语。

常见搭配含义例句
would appreciate it if...若……将很感激I would appreciate it if you could help me.
see to it that...务必确保……See to it that the windows are closed.
depend on it that...保证或断定……You can depend on it that the report will be ready.
like/love/hate it when/if...喜欢或讨厌某种情况I hate it when people arrive late.
make it成功做到或及时到达We made it to the station just in time.
I would appreciate it if you could check the figures.
如果你能核对这些数字,我将十分感激。
Please see to it that all the windows are closed.
请务必确保所有窗户都关好。
I love it when my students ask challenging questions.
我喜欢学生提出有挑战性的问题。
We made it to the station just in time.
我们及时赶到了车站。
💡 看到 appreciate it if 把它当成一个整体请求句,不要把 it 当成随意补的宾语。
it 与 one/ones 的区别

it 指前文已经确定的同一个单数事物。
one 指同类中的一个或另一个事物,通常替代可数单数名词。
ones 是 one 的复数形式,替代可数复数名词。
one/one's 可泛指任何人,one's 表示“某人的”。
one of... 表示“一群中的一个”,这一结构中通常不能把 one 换成 it。

形式指代或用法例句
it前文已确定的同一个单数对象I found my phone and turned it on.
one同类中的一个或另一个I need a pen, so I'll buy one.
onesone 的复数形式These shoes are old; I need new ones.
one/one's泛指任何人或某人的One should respect one's own rights.
I found my phone and turned it on.
我找到手机并把它打开了。
I need a new phone, so I'll buy one tomorrow.
我需要一部新手机,所以明天买一部。
These chairs are old, so we are going to replace them with new ones.
这些椅子很旧了,所以我们准备换成新的。
One should do one's best to help others.
每个人都应该尽最大努力帮助别人。
💡 先问所指对象是“原来那个”还是“同类中的另一个”,前者用 it,后者用 one。
it 与 that/those/them 的区别

it 是第三人称单数中性代词,通常指已知的单数事物或前文内容。
作指示代词时,that/this 可指特定的事物、事实或比较对象。
those/these 是指示代词的复数形式,带有远近指示或比较关系。
them 是人或物的复数宾格,通常指前文已经提到的一群事物或人。
在“名词 + of + 物主代词”结构中,可用 that of mine 或 those of mine 表示同类中的某一个或一些。
that 作连接词引导从句时,不属于代词指代比较。

形式基本特点例句
it已知的单数事物或事实The parcel is here. Please open it.
that/this带有特定、指示或比较意味That is exactly what I mean.
those/these指示代词复数形式These are the photos we took.
them人或物的复数宾格I bought two tickets and kept them.
The parcel is here. Please open it.
包裹在这里,请打开它。
That is exactly what I mean.
那正是我的意思。
These are the photos we took on the trip.
这些是我们旅行时拍的照片。
I bought two tickets and kept them.
我买了两张票,并把票留了下来。
💡 先判断单复数,再看是否需要指示或比较关系,不要把 it、that 和 them 随意互换。
固定主语 it 句型速查

这类固定句型中的 it 只占主语位置,没有需要回找的具体先行词。
教材中常见的结构是 It is no use/no good + doing sth。
It is worth + doing sth 表示“做某事是值得的”。
It doesn't matter + whether/if + 从句 表示“是否……并不重要”。
It seems/appears that... 和 It is likely/possible/unlikely that... 都可作固定主语结构。
It makes sense + to do sth 表示“做某事是合理的”。
It is a pity/shame that... 表示“令人遗憾的是……”。

固定结构含义例句
It is no use/no good + doing sth做某事没有用It is no use arguing with him.
It is worth + doing sth做某事是值得的It is worth visiting the museum.
It doesn't matter + whether/if + 从句是否……并不重要It doesn't matter whether you agree.
It seems/appears that...似乎/看起来……It seems that nobody knows the answer.
It makes sense + to do sth做某事是合理的It makes sense to back up your files.
It is a pity/shame that...令人遗憾的是……It is a pity that she missed the chance.
It is no use arguing with him.
和他争论没有用。
It is worth visiting the museum twice.
值得去参观这座博物馆两次。
It doesn't matter whether you agree with us.
你是否同意我们并不重要。
It makes sense to review the text before the exam.
考试前复习课文是合理的。
💡 把整个固定框架作为单位识别,不要强行给句中的 it 寻找一个指代对象。
强调句与主语从句、定语从句的判定

判断含 It is/was...that... 的句子时,不能只凭 it 和 that 的形式下结论。
形式主语句中的 that 从句是真正主语,如 It is clear that...。
强调句去掉 It is/was 和 that/who 后,剩余部分能直接表达完整意思。
定语从句中的 who/that 用于限定前面的名词,删除后会丢失必要信息。
若 that 在 It is/was 后充当连接词而不是关系词,通常属于形式主语句。
强调人作主语时常用 who 或 that,强调其他成分通常用 that。

结构删除框架后的结果结论
It was John that called.John called.强调句
It is clear that he left.clear that he left.形式主语句
The boy who called is my brother.The boy is my brother.定语从句,删除后信息受损
The book that I bought is useful.The book is useful.定语从句,删除后信息受损
It was in the library that I met him.
我正是在图书馆遇见他的。
It is obvious that he was right.
显然,他是对的。
The student who won the prize is my cousin.
赢得奖品的学生是我表弟。
This is the book that I recommended.
这就是我推荐的那本书。
💡 优先做“删除 It is/was 和 that/who”的测试,再检查剩余句子是否完整且信息是否受损。
📌 北京真题 2 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 1 题;语法填空 1 空
2009 北京 · 单项填空 第 35 题

Being a parent is not always easy, and being the parent of a child with special needs often carries with extra stress.

A. itB. themC. oneD. him

看答案

✅ A. it(it 指代前面整件事)

观察句子结构,主语是动名词短语 being the parent...,谓语是 carries。这里考查固定搭配 carry with it,其中 it 指代前面提到的“成为特殊需求儿童的父母”这件事,意为“随之带来”。由于主语是单数概念,故选 it。最易误选 B,因为它试图指代 parents,但本句主语是“成为父母”这一行为而非父母个体。

2020 北京 · 语法填空 第 5 空

It takes them hundreds of years (break) down.

看答案

✅ to break(It takes +时间+ to do)

It takes + 时间 + to do 为固定句型,it 是形式主语。

⚠️ 易错点
  • it 既可能有指代,也可能只占位置,必须向前找对象、向后找真正内容。
  • 表示某人做某事用 for sb to do;评价某人善良等品质常用 of sb,不能只凭中文‘对某人’选介词。
  • find it easy to do 中 it 应保留,不能写 find easy to do 来表达完整的该结构。
  • It takes 的时间后接 to do,不能套成 doing。
  • This is the first time that… 通常接现在完成时,不要只因 first 就用一般过去时。
  • It will be…before 从句谈将来通常用一般现在时,不能机械加 will。
  • It was ten when he arrived 说明到达时十点;强调 at ten 要写 It was at ten that he arrived。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填一个词:The storm made ____ impossible for us to leave.
    看答案

    ✅ it make+it+形容词+不定式,it 作形式宾语。

  2. 填 prepare 的正确形式:It took her two hours ____ the speech.
    看答案

    ✅ to prepare It took sb+时间+to do 为固定结构。

  3. 填 for 或 of:It was careless ____ him to leave the door unlocked.
    看答案

    ✅ of careless 评价人的粗心,用 of 引出被评价者。

  4. 填 visit 的正确形式:This is the first time that she ____ China.
    看答案

    ✅ has visited 主句为 is the first time,从句用现在完成时。

  5. 填 open 的正确形式:It will be two weeks before the exhibition ____.
    看答案

    ✅ opens before 时间从句用一般现在时表达将来。

21 特殊句型:there be、祈使句、感叹句、反意疑问句there be 看后项,祈使句原形开头,感叹句看中心词,附问前后肯否相反。

📝 北京怎么考:北京卷语法填空、旧单项填空考过 there be 后的非谓语;阅读对话中可见反意疑问句,说明文和应用文中常见祈使句。本章收录北京卷单项填空 3 题(2012—2018 年中的 3 年)。

🔑 口诀:存在看后项,感叹看中心;祈使用原形,附问核肯否。
there be 的存在意义与一致

There be 表示“某处存在……”,be 动词随主语的单复数和时态变化。
• there 是引导词,后面的名词短语才是真正的主语。
• 多个并列名词作主语时,be 动词与最近的主语保持一致。
• 例外:have 表示“拥有”,不可用 There has 代替 There is。

主语中心be 的形式例句
单数可数名词is/wasThere is a book on the desk.
复数名词are/wereThere are two books on the desk.
不可数名词is/wasThere is some water in the bottle.
不同类并列名词与最靠近 be 的名词一致There is a pen and two pencils on the desk.
特殊情况一致处理例句
a lot of/lots of+不可数名词按整体看作单数There is a lot of traffic.
a list of/a set of+复数名词中心词 list/set 为单数There is a list of useful books.
There is a notebook and two pencils on the desk.
书桌上有一本笔记本和两支铅笔。
There were two delays yesterday.
昨天出现了两次延误。
There will be a meeting next Friday.
下周五将召开一次会议。
There have been several changes in the plan.
这个计划已经发生了若干变化。
💡 口诀:先看 be 后找主,就近决定单复数;区分“存在”用 there be,“拥有”用 have。
there be 的扩展与非谓语

there be 结构中只能有一个限定谓语,其余动词均为修饰名词的非谓语。
• 扩展形式:there seems/appears to be, there used to be, there must be 等。
• doing:表主动进行。
• done:表被动或完成。
• to do / to be done:修饰名词;其中 to be done 表将要被做。
• there being:用于介词后等非谓语环境。
• 例外:there to be 可出现在 expect 等结构中。

扩展结构含义例句
there seems/appears to be有/似乎是……There seems to be a mistake.
there used to be过去曾经有There used to be a cinema here.
there must/might/should be有/一定有/可能有必要有There must be a problem.
there has/have been截至某时已存在或发生过There have been several complaints.
后接形式功能例句
doing主动、进行或持续There is a man waiting outside.
done被动或已经完成There is a letter written in red ink.
to do主动的将来或待办事项There is a lot to do.
to be done将来被动There are several tasks to be completed.
there being非谓语主语或介词宾语There being no evidence, we continued.
there to be不定式结构We expect there to be fewer delays.
There seems to be a mistake in the total.
总数似乎有误。
There used to be a small shop at the corner.
拐角处过去有一家小店。
There are several tasks to be completed before noon.
中午之前有几项任务需要完成。
We expect there to be fewer delays this year.
我们预计今年延误会少一些。
There being no other choice, they went on with the plan.
别无选择,他们继续执行了计划。
💡 看到 there be 后出现第二个动词 → 检查是否为非谓语修饰名词 → 判定:主动/进行用doing,被动/完成用done,将要被做用to be done。
what 感叹句

What感叹句的核心是修饰名词中心词。
• 单数可数名词:What + a/an + 形容词 + 名词 + 主谓!
• 复数或不可数名词:What + 形容词 + 名词 + 主谓!
• 冠词取决于名词的数和可数性,不看形容词。
• 例外:主语和谓语有时可省。

中心名词结构例句
单数可数名词What + a/an + 形容词 + 名词 + 主语 + 谓语What an inspiring speech she gave!
复数名词What + 形容词 + 名词 + 主语 + 谓语What beautiful flowers they are!
不可数名词What + 形容词 + 名词 + 主语 + 谓语What useful advice you gave!
固定短感叹What + a/an + 名词 或 What + 名词What a pity! / What nonsense!
What an inspiring speech she gave!
她作了一场多么鼓舞人心的演讲啊!
What useful advice you gave!
你给出了多么有用的建议啊!
What beautiful flowers they are!
这些花多么漂亮啊!
What a pity it is!
真是太遗憾了!
What nonsense!
真是胡说八道!
💡 先找中心词:单数可数加 a/an,复数/不可数不加。
how 感叹句

How 感叹句核心:How 直接修饰形容词或副词。
• How + 形容词/副词 + 主语 + 谓语!
• How + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词 + 主语 + 谓语!
• 例外:How + 主语 + 谓语!(强调程度,如 How time flies!)
• 句末主谓用陈述语序,不倒装。

修饰对象结构例句
副词How + 副词 + 主语 + 谓语How carefully the volunteers checked every label!
形容词How + 形容词 + 主语 + 谓语How bright the stars look tonight!
单数可数名词短语How + 形容词 + a/an + 名词 + 主语 + 谓语How interesting a story it is!
of somebody to doHow + 形容词 + of + 人 + to doHow thoughtful of you to send me the book!
开头信号感叹中心快速判断
What + a/an单数可数名词中心通常是 What 后的名词
How + 形容词形容词中心是形容词所描述的性质
How + 副词副词中心是动作的方式或程度
How carefully the volunteers checked every label!
志愿者们核对每张标签时多么仔细啊!
How bright the stars look tonight!
今晚的星星看起来多么明亮啊!
How interesting a story it is!
这是多么有趣的一个故事啊!
How thoughtful of you to send me the book!
你给我寄书,真是考虑得周到!
How time flies!
时间过得真快啊!
💡 对比:What + a + 形容词 + 名词(What a useful book!);How + 形容词 + a + 名词(How useful a book!)。
祈使句与否定形式

祈使句 = 动词原形开头,省略主语 you。
• 用途:命令、请求、建议、提醒(如 Please keep quiet.)
• be 也用原形:Be careful! / Be quiet!
• 否定:Don't + 原形(Don't be late.);语气更强用 Never + 原形(Never give up.)
• 强调:Do + 原形,表“务必、一定”(Do come!)
• Let's do… 建议“咱们一起做”(含说话人);Let us do… 是请对方“让我们做”(不一定含对方)
• 附问:普通祈使句用 will you(Open the window, will you?);Let's… 用 shall we
• 北京单项填空的考法(2012、2014、2018):空格在句首,或前面只有状语(In any unsafe situation, simply ___),四个选项是同一动词的不同形式,选动词原形

功能形式例句
命令或请求动词原形Open the door.
礼貌请求Please + 动词原形Please wait a moment.
否定Don't + 动词原形Don't touch the wet paint.
强调Do + 动词原形Do call me if you need help.
建议Let's + 动词原形Let's solve the problem together.
禁止Never + 动词原形Never give up.
Please keep your ticket until the end of the journey.
请保留车票直到行程结束。
Don't be late for class.
上课别迟到。
Let's check the route before we leave.
我们出发前核对一下路线吧。
Never give up, whatever happens.
无论发生什么,永远别放弃。
Do come to my party!
一定要来参加我的聚会!
💡 全句找不到主语、空格又是唯一的谓语位置 → 祈使句,填动词原形;不要填 to do 或 doing。
2022 北京 · 阅读理解原文

Make sure you fill in the attendance sheet at each session to record your attendance.

本句以“Make sure...”开头,主句省略了主语 you,由动词原形引导,构成了典型的祈使句,用于表达要求。其中 sure 后接了一个省略 that 的宾语从句(you fill in...)来具体说明确保的内容,句末的 to record... 为不定式短语作目的状语。全句意为:请确保你在每次活动中都填写签到表,以记录你的出勤情况。

祈使句加 and、or

祈使句 + and/or + 陈述句,表示“条件 → 结果”。
• 祈使句 + and → 按要求做,就得到某结果
• 祈使句 + or/otherwise → 不这样做,就会有另一结果
• 例外:前项可用名词短语(如 One more effort, and...)
• 逻辑决定选择 and 或 or

结构逻辑关系常见译法例句
祈使句, and + 陈述句条件与积极结果只要……就……Read the instructions, and you will avoid mistakes.
祈使句, or + 陈述句条件与消极结果否则……Leave now, or you will miss the bus.
祈使句, otherwise + 陈述句条件与消极结果否则……Hurry up, otherwise you will be late.
名词短语, and/or + 陈述句条件与结果只要……/否则……One more effort, and you will succeed.
Read the instructions carefully, and you will avoid many mistakes.
仔细阅读说明,你就会避免许多错误。
Leave now, or you will miss the last bus.
现在就走,否则你会错过末班车。
One more effort, and you will succeed.
再努一把力,你就会成功。
Save your work, otherwise you may lose it.
保存好你的作品,否则可能会丢失。
💡 and 译作“就”,or 译作“否则”,用句意验证。
反意疑问句的基本对应

反意疑问句核心:前肯后否,前否后肯。
• 附问助动词、时态与陈述部分对应。
• 主语换成人称代词。例外:there be 结构保留 there。
• 否定陈述的回答:Yes 表示事实肯定,No 表示事实否定。

陈述部分附问形式例句
be 动词同一 be 动词 + notShe is busy, isn't she?
完成时保留 have/has/hadThey have left, haven't they?
一般现在时或一般过去时的实义动词do/does/did + notYou work here, don't you?
情态动词保留原情态动词He can swim, can't he?
there be保留 thereThere is a problem, isn't there?
问题答 Yes 的条件答 No 的条件
You know him, don't you?确实认识:Yes, I do.不认识:No, I don't.
You don't know him, do you?确实认识:Yes, I do.不认识:No, I don't.
You have seen this film, haven't you?
你看过这部电影,是吗?
There were no spare seats, were there?
当时没有空余座位,是吗?
You don't know her, do you? No, I don't.
你不认识她,是吗?是的,我不认识。
She can swim, can't she?
她会游泳,是吗?
We are ready, aren't we?
我们准备好了,是吗?
💡 回答时:先还原成 I do/I don't,再选 Yes/No,禁照搬中文“是/不是”。
2026 北京 · 阅读理解原文

“Well, it’s pretty awesome, isn’t it?” he replied.

本句中的“it’s pretty awesome, isn’t it?”体现了反意疑问句的基本对应。其结构为“前肯后否”:陈述部分使用肯定形式 it is,则随后的附问部分需使用否定形式 isn't it,且助动词 is 与主语 it 保持一致。全句意思是:“嗯,这太棒了,不是吗?”

附问中的易错情况

附问形式与主句肯定/否定意义相反。
• never, hardly, seldom, little, few 为否定,附问用肯定。
• a little, a few 为肯定,附问用否定。
• unhappy, dislike 等否定词缀不计入句子否定。
• I am... 附问用 aren't I。
• Let's... 附问用 shall we。
• 普通祈使句附问用 will you;肯定祈使句可随语气变化,will you 不是唯一形式。
• I think/believe... 等第一人称现在时主句,附问针对宾语从句。
• I don't think... 的否定计入,附问用肯定。

陈述部分信号整句语法极性附问
never/hardly/scarcely/seldom/rarely否定意义肯定形式
little/few否定意义肯定形式
a little/a few肯定意义否定形式
unhappy/dislike 等通常不视为语法否定否定形式
I'm... / Let's...特殊结构aren't I? / shall we?
I think... / I don't think...附问针对从句按从句极性或主句极性处理
She seldom complains, does she?
她很少抱怨,是吗?
There is little time, is there?
时间不多了,是吗?
I'm next, aren't I?
下一个轮到我了,是吗?
I think she is ready, isn't she?
我认为她准备好了,对吗?
I don't think he is ready, is he?
我认为他还没准备好,对吗?
💡 few/little 算否定,a few/a little 算肯定;un- / dis- 词缀不算否定。
so、such 的程度与结果

so/such...that... 表示“如此……以至于……”。
• so + 形容词/副词 + that 从句
• such + (a/an) + 形容词 + 名词 + that 从句
• 表数量的 many/much/few/little 用 so(如 so many books)
• 例外:little 表“小的”用 such(如 such a little child)
• so + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词(如 so difficult a task)
• that 在口语中可省略,正式写作宜写清

修饰对象so 结构such 结构
形容词或副词so tired / so quickly不直接用于单独修饰形容词或副词
普通名词短语so useful a toolsuch a useful tool / such useful tools
数量so much work / so few errors不用于 many/much/few/little 的数量意义
单数可数名词so difficult a tasksuch a difficult task
词意义正确结构
little数量少so little time
little年龄小或体积小such a little child
few数量少so few students
a few有一些a few students
The hall was so crowded that we could not find a seat.
大厅如此拥挤,我们找不到座位。
It was such a memorable day that I wrote about it in my diary.
那是如此难忘的一天,我把它写进了日记。
He has so little time that he cannot finish all the work.
他的时间太少了,无法完成所有工作。
She made so many mistakes that she had to rewrite the essay.
她犯了太多错误,只好重写那篇文章。
It was so difficult a task that no one finished it on time.
那是一项如此困难的任务,以致没人按时完成。
💡 so接形副/数量词,such接名词短语;little看是“少”还是“小”。
there be 与 have、has、acquire 的区别

there be 的主语是存在的事物本身,强调“存在/出现”。
have/has 的主语是拥有者,强调“拥有、具有”,也可表示经历、关系或疾病。
acquire 是及物动词,表示“获得、习得”,必须带宾语,不用于表达某处存在某物。
have/has 作实义动词时随主语变化,作完成时助动词时用 have/has/had。
汉语“有”可能对应 there be 或 have/has,必须先辨句意和主语。

结构核心语义例句
there is/are某处有某物存在There are two apples in the basket.
has/have某人拥有或具有He has two apples in the basket.
has/have been to去过某地,具有某种经历She has been to Beijing several times.
acquire获得、习得某物或技能The laboratory acquired a new instrument.
常见搭配含义或用法例句
There is no doubt that...毫无疑问There is no doubt that practice matters.
There is no need to do...没有必要做……There is no need to panic.
There is a chance/possibility of doing...有……的可能There is a possibility of further talks.
There is a difference between A and BA 与 B 有差别There is a difference between age and experience.
There are two apples in the basket.
篮子里有两个苹果。
He has two apples in the basket.
他的篮子里有两个苹果。
She has been to Beijing several times.
她去过北京好几次。
The laboratory acquired a new instrument.
实验室购置了一台新仪器。
💡 先看主语是谁:主语是“存在的事物”用 there be,主语是“拥有者”用 have/has。
there be 各时态与情态标志词速查

there be 的时态由 be 承担,there 本身没有数和时态变化。
高考中独立存在句最常用一般现在时、一般过去时、一般将来时和完成时,也常见情态结构。
进行体和完成进行体在 there be 独立存在句中不常作标准谓语,There is/are someone doing sth. 通常应分析为 there be + doing 后置修饰。
判断时先圈出 be 及其后的完整形式,再结合时间状语和语境确定时态。
since、for、so far、by the time 等可提示完成时,但时间状语不能脱离语境机械判断。

时态be 的形式there be 形式与高考提示例句或说明
一般现在时is/areThere is/are...,最常用There is a need for change.
一般过去时was/wereThere was/were...There were two entrances.
一般将来时will/shall beThere will be...There will be a trial next month.
过去将来时would beThere would be...There would be no easy answer.
现在完成时has/have beenThere has/have been...There have been several changes.
过去完成时had beenThere had been...There had been no warning.
将来完成时will have beenThere will have been...There will have been many changes by then.
情态结构can/could/may/might/must/should/would + beThere may/must be...There must be a problem.
时态或结构常见时间信号词使用提醒
一般现在时now, at present, currently, these days结合语境判断
一般过去时yesterday, ago, last week/year, in 2020in 后接年份还需看语境
一般将来时tomorrow, next week/year, soon, in three daysin + 时间段可指过去或将来
现在完成时since, for, so far, up to now, recently常与 already、yet、ever、never 连用
过去完成时before, prior to, by the time...常表示“过去的过去”
将来完成时by + 将来时间例如 by the end of next year
There is a need for further discussion.
还有进一步讨论的必要。
There were two serious problems with the design.
这个设计有两个严重问题。
There will be an opportunity for students to ask questions.
届时将有机会让学生提问。
There have been many changes since the new policy was introduced.
新政策实施以来发生了许多变化。
There had been no warning before the accident happened.
事故发生前没有任何警告。
💡 先分析 be 的完整形式,再看时间状语,尤其不要把 be + doing 的后置修饰误判为 there be 进行时。
感叹句与一般疑问句、特殊疑问句的转换

感叹句改写为疑问句时,先确定要保留的信息:询问事实用 be 或 do/does/did,询问对象用 what/which,询问方式用 how。
由 What 引导的感叹句强调名词,改为特殊疑问句时常用 What/Which/Whose + 名词 + 助动词结构。
由 How 引导的感叹句强调形容词或副词,改为特殊疑问句时可保留 How + 形容词/副词。
感叹句改为一般疑问句时,形容词通常变成表语,副词通常放在实义动词之后。
so/such 引导的结果状语从句常可改写为 what 或 how 感叹句,但改写时可能增删信息。

原感叹句疑问句改写转换要点
What an inspiring speech she gave!Was the speech inspiring? / What speech did she give?问事实或问对象
What useful advice you gave!Was the advice useful? / What useful advice did you give?advice 为不可数名词
How carefully the volunteers checked every label!Did the volunteers check every label carefully?副词移到动词之后
How bright the stars look tonight!Are the stars bright tonight?形容词作表语
What an inspiring speech she gave! → Was the speech inspiring?
她作了一场多么鼓舞人心的演讲啊!→ 她的演讲鼓舞人心吗?
What useful advice you gave! → What useful advice did you give?
你给出了多么有用的建议啊!→ 你给出了什么有用的建议?
How carefully the volunteers checked every label! → Did the volunteers check every label carefully?
志愿者们核对每张标签时多么仔细啊!→ 志愿者们仔细核对了每张标签吗?
How bright the stars look tonight! → Are the stars bright tonight?
今晚的星星看起来多么明亮啊!→ 今晚的星星明亮吗?
💡 先确定疑问句要问“事实、对象还是方式”,再选择 be、what 或 how 改写。
祈使句常见搭配与句型

Let's + 动词原形 通常表示“让我们一起……”,Let us + 动词原形 语气较正式。
Let + 第三人称宾语 + 动词原形 表示“让某人做某事”的建议或要求。
Why not + 动词原形? 是提出建议的常用句型。
How about/What about + doing sth? 用于提出或讨论计划。
Would you mind + doing sth? 表示礼貌请求,Would you like to do sth? 常表示邀请或提供帮助。
表示请求或建议的疑问形式在功能上近似祈使句,但句法上仍是疑问句。
remember/forget 接 to do 与 doing 含义不同,祈使句中 Remember to do... 通常指提醒未来的待办事项。

结构功能例句
Let's + 动词原形建议 speaker 一起行动Let's work together.
Let us + 动词原形正式地建议或提议Let us begin now.
Let + 宾语 + 动词原形建议或要求某人行动Let him try again.
Why not + 动词原形?提出建议Why not ask your teacher?
How about/What about + doing?讨论或提出计划How about meeting at eight?
Would you mind + doing?礼貌请求Would you mind opening the window?
Remember to do提醒未来的待办事项Remember to submit the form.
Let's discuss the problem before making a decision.
我们作出决定前先讨论一下这个问题吧。
Let him have another try.
让他再试一次吧。
Why not ask your teacher for some advice?
为什么不向老师请教一下呢?
How about meeting at the school gate?
在学校门口见面怎么样?
Remember to submit the form before Friday.
记得在周五前提交表格。
💡 先判断是直接建议、让某人做、征求意见还是提醒待办,再套用相应固定结构。
反意疑问句的时态、助动词对照

附问原则上复用陈述部分的 be、助动词或情态动词。
陈述部分没有可复用的助动词时,简单时态用 do/does/did。
have/has/had 若构成完成时,附问保留 have/has/had,若 have 是实义动词,附问用 do/does/did。
情态动词后加 n't,并常缩写成 can't、won't、mustn't、shouldn't 等。
附问主语使用代词,be 动词和 there 通常保留原形式。

陈述部分附问形式例句
am/is/are/was/were同一 be 动词 + notShe is busy, isn't she?
have/has/had 构成完成时haven't/hasn't/hadn'tShe's left, hasn't she?
have/has/had 作实义动词don't/doesn't/didn'tYou have a new phone, don't you?
一般现在时或一般过去时的实义动词don't/doesn't/didn'tThey live here, don't they?
willwon'tYou will help, won't you?
情态动词保留原情态动词 + notHe can drive, can't he?
there be保留同一 be 动词和 thereThere were no delays, weren't there?
used todidn'tHe used to swim, didn't he?
ought tooughtn'tYou ought to apologize, oughtn't you?
陈述部分中的情态结构附问形式
can/couldcan't/couldn't...
may/mightmayn't/mightn't...
mustmustn't...
shouldshouldn't...
wouldwouldn't...
needneedn't...
She's already left, hasn't she?
她已经走了,是吗?
You have a new phone, don't you?
你有新手机,是吗?
They live here, don't they?
他们住在这里,是吗?
He can drive, can't he?
他会开车,是吗?
There were no delays, weren't there?
当时没有延误,是吗?
💡 先判断陈述部分是 be、完成时、情态结构还是普通实义动词,再选附问的助动词。
📌 北京真题 3 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;单项填空 3 题
2012 北京 · 单项填空 第 31 题

at the door before you enter my room, please.

A. KnockB. KnockingC. KnockedD. To knock

看答案

✅ A. Knock(祈使句谓语动词形式)

观察句子结构,空格后紧跟状语 at the door,且句末有 please,这明显是一个表达请求或命令的祈使句。祈使句的谓语动词必须使用动词原形,因此选择 Knock。很多同学容易误选 B 选项 Knocking,因为习惯性地将句首单词视为非谓语动词作状语,但本句缺乏主句主语和谓语,不能构成完整句子。

2014 北京 · 单项填空 第 24 题

carefully if any change occurs when doing experiments in the lab..

A. ObserveB. To observeC. ObservedD. Observing

看答案

✅ A. Observe(祈使句谓语动词)

观察句子结构,发现该句没有主语,且句末是句号,这是一个典型的祈使句。祈使句用于表达命令、请求或建议,谓语动词必须使用动词原形,因此选择 Observe。注意,Doing 等非谓语形式不能单独作谓语,因此 D 选项 Observing 错误。

2018 北京 · 单项填空 第 8 题

In any unsafe situation, simply the button and a highly- trained agent will get you the help you need.

A. pressB. to pressC. pressingD. pressed

看答案

✅ A. press(祈使句)

观察句子结构,逗号后是一个完整的句子,而前半部分由 simply 修饰,且后面紧跟 and 连接结果,这是典型的“祈使句 + and + 将来时”结构,意为“只要……就……”。因此此处需用动词原形 press 引导祈使句。最容易误选 C,因为学生常将其误认为是非谓语动词作主语,但若用 pressing,则句子缺乏谓语且与 and 后的结构不匹配。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 存在句用 there be,不要把‘有’一律翻成 there have。
  • There are people waiting 中 are 是谓语,waiting 修饰 people,不能误填另一个限定动词。
  • advice、news 等不可数名词前不能加 a;感叹时用 What useful advice…。
  • How carefully she works! 后面是陈述语序,不能套成 does she work。
  • 否定祈使句用 Don't be late,不能写 Not be late。
  • 反意疑问句须连同 never、few 等词判断肯否;否定前缀则不自动触发肯定附问。
  • so little time 的 little 是‘少’,such a little boy 的 little 是‘小’,两者不能混用。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 用 be 的一般现在时形式填空:There ____ two keys in the drawer.
    看答案

    ✅ are 存在句的主语 two keys 为复数。

  2. 填 What 或 How:____ valuable information you have collected!
    看答案

    ✅ What 中心是不可数名词 information,用 What,不加冠词。

  3. 改为否定祈使句:Touch the screen.
    看答案

    ✅ Don't touch the screen. 在动词原形前加 Don't。

  4. 补全附问:She has never been abroad, ____?
    看答案

    ✅ has she never 使前半句为否定,附问用肯定 has she。

  5. 填 so 或 such:We had ____ little time that we skipped lunch.
    看答案

    ✅ so little 表示时间少,数量结构用 so little。

五、构词与长难句

词性转换靠构词法,读阅读靠拆长难句

22 构词法先用句法定词性,再用词根词缀与语境定词形。

📝 北京怎么考:北京语法填空会考词性转换,例如2025年第11题 peace→peaceful、2026年第12题 embarrass→embarrassment。阅读还可用词缀辅助猜词,但猜测必须回到语境核验。本章收录北京卷语法填空 3 空(2024—2026 年中的 3 年)。

🔑 口诀:句法定岗位,词缀查身份,语境辨词义。
三种构词方式与屈折变化

构词法分为造新词(派生、合成、转化)与变形式(屈折变化)。
• 派生:词基前后加词缀,如 happy→unhappy/happiness。
• 合成:词组合成新词,如 class+room→classroom。
• 转化:词形不变,词性或用法改变,如 email 作名词或动词。
• 屈折变化:名词复数、动词过去式等语法变化。例外:带 -s/-ed 的词不一定是派生新词。

方式例子判断重点
派生care→careful增加词缀,词义或词性发生变化
合成book+shop→bookshop组合成一个词汇单位
转化email(名词/动词)词形不变,句法功能改变
屈折work→worked表示时态等语法信息
We emailed the organiser after checking the email address.
核对电子邮箱地址后,我们给组织者发了邮件。
The new bookshop near our school sells dictionaries and stationery.
我们学校附近的新书店出售词典和文具。
His careful answer solved the problem immediately.
他周密的回答立即解决了问题。
The children cleaned the classroom and put the books on the shelves.
孩子们打扫了教室,并把书放到了书架上。
💡 判断标准:是“造了新词”还是“同一个词换了语法形式”?
常用前缀:否定与反向

前缀通常改变意义,不一定改变词性。
• un-、in-/im-/il-/ir-、dis-、non- 常与否定有关。
• un-、dis- 在某些动词中表示解除、反向(如 unlock, disconnect)。
• 拼写变体按具体词记,不可随意选择前缀。
• 例外:invaluable 表示“极宝贵的”,非“没有价值”。

前缀常见含义例词
un-不;解除或反向unfair;unlock
in-/im-/il-/ir-不,词形因词而定inactive;impossible;illegal;irregular
dis-不;相反或分离disagree;disconnect
non-非;不属于non-smoker;non-fiction
拼写变体常见用法例子
in-多用于 b、m、p 之前inactive;incorrect
im-常用于 m、p 之前impossible;impatient
il-用于 l 之前illegal;illogical
ir-用于 r 之前irregular;irresponsible
It is impossible to finish the repair without the right tools.
没有合适的工具,不可能完成修理。
The decision was unfair because one student was not given enough time.
这个决定不公平,因为有一个学生没有得到足够的时间。
The two sides disagreed about the best solution.
双方对最佳解决方案意见不一致。
She is a non-smoker and has never used tobacco.
她不吸烟,也从未使用过烟草。
The door was unlocked so that everyone could enter.
门被解除了锁定,以便所有人进入。
💡 成对记忆(如 possible → impossible),禁凭首字母盲目创造新词。
常用前缀:时间、数量与关系

前缀是猜词的核心线索,决定词义方向。
• re-:再次、重新
• pre-:在先
• post-:之后
• mis-:错误地
• over- / under-:过度 / 不足,或与位置有关
• inter-:相互、在……之间
• multi-:多
• 判断:结合整词用法确认是否由可拆前缀构成

前缀意义线索例词
re-重新;再次rewrite;rebuild
pre-/post-之前/之后prewar;postwar
mis-错误地misunderstand;misspell
over-/under-过度/不足overestimate;underestimate
inter-/multi-之间/多international;multicultural
anti-反对;抵抗anti-smoking
co-/semi-共同/一半cooperate;semicircle
We rewrote the report because we had misunderstood the data.
我们误解了数据,所以重写了报告。
The museum reopened after the postwar reconstruction.
战后重建完成后,博物馆重新开放了。
We had underestimated how long the journey would take.
我们低估了这段旅程所需的时间。
Beijing is a multicultural city where people from many countries live.
北京是一座多元文化城市,许多国家的人居住在这里。
The school launched an anti-smoking campaign last week.
学校上周发起了一项禁烟宣传活动。
💡 猜完方向代回原句:underestimate 是“估低了”,而非“在下面估计”。
名词后缀

名词后缀是判断词性的线索,但不能直接决定可数性或复数。
• -tion/-sion, -ment, -ness, -ity:表示行为、状态或性质
• -er/-or, -ist:表示人或从事活动者
• -er:也可表示工具
• 词根可能变形:如 decide→decision, able→ability,需连同拼写记忆

后缀例词提醒
-tion/-sioneducation;decision注意词基和拼写变化
-mentdevelopment;achievement具体可数性看词义
-nesskindness;happiness常把 y 改为 i
-ityactivity;responsibility拼写和重音可能变化
-er/-or/-istteacher;visitor;scientist常指人、职业或活动者
-erscrewdriver;printer也可指工具或设备
常见不可数名词常见搭配或计数方式
advicegive some advice;a piece of advice
informationobtain some information;a piece of information
equipmentuse some equipment;a piece of equipment
progressmake progress
researchconduct research;a research project
Her explanation cleared up the misunderstanding.
她的解释消除了误会。
The decision was made after a careful discussion.
经过认真讨论后作出了这个决定。
The development of the new technology took several years.
这项新技术的开发用了数年时间。
Two scientists from different countries joined the project.
来自不同国家的两位科学家加入了该项目。
A screwdriver is a useful tool for repairing the chair.
螺丝刀是修理椅子的一件有用工具。
💡 看到 the + 空格 + of,先填名词,再判复数。
形容词后缀与分词形容词

后缀与分词可构成形容词,整词意义须核对。
• -ful:充满/具有
• -less:缺少
• -ous:具有某性质
• -al:与……有关
• -ive:有某作用或倾向
• -able/-ible:可……的
• -ed:表感到(如 interested)
• -ing:表引起(如 interesting)
• 例外:并非所有 -ed 结尾都是形容词

后缀例词常见含义
-ful/-lesshopeful;hopeless充满希望的/无望的
-ous/-aldangerous;cultural危险的/与……有关的
-ivecreative有创造力的
-able/-iblereadable;accessible可读的/可获得的
-ed/-inginterested;interesting人的感受/事物的性质
情感或状态-ed 形式-ing 形式
使感兴趣interestedinteresting
使兴奋excitedexciting
使厌烦boredboring
使疲倦tiredtiring
使吃惊surprisedsurprising
The guide gave us practical and reliable advice.
导游给了我们实用而可靠的建议。
The children were excited about the school trip.
孩子们对这次校游感到兴奋。
The story is so interesting that all the children want to read it.
这个故事非常有趣,所有孩子都想读它。
A broken window was found near the playground.
在操场附近发现了一扇破窗户。
Setting a clear goal is the first step towards achieving it.
设定明确的目标是实现目标的第一步。
💡 词尾 -ful 只有一个 l,变副词 carefully 才双 l。
副词与动词后缀

后缀决定词性:-ly 构副词,-en/-ise/-ize/-ify 构动词。
• 形容词 + -ly → 方式或程度副词(如 carefully)。
• 例外:friendly, lovely, lonely, lively 是形容词。
• -en, -ise/-ize, -ify → 动词(如 widen, modernize, simplify)。
• 英美拼写差异需保持一致。
• 并非所有单词都能自由加这些后缀。

形式例子说明
形容词+-lycareful→carefully常修饰动词或整句
形容词+-lyhappy→happily常把 y 改为 i
同形词fast;hard;late作副词时词形不变
形容词+-enwide→widen表示扩大、加长或加强
形容词+-ise/-izemodern→modernise英美拼写有差异
形容词+-ifysimple→simplify常使动作或性质更明确
The volunteers patiently explained how the device worked.
志愿者们耐心地解释了这个装置如何运转。
She is a friendly teacher who speaks clearly.
她是一位友好的老师,说话条理清楚。
The students worked hard and completed the task on time.
学生们努力工作,按时完成了任务。
The project aims to widen access to education.
这个项目旨在扩大获得教育的机会。
The company will modernise its old computer systems.
公司将对其旧计算机系统进行现代化改造。
💡 修饰动作找副词,系动词后找形容词;注意 fast, hard 词性双重。
派生时的拼写变化

派生词拼写核心:看 y 前面是什么字母。
• 辅音 + y → 改 y 为 i(如 happy → happiness/happily)
• 元音 + y → 保留 y(如 joy → joyful)
• -le 形容词 → 副词:去 e 加 y(如 simple → simply)
• 例外:true → truly
• 注意:动词加 -ing 的规则不可套用到所有派生词,必须核对具体词。

原词派生词易错处
happyhappiness;happilyy→i
joyjoyful;joyfully保留 y
simplesimply不是 simplely
truetruly去 e 加 y
wholewholly特殊拼写
successsuccessful;successfully保留双 c、双 s
widewidely;widen副词与动词形式不同
She explained the process simply and clearly.
她把过程解释得简明清楚。
The happiness of the children was obvious from their laughter.
从孩子们的笑声中可以看出他们很开心。
We enjoyed an enjoyable afternoon in the park.
我们在公园度过了一个愉快的下午。
The results were successful, and the team completed the work successfully.
结果很成功,团队也成功地完成了工作。
It is truly necessary to review the lesson before the exam.
考试前复习功课确实很有必要。
💡 Tip:抄写“词族三联”(如 success—successful—successfully),圈出变化处对比记忆。
合成词与词性转化

合成词形式多样,数词定语不加s,词性由位置决定。
• 形式:连写、带连字符或分写,依词汇习惯而定。
• 数词+名词作定语:名词用单数,如 a five-minute break。
• 非定语情况:名词用复数,如 five minutes。
• 转化词词性:由所在位置判断,如 a daily record 中 record 是名词,record the result 中是动词。

类型例子判断重点
名词性合成词bookshop两个词合为一个名词
形容词性合成词decision-making连字符或分写依词汇而定
开放式复合词data analysis各部分保留独立词形
词性转化email由所在位置判断词性
数词复合定语a ten-minute break单位名词用单数
复合定语普通数量表达说明
a three-hour tripThe trip lasted three hours.hour 用单数
a two-week holidayThe holiday lasted two weeks.week 用单数
a 20-kilometre journeyThe journey was 20 kilometres long.kilometre 用单数
a ten-year-old boyThe boy is ten years old.year-old 构成年龄复合定语
After a ten-minute break, we continued the experiment.
休息十分钟后,我们继续实验。
Please water the plants before the soil dries out.
请在土壤干透前给植物浇水。
The decision-making process was difficult but fair.
决策过程既困难又公平。
I checked my email before sending the message.
发送信息前我查看了自己的电子邮件。
They went on a two-week trip to the mountains.
他们去山区进行了为期两周的旅行。
💡 对比记忆:a ten-minute break (定语单数) vs. lasted ten minutes (非定语复数)。
语法填空四步定形

语法填空四步定形法:骨架 → 词性 → 语义 → 形式

• 第一步:找句子骨架,确定空格是谓语还是其他成分
• 第二步:按位置和搭配定词性(名词作主宾语,形容词作表语或定语,副词修饰动词、形容词或整句)
• 第三步:结合语义决定肯否和具体词
• 第四步:检查名词单复数、动词时态语态及拼写
• 例外:位置非充分条件,the后可先有形容词,be后可接名词、分词或介词短语

句子位置常见词性例词或结构
a/the+空格名词或形容词a book;the useful book
空格+名词形容词或分词形容词a broken window
be/feel/seem+空格形容词、名词或分词结构be interested;be a teacher
very/quite+空格形容词very careful
空格+at/on/in形容词或介词短语good at;responsible for
空格+to+动词原形不定式结构want to do;manage to do
提示信息优先检查常见搭配
介词提示介词后的名词或动名词look forward to doing
have/has提示时态和过去分词have finished;have been doing
by提示完成时态by then;by the end of last year
not only提示并列成分的词性和结构not only…but also
the same as提示形容词或副词the same as;the same…as
Their careful preparation made the presentation successful.
他们的精心准备使展示获得了成功。
The results were carefully checked by two teachers.
结果由两位老师仔细核对了。
He is interested in history and often visits museums.
他对历史感兴趣,经常参观博物馆。
The team consists of ten members from five schools.
这个团队由来自五所学校的十名成员组成。
Everyone was very excited about the unexpected good news.
每个人都对这个意外的好消息感到兴奋。
💡 Tip:别只数词缀,要看成分。如 preparation 是主语中心词,successful 是宾补。
常见搭配一览

- 固定搭配应当整块记忆,不能只记介词而忽略其前面的动词或名词。
- 动词后的介词常由语义决定,如 depend on 表示依靠,result in 表示导致。
- 名词和形容词后的介词也常固定,如 access to、good at、responsible for。
- 动词后接 doing 或 to do 要根据具体动词判断,如 enjoy doing、want to do。
- look forward to、be used to中的 to 是介词,因此后接 doing。
- suggest、advise等动词不接“宾语+to do”结构。

动词搭配例词意义或用法
depend onsuccess depends on effort依靠;取决于
consist ofthe team consists of ten members由……组成
belong tothe book belongs to me属于
result incarelessness resulted in an accident导致
result fromthe accident resulted from carelessness由……引起
lead tothe plan led to success导致;通向
apply forapply for a scholarship申请
provide sb with sthprovide students with books向某人提供某物
remind sb of sthremind me of the appointment提醒某人某事
apologize to sb for sthapologize to us for the delay因某事向某人道歉
blame sb for sthblame him for the error因某事责怪某人
prevent sb from doing sthprevent him from leaving阻止某人做某事
中心词固定搭配意义
名词reason for……的原因
名词solution to……的解决办法
名词approach to对待……的方法
名词effect/influence on对……的影响
名词demand for对……的需求
名词access to接触或使用……的机会
名词response to对……的反应
名词awareness of对……的意识
名词relationship between……之间的关系
名词difference between……之间的差异
形容词good at擅长于
形容词fond of喜爱
形容词responsible for对……负责
形容词capable of能够;有……能力
形容词confident in对……有信心
形容词suitable for适合……
形容词aware of意识到
形容词patient with对……有耐心
形容词similar to与……相似
形容词different from与……不同
动词结构例词说明
enjoy/finish/mind/keep/avoid/practice/consider+doingenjoy reading这些动词后接动名词
suggest/advise+doingsuggest taking a break不接宾语+to do
decide/hope/plan/refuse+to dodecide to leave这些动词后接不定式
ask/tell/allow/want+sb+to doask him to wait接宾语后再接不定式
make/let/have/see/hear+sb+dolet him try接宾语后用动词原形
look forward to/be used to+doinglook forward to hearing from youto 是介词
used to+do/be used to+doingused to live here/be used to living here前者表示过去习惯,后者表示已经习惯
The success of the project depends on the cooperation of the whole team.
项目的成功取决于整个团队的合作。
He apologized to us for being late.
他因迟到向我们道歉。
I am looking forward to hearing from you soon.
我期待着 soon 收到你的回复。
The teacher advised us to read the instructions carefully.
老师建议我们仔细阅读说明。
You should avoid making the same mistake again.
你应该避免再次犯同样的错误。
💡 把介词连同前面的中心词一起背,并重点记动词后的 doing 与 to do 搭配。
常见派生词对与词族辨析

- 同一词根可以派生出不同词性的词,应把名词、形容词和副词组成词族记忆。
- -ic/-ical形式通常意义相关,但 historic、historical 等词不能仅按后缀互换。
- 前缀可能表示否定、反向或程度,不能把所有派生词都理解为“不加原义”。
- 派生时可能发生重音和拼写变化,如 science→scientific→scientifically。
- 同根词通常意义相近但词性或侧重点不同,必须结合具体语境判断。

词族名词形容词副词
successsuccesssuccessfulsuccessfully
possiblepossibilitypossible/impossiblepossibly/impossibly
carecarecareful/carelesscarefully/carelessly
differencedifferencedifferentdifferently
sciencesciencescientificscientifically
happyhappinesshappy/unhappyhappily/unhappily
strongstrengthstrongstrongly;strengthen
易混词核心区别例句
valuable/invaluablevaluable 表示有价值,invaluable 表示极宝贵This advice is invaluable.
historic/historicalhistoric 表示历史上重要的,historical 表示与历史有关的a historic victory;historical records
economic/economicaleconomic 与经济有关,economical 表示节约的economic growth;an economical choice
continuous/continualcontinuous 表示连续不断,continual 表示反复发生continuous rain;continual interruptions
alternate/alternativealternate 表示轮流或交替,alternative 表示另一种选择alternate days;an alternative plan
sensible/sensitivesensible 表示明智的,sensitive 表示敏感的a sensible decision;a sensitive person
The project was a success, and the team completed it successfully.
项目获得了成功,团队也成功地完成了它。
The guide explained the historic event and its historical significance.
导游讲解了这件历史事件及其历史意义。
The old photographs are invaluable to historians.
这些老照片对历史学家来说极其宝贵。
Buying a used bike was an economical choice, but the decision was mainly economic.
买二手自行车是一个节约的选择,但这个决定主要是出于经济方面的考虑。
Continuous rain prevented us from going for a walk.
持续的降雨使我们无法去散步。
💡 把同源词按词性和词义组成词族,并单独整理形近但意义不同的词对。
常见不规则词形变化速查

- 不规则动词的过去式和过去分词不能完全依靠加 -ed 的规则推断。
- 有些动词的过去式与过去分词同形,有些则两种形式不同。
- be、get、read等形式还涉及 be 动词、人称变化或读音区别。
- 名词复数除加 -s 外,还存在 men、children、analyses 等不规则形式。
- good、bad、many、much 等词的比较级和最高级需要单独记忆。
- 本表只列高频形式,完整变化应以教材词汇表和语境为准。

动词原形过去式过去分词
bewas/werebeen
beginbeganbegun
breakbrokebroken
bringbroughtbrought
buildbuiltbuilt
buyboughtbought
catchcaughtcaught
choosechosechosen
comecamecome
costcostcost
cutcutcut
dodiddone
drawdrewdrawn
drinkdrankdrunk
drivedrovedriven
eatateeaten
fallfellfallen
feelfeltfelt
findfoundfound
flyflewflown
forgetforgotforgotten
getgotgot/gotten
givegavegiven
gowentgone
growgrewgrown
havehadhad
hearheardheard
hithithit
knowknewknown
leadledled
leaveleftleft
lendlentlent
loselostlost
makemademade
meetmetmet
paypaidpaid
putputput
rideroderidden
ringrangrung
runranrun
saysaidsaid
seesawseen
sellsoldsold
sendsentsent
setsetset
shakeshookshaken
singsangsung
sitsatsat
sleepsleptslept
speakspokespoken
taketooktaken
teachtaughttaught
telltoldtold
thinkthoughtthought
understandunderstoodunderstood
wearworeworn
winwonwon
writewrotewritten
单数复数说明
manmen不规则复数
womanwomen不规则复数
childchildren不规则复数
personpeople不规则复数
footfeet不规则复数
toothteeth不规则复数
goosegeese不规则复数
mousemice不规则复数
oxoxen不规则复数
sheepsheep单复数同形
deerdeer单复数同形
fishfish单复数同形
analysisanalyses以 -is 结尾
crisiscrises以 -is 结尾
basisbases以 -is 结尾
thesistheses以 -is 结尾
phenomenonphenomena以 -on 结尾
criterioncriteria以 -on 结尾
mediummedia常见复数
原级比较级最高级
good/wellbetterbest
bad/badlyworseworst
many/muchmoremost
littlelessleast
farfarther/furtherfarthest/furthest
oldolder/olderoldest/eldest
The children have already written their answers.
孩子们已经写完了答案。
I found the task difficult, although I have now solved it.
起初我觉得这项任务很难,但现在我已经解决了。
The analyses suggest a different conclusion.
这些分析得出了不同的结论。
The boy's teeth were examined by the dentist.
男孩的牙齿由牙医检查了。
The new plan is better than the old one.
新计划比旧计划更好。
💡 按动词原形、过去式、过去分词三列背诵,并根据句子中的时态选择所需形式。
📌 北京真题 3 题原卷原题,答案按官方解析;语法填空 3 空
2024 北京 · 语法填空 第 12 空

Taking the time 〔11〕 (rest) allows us to develop a deeper sense of (self-aware).

看答案

✅ self-awareness(形容词名词化)

介词 of 后需要名词,self-aware 转为 self-awareness。

2025 北京 · 语法填空 第 11 空

It’s (peace), especially around sunset.

看答案

✅ peaceful(名词变形容词)

系动词 is 后作表语,peace 转为形容词 peaceful。

2026 北京 · 语法填空 第 12 空

I remember the (embarrass) on his face.

看答案

✅ embarrassment(动词变名词)

定冠词 the 后需要名词,embarrass 转为 embarrassment。

⚠️ 易错点
  • 词缀只能帮助判断,不能替代句法分析;-ly 结尾的 friendly 通常仍是形容词。
  • be 后不能一律填形容词,还可能需要名词、被动或进行形式,要结合意思。
  • 否定前缀搭配需按整词记忆,不能自行造出 unpossible。
  • 名词后缀不决定可数性,information 不可因名词身份就写 informations。
  • a five-year-old child 中 year 用单数,five years old 作表语时 years 用复数。
  • 有名词或形容词答案后还要核对语义肯否、单复数和拼写,不能停在词性正确。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 填 happy 的正确派生形式:The children laughed ____.
    看答案

    ✅ happily 修饰 laughed 用副词,happy 的 y 改 i 后加 -ly。

  2. 填 kind 的名词形式:We thanked her for her ____.
    看答案

    ✅ kindness 介词 for 后的 her 引出名词,表示善意用 kindness。

  3. 填 possible 的否定形式:Without oxygen, survival is ____.
    看答案

    ✅ impossible 语义要求‘不可能’,possible 对应否定前缀 im-。

  4. 填 minute 的正确形式:We took a twenty-____ walk after dinner.
    看答案

    ✅ minute 数词+单位构成名词前的合成形容词,单位名词用单数。

  5. 填 simple 的副词形式:Please explain the rule ____ and clearly.
    看答案

    ✅ simply 与 clearly 并列修饰 explain,simple 变副词为 simply。

23 长难句拆解找谓语、圈主干、分层级,再把修饰放回去。

📝 北京怎么考:北京阅读理解、七选五、阅读表达都需要识别复杂句。阅读时据主干理解逻辑,作文中用同一方法检查句子是否完整。

🔑 口诀:先找谓语圈主干,再分从句补修饰。
第一步:找限定谓语与主干

找限定谓语(带时态/情态)及其对应主语,锁定主干。
• 主干保留:主谓、主谓宾、主系表等必要成分。
• 例外:不定式、分词虽像动词,但非独立谓语。
• 实例(2024阅读C):To facilitate...是目的;we(主)+build(谓)+models(宾)为主干;based on...修饰models;that are...修饰conceptual metaphors。
• 判定:限定谓语有build和are,但are属于定语从句。
• 要求:读懂主干后,必须将目的与修饰成分还原,不可直接删除。

成分识别标志处理方式例词或结构
主语名词、代词或名词性从句确认它与哪个限定谓语搭配we;What the committee proposed
谓语时态、情态或系动词圈出所有限定谓语并配主语build;is;was accepted
宾语及物动词之后保留核心意义models;the answer
表语系动词之后与主语构成主系表结构a rare skill;irresistible
非谓语to do、doing、done不另算主句谓语,判断其依附对象To facilitate;based on;imagining
从句谓语从句主语之后暂时括起从句,再找全句主干that are familiar to us
To facilitate our comprehension of the world, we build models based on conceptual metaphors that are familiar to us.
为了帮助我们理解世界,我们依据自己熟悉的概念隐喻来建立模型。
The problem facing the team was solved after a careful review.
团队面对的问题经过认真审查后得到了解决。
Having finished the experiment, the students handed their results to the teacher.
完成实验后,学生们把实验结果交给了老师。
What the committee proposed was accepted after a long discussion.
委员会提出的方案经过长时间讨论后获准。
💡 先问“谁做了什么”定主干,再问“为什么、依据什么”补细节。
2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

To facilitate our comprehension of the world, we build models based on conceptual metaphors (隐喻) that are familiar to us.

本句的核心主干是“we build models”。其中 we 是主语,build 是限定谓语,models 是宾语。句首的 To facilitate... 是目的状语,based on... 是后置定语修饰 models,that 引导的从句进一步修饰 metaphors。全句意为:为了方便我们理解世界,我们构建基于熟悉概念的隐喻模型。

第二步:给多层从句划边界

从连接词出发逐层找管辖分句,严禁将所有 that/if 视为同一层。
• 外层结构:If A, B since C(如果 A,则 B,因为 C)。
• 主句主干:reasoning won’t reveal reality either。
• since 用法:表原因,非“自从”。
• 内层结构:C 内部含 that 定语从句。
• that 细节:先行词为并列名词 concepts and words。

连接词类型常见信号句法功能必须找到的结构
条件if;unless;provided that条件状语从句从句主语+谓语
时间when;while;before;after;as soon as时间状语从句从句主语+谓语
原因because;since;as原因状语从句从句主语+谓语
让步although;even if;though让步状语从句从句主语+谓语
目的或结果so that;in order that;so...that目的或结果状语从句从句主语+谓语
关系who;which;that;whose;where;when定语从句先行词+从句主谓
宾语whether;if;that宾语从句从句主语+谓语
边界标记表示示例
[If A]条件状语从句[If A], B
[because/since C]原因状语从句B [because C]
[that D]定语从句或宾语从句名词 [that D]
If empirical experience fails to reveal reality, reasoning won’t reveal reality either since it relies on concepts and words that are contingent on our social, cultural and psychological histories.
如果实证经验不能揭示现实,推理也不能揭示现实,因为推理依赖的概念和词语取决于我们的社会、文化和心理历史。
Although the proposal seemed promising, the committee rejected it because its estimated cost was far beyond the available budget.
尽管方案看似可行,委员会还是否决了它,因为预计成本远超可用预算。
When the final results arrived, the scientists who had waited for months finally published their conclusions.
最终结果到来时,等了数月的科学家们终于公布了结论。
Before the committee announced its decision, residents had complained that the proposed factory might increase local pollution.
在委员会宣布决定之前,居民们已经抱怨拟建工厂可能增加当地污染。
💡 用括号分层:[If 条件] + 主句 + [since 原因 + [that 定语]]。
2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

If empirical (实证的) experience fails to reveal reality, reasoning won’t reveal reality either since it relies on concepts and words that are contingent on our social, cultural and psychological histories.

本句包含三层结构:If 引导的条件状语从句,since 引导的原因状语从句,以及 since 从句内部由 that 引导的定语从句(that are contingent on...)。通过划定边界,可将长句拆解为“条件 → 主句 → 原因 → 定语”的逻辑链条。全句意为:如果实证经验无法揭示现实,那么推理也无法揭示,因为推理依赖于受社会、文化和心理历史制约的概念和词语。

第三步:跨过插入的定语从句

主语和谓语之间可能插入很长的修饰语,需先跳过修饰语找谓语。
• 临时括起两逗号间的 which 从句,将主语 project 接回谓语 survived。
• survived 与 worked 是同一主语的并列谓语。
• which 指代 That project。
• where 引出地点状语从句,意为“在传统方法不奏效之处”。
• 例外:didn't 后省略了 work。
• 最终理解:项目在封锁中继续开展,且解决了传统方法解决不了的问题。

位置或信号结构还原步骤注意事项
主语与谓语之间名词+which/who 从句+主句谓语括起从句,接回主语和谓语从句谓语不属于主句
名词后且无逗号限制性定语从句先确定名词所指范围不能随意删去
名词后且有逗号非限制性定语从句先找主句,再补补充信息通常译作“,这……,它……”
which 指代整句This is why...;That is what...在从句中找整句的概括对象which 不一定只指最近名词
where 或 when关系副词引导定语从句分别补成 in which、when/whichwhere 不作句子成分
关系词在从句中的作用例句
who主语the student who helped us
whom宾语the teacher whom we thanked
whose所属或所属关系the team whose members were experts
which/that主语或宾语the report which/that we read
where相当于 in whichthe city where we lived
when相当于 when/at whichthe year when it happened
That project, which I could complete from my sofa instead of in the burning heat of the desert, not only survived the lockdown but worked where traditional methods didn’t.
那个我坐在沙发上就能完成、无需忍受沙漠酷热的项目,不仅挺过了封锁,而且在传统方法不奏效之处发挥了作用。
The report, which was written after a nationwide survey, remains the most detailed account of the event.
这份在全国调查后写成的报告仍是关于该事件最详尽的记述。
Students who volunteer for the project will receive extra credit.
自愿参加该项目的学生将获得额外学分。
The team, whose members came from five universities, completed the survey ahead of schedule.
这个团队的成员来自五所大学,他们提前完成了调查。
💡 遮住双逗号间的修饰语,主谓直接“接龙”;主干读通后再补回修饰细节。
2023 北京 · 阅读理解原文

That project, which I could complete from my sofa instead of in the burning heat of the desert, not only survived the lockdown but worked where traditional methods didn’t.

句中 which I could complete from my sofa instead of in the burning heat of the desert 是非限制性定语从句,作为插入成分修饰主语 That project。分析时应先将其括起,直接连接主语与谓语 not only survived... but worked...。全句意为:那个项目不仅在封锁期间得以延续,且在传统方法失效时依然有效,而且我可以在沙发上而非沙漠酷暑中完成它。

第四步:辨插入语与形式宾语

插入语不占主干成分,形式宾语it不充实含义。
• 插入语:如she wrote later,直接括起剔除。
• 形式宾语:it作形式宾语,hard作宾补,to answer为真正宾语。
• 复杂主语:imagining…—and learning…—共同构成主语内容。
• 定语修饰:that isn’t part of real life修饰something。
• 结构闭环:直到is a rare skill才完成because从句的主系表结构。

判断项目插入语形式宾语 it处理方法
位置常位于句中并被逗号隔开位于及物动词之后分别标出说明语和宾语位置
能否删除可暂时删除而不破坏主句不能删除,否则句子缺少宾语插入语拿掉后读主干
后续成分后面不一定接特定结构常接形容词或副词+不定式,也可接 that 从句把 it 替换成后面的内容
句法作用补充说明,不占主句核心位置占宾语位置但没有实际词汇意义结合全句结构判断
翻译按补充说明翻译不能只译“它”形式宾语要译出所指内容
They found it hard to answer, she wrote later, because imagining something that isn’t part of real life—and learning how to make it real—is a rare skill.
她后来写道,他们觉得这个问题很难回答,因为想象现实生活中尚不存在的事物,并学会把它变成现实,是一种罕见的技能。
The researchers found it necessary to compare the results carefully before drawing any conclusion.
研究人员发现,在得出任何结论前仔细比较结果是必要的。
The experiment made it clear that the proposed method worked better under extreme conditions.
实验清楚表明,提出的方法在极端条件下效果更好。
The fact that the team had solved the problem impressed everyone.
团队已经解决了这个问题这一事实令所有人印象深刻。
💡 Tip:看到谓语动词(如is)才收齐主语;警惕- -之间的内容,别把主语里的-ing误认作谓语。
2022 北京 · 阅读理解原文

They found it hard to answer, she wrote later, because imagining something that isn’t part of real life—and learning how to make it real—is a rare skill.

先把插入语 she wrote later 拿开,主干是 They found it hard to answer。这里的 it 指上文提到的那个问题,是 found 的真宾语,不是形式宾语;hard to answer 作宾语补足语,to answer 补充说明 hard(难在哪:难回答)。because 从句的主语是动名词短语 imagining something…—and learning how to make it real—,谓语是 is。全句意为:她后来写道,他们觉得这个问题很难回答,因为想象现实中不存在的东西并学会把它变成现实,是一种罕见的能力。

第五步:还原倒装再理解

遇句首not only、only+状语、否定词,必须先还原倒装再找主语。
• 不要凭第一个名词判断主语。
• 2012年阅读C前半句还原为:rewarding experiences are remembered better。
• 后半句主语为:negative consequences。
• 两个分句均为被动,not only…but…also…突出压力带来的双重记忆效果。
• 还原语序服务于理解,例外:引用原句时不能自行改写。

触发结构倒装示例常规语序判断重点
not only...but also...Not only were the results clear.The results were clear.not only 位于句首时前一分句倒装
only+状语Only then did he leave.He left only then.only 后接时间或地点状语
not untilNot until midnight did they stop.They did not stop until midnight.主句用部分倒装
no sooner...than...No sooner had he arrived than it rained.He had scarcely arrived when it rained.had 与主语搭配,than 引出结果
neither/norNeither did he answer.He did not answer either.neither 或 nor 位于句首
so/such...that...So excited were the children that they shouted.The children were so excited that they shouted.so 或 such 位于句首
rarely 等否定副词Rarely does he complain.He rarely complains.副词提前触发倒装
Not only are rewarding experiences remembered better, but negative consequences are also easily recalled.
不仅有益的经历会被记得更牢,负面后果也更容易被回想起来。
Only when the results were published did we realize how important the experiment was.
只有在结果公布后,我们才意识到实验有多重要。
Not until the police had checked the footage did the manager allow the game to continue.
直到警方查完录像,经理才允许比赛继续。
No sooner had the storm begun than the power failed.
暴风雨刚开始就停电了。
Rarely does such a change occur in a single generation.
这种变化很少在一代人内发生。
💡 先配对 are—remembered → 确认主语是 experiences → 再看 not only 递进关系。
2012 北京 · 阅读理解原文

Not only are rewarding experiences remembered better, but negative
consequences are also easily recalled.

句中“Not only are rewarding experiences remembered better”体现了部分倒装。因否定词组 Not only 置于句首,be 动词 are 提前至主语 rewarding experiences 之前。还原为陈述语序应为:Rewarding experiences are not only remembered better。全句意为:不仅有回报的经历更容易被记住,负面的后果也容易被回忆起来。

第六步:补回并列中的省略

并列结构中,共同的主语、谓语等成分可省略,阅读时需补回。
• 案例:but much less often to scientists 省略了 it is taught。
• 补全:but it is taught much less often to scientists。
• 指代:it 回指上文“想象并实现新事物的技能”,而非 artists。
• 语法:much 修饰比较级 less,less often 比较教学频率。
• 翻译:译文保留“少得多”,例外:不能改成“从来不”。

省略项目常见信号还原示例检查重点
主语和谓语and/but 后直接出现另一主语或时间状语The first arrived..., and the second...补回后时态要一致
谓语and so+助动词He can sing, and so can I.补成 I can sing
宾语give/offer 后出现两组对象He gave Mary a book and Peter a pen.区分直接宾语和间接宾语
助动词或情态动词can/will/must 后接两个动作She can swim and dive.一个情态动词可支配两个动作
be 动词形容词并列或 so+助动词倒装The room was clean and tidy.补回后保持主谓一致
It is taught to artists and engineers, but much less often to scientists.
这种技能会被教授给艺术家和工程师,但教授给科学家的频率要低得多。
She can swim and dive, but her brother cannot swim or dive.
她会游泳和潜水,但她哥哥既不会游泳,也不会潜水。
The teacher gave Mary a book and Peter a pen.
老师给了玛丽一本书,给了彼得一支笔。
The first group arrived on Monday, and the second two days later.
第一组周一到达,第二组两天后到达。
He is interested in science, and so am I.
他喜欢科学,我也喜欢。
💡 Tip:but 后找不到主谓?试着从前半句“借”一套成分回来。
2022 北京 · 阅读理解原文

It is taught to artists and engineers, but much less often to scientists.

本句在 but 后的分句中省略了重复的主语和谓语,即 "much less often to scientists" 实际上省略了 "it is taught"。结构上,but 连接两个并列成分,后半部分通过省略使句子更简洁。全句意思是:这项技能被教授给艺术家和工程师,但教授给科学家的频率要低得多。

第七步:区分同位语与定语从句

同位语从句说明名词的具体内容,而定语从句修饰名词。
• 结构:The notion (主语) + is (系动词) + irresistible (表语) + to many (对许多人而言)。
• 同位语从句:that we live in someone else’s video game 说明 notion 的具体内容。
• 判断标准:从句本身完整,that 不充当主宾语。
• 例外:that 紧挨名词不一定是定语从句。
• 逻辑:句子判断对象是“这种观念”,而非断言我们活在游戏中。

判断维度同位语从句定语从句
作用说明前面概念的具体内容限定或补充前面的人或物
that/whichthat 不充当主语或宾语关系词在从句中承担主语、宾语等成分
常见先行项fact、idea、notion、suggestion、news人、物、具体事件或代词
标点常形成插入式说明限制性从句通常不用逗号,非限制性从句用逗号
检验问题“什么内容”或“具体指什么”“哪一个人”“哪一个”或“什么样的”
The notion that we live in someone else’s video game is irresistible to many.
对许多人来说,“我们生活在别人的电子游戏中”这一观念具有难以抗拒的吸引力。
The fact that the road had been closed surprised the drivers.
道路已经封闭这一事实使司机们感到意外。
The report that changed the project’s direction was published last week.
改变了项目方向的那份报告上周发布了。
Her suggestion that we leave early was accepted.
她提出的让我们早点离开的建议被接受了。
💡 问“什么内容”→直接回答 → 同位语;找 notion 对应的 is → 确定主干。
2024 北京 · 阅读理解原文

The notion that we live in someone else’s video game is irresistible to many.

句中 that 引导的从句 that we live in someone else’s video game 是 notion 的内容补足从句。该从句结构完整,that 仅作为连接词而不充当任何成分,用于具体说明 notion 的含义。全句意思是:我们生活在别人的电子游戏中的这一观念对许多人来说具有不可抗拒的吸引力。

第八步:串回指代和逻辑,用于写作检查

拆解后必须回溯语篇,核对指代、逻辑与作者态度。
• 确认代词所指(如23年阅读C中it指前文对当下的偏向)。
• 明确主干句意(如it translates into...意为“这种偏向表现为不愿……”)。
• 明确否定范围、时间对比及作者态度。
• 识别讨论范围(如on...like...)与目的解释(如to make...)。
• 确保修饰语紧扣对象(如that...修饰sacrifices)。
• 对照时间词(如today与tomorrow)理清逻辑。
• 写作反查:谓语必有主语,分句必有合法连接,代词必可回指,修饰语必紧扣对象。
• 例外:不必为了句长堆叠从句。

检查项追问常见错误修正方式
主谓关系每个限定谓语对应谁一个分句找不到主语补主语或调整从句边界
连接关系前后分句是什么逻辑只有逗号而没有连接词补 and、but、because 等
代词指代it、they、this 指什么先行词模糊或单复数不一致靠近原文定位并统一数
修饰对象分词或定语从句修饰谁机械接到最近的名词按句法和语义确定中心词
否定范围not 否定哪个成分把局部否定译成全句否定圈出被否定的词组
时间逻辑前后时间怎样对照先后关系或时态矛盾用 before、after、while 等衔接
表达效率一句是否只有一个中心从句过多且逻辑不清拆句或删去重复修饰
And on slow-burning problems like climate change, it translates into the unwillingness to make small sacrifices today that could make a major difference tomorrow.
而在气候变化这类缓慢发展的问题上,这种偏向表现为:不愿今天作出一些本可在明天带来重大改变的小小牺牲。
The team repeated the experiment three times, but it produced the same result each time.
团队把实验重复了三次,但每次都得到了相同的结果。
Although the early results looked promising, they did not prove that the treatment would work for every patient.
尽管早期结果看起来很有希望,但这些结果并不能证明该疗法对每位患者都有效。
To reduce waste, the company redesigned the packaging, which made the boxes smaller and easier to recycle.
为了减少浪费,公司重新设计了包装,使包装盒更小,也更容易回收。
💡 修饰语找对象:问“谁能带来改变”?是sacrifices而非today。
2023 北京 · 阅读理解原文

And on slow-burning problems like climate change, it translates into the unwillingness to make small sacrifices (牺牲) today that could make a major difference tomorrow.

本句核心在于代词 "it" 的指代以及 "today" 与 "tomorrow" 的逻辑对照。结构上,it 为主语,translates into 为谓语,that 引导定语从句修饰 sacrifices,强调这些牺牲在未来的潜在效果。通过串回指代明确 it 的具体含义,并利用时间对比揭示短视心理。全句意为:在气候变化等长期问题上,这种倾向表现为人们不愿在今天做出能为明天带来重大改变的小小牺牲。

补充一:连接词与逻辑关系速查

1. 先判句法位置:连接词后若形成主谓结构,多为状语从句;关系词后形成从句并修饰名词,多为定语从句。
2. 从属连词表示逻辑关系:if、because、although、when、so that 等分别引出条件、原因、让步、时间和目的等分句。
3. 并列连词连接同级成分:and、but、or、so、yet 连接词、短语或分句,不能仅凭中文词义决定结构。
4. 关系词连接修饰成分:who、which、that、whose、where、when 引导定语从句,关系词在从句中承担成分或连接作用。
5. that 的身份要看位置和功能:that 可引导宾语从句、同位语从句或定语从句,判断依据是它是否在从句中充当成分。
6. since 常常兼有两义:可表示“自从”,也可表示“由于”,要根据从句内容和时间关系判断。
7. 语义关系优先:连接词只是线索,最终仍要判断作者表达的是条件、转折、因果、递进还是对比。

逻辑关系常见连接词典型结构理解提示
时间when;while;before;after;as soon as连接词+完整分句判断动作先后或同时
条件if;unless;as long as;provided that条件分句+主句常可译为“如果……就……”
原因because;since;as原因分句+主句回答“为什么”
让步although;even if;though让步分句+主句“虽然……但是……”
目的so that;in order that主句+目的分句回答“为了什么”
结果so...that;such...that主句+结果分句回答“产生了什么结果”
比较as...as;not as...as;than;the more...the more比较双方+相同结构注意比较对象和程度
并列and;but;or;so;yet;nor同级成分或同级分句检查前后是否对称
修饰who;which;that;whose;where;when先行词+关系词+从句找关系词在从句中的作用
宾语whether;if;that动词+宾语从句从句必须能独立回答主语和谓语
Although the plan looked simple, it failed because the team underestimated the time needed for testing.
尽管这个计划看起来简单,但它还是失败了,因为团队低估了测试所需的时间。
When the deadline arrived, the manager decided to postpone the launch until all safety checks were complete.
截止日期到来时,经理决定推迟发布,直到所有安全检查完成。
The teacher explained the rule so clearly that every student could apply it.
老师把规则解释得非常清楚,以至于每个学生都能应用它。
He said that the results were reliable, although the sample was relatively small.
他说结果是可靠的,尽管样本量相对较小。
💡 先看连接词连接的是分句还是句子成分,再用“为什么、条件、转折”等问题确定逻辑关系。
补充二:分词、介词短语与从句边界

1. 先找限定谓语:没有限定谓语的结构通常不是完整主句。
2. 分词短语不是独立分句:现在分词和过去分词短语要依附于主语、宾语或全句。
3. 分词要有逻辑主语:分词动作的执行者通常与主句主语一致,否则可能构成悬垂分词。
4. 过去分词看被动关系:过去分词修饰宾语时通常表示被动,如 written by、covered in。
5. 不定式按功能判断:to do 可作目的、状语、宾语、定语或主补语,不能一律译成“为了”。
6. 动名词可作主语或宾语:动名词短语仍由内部动词承担意义,不属于句子的限定谓语。
7. 介词短语从介词起笔:介词后的名词、代词或动名词属于介词宾语,宾语从句则可整体充当介词宾语。
8. 从句可以嵌套在短语中:如 interested in what he said 中,what he said 是介词 in 的宾语。

结构常见标志是否为限定谓语判断问题
不定式短语to do否作目的、状语、宾语、定语还是主补语
动名词短语doing否作主语、宾语还是介词宾语
现在分词短语doing,逻辑主语通常主动否谁正在做这个动作
过去分词短语done,逻辑主语通常被动否谁承受了这个动作
介词短语in、on、for、with、by 等+名词或 doing否介词管辖到哪个成分
宾语从句what、whether、that 等引导从句内部有谓语从句能否回答主语和谓语
定语从句who、which、that、whose、where、when从句内部有谓语先行词是什么,关系词作何成分
Standing near the window, she watched the heavy rain outside.
站在窗边,她看着外面的大雨。
The report, written by three independent researchers, was widely cited.
这份由三名独立研究员撰写的报告被广泛引用。
I was interested in what the teacher had said about online learning.
我对老师关于在线学习所说的话很感兴趣。
He remained silent because he did not know how to answer the question.
他保持沉默,因为他不知道该如何回答这个问题。
💡 先问“谁做这个动作”和“句中有没有限定谓语”,再判断分词、介词短语和从句各自管辖到哪里。
补充三:常见搭配一览

1. 把搭配当作整体记忆:介词不能随意替换,固定搭配应与中心词一起背。
2. 先找中心词:语法填空先看空格前是名词、形容词还是动词,再决定所需搭配。
3. 注意后接形式:介词后接名词、动名词或从句时要分别判断,不能看到 to 就填动词原形。
4. 区分逻辑方向:result in 表示“导致”,result from 表示“由……导致”;base on 表示“依据”,be based on 表示“以……为依据”。
5. 区分固定结构:used to do 表示“过去常常”,be used to doing 表示“习惯于”。
6. 关注同义替换:阅读中 based on、rely on、depend on 和 be contingent on 都可能表示“依靠、依据”。
7. 语境决定最终形式:搭配提供高频框架,宾语性质、时态和主谓一致仍要结合句子判断。

语义高频搭配常见后接成分结构示例
依据,依靠be based on;rely on;depend on;be contingent on名词/动名词/that 从句be based on evidence
为……所熟悉be familiar to sb.人称代词或名词The idea is familiar to us.
熟悉……be familiar with sth.名词/动名词She is familiar with the method.
导致lead to;result in;contribute to名词/动名词The policy led to change.
由……导致result from名词/动名词The change resulted from pressure.
意识到be aware of;be conscious of名词/动名词/that 从句be aware of the risk
有能力做be capable of doing sth.动名词She is capable of solving it.
对……负责be responsible for名词/动名词He is responsible for training.
致力于be committed to;devote oneself to名词/动名词be committed to helping
很可能做be likely to do sth.动词原形He is likely to succeed.
应该做be supposed to do sth.动词原形You are supposed to wait.
适用于apply to名词The rule applies to students.
适应adapt to名词/动名词adapt to working remotely
由……组成consist of名词The team consists of ten members.
转化为translate into名词translate into action
防止prevent sb. from doing sth.动名词prevent them from leaving
提醒remind sb. of sth.名词/动名词remind us of the risk
解释,占比account for名词/动名词account for the difference
不同于differ from;be different from名词differ from the original
易混结构区别例句
used to do/be used to doing前者表示过去常常,后者表示习惯于He used to smoke;He is used to smoking.
look forward to doingto 是介词,后接动名词We look forward to hearing from you.
devote oneself to doingto 是介词,后接动名词She devoted herself to helping others.
be opposed to doing表示反对某事或做法They were opposed to closing the factory.
object to doing表示反对,后接动名词She objected to changing the plan.
result in/result from前者是“导致”,后者是“源于”The policy resulted in change;The change resulted from the policy.
Based on the data collected over five years, the team revised its original model.
根据五年间收集的数据,团队修改了最初的模型。
The new policy is likely to reduce both costs and emissions.
新政策很可能同时降低成本和排放。
She devoted herself to helping children in remote areas.
她全身心投入帮助偏远地区的儿童。
The policy resulted in a sharp rise in applications, while its success resulted from years of public consultation.
该政策导致申请数量大幅上升,而它的成功则源于多年的公众咨询。
💡 语法填空先看空格前后的中心词,再核对介词和后接形式;完形填空则把搭配与上下文意义一起检查。
⚠️ 易错点
  • 数动词不等于数主句谓语;to do、doing、done 可能是非谓语,are 也可能属于内层从句。
  • 括起修饰语只是暂时阅读步骤,最终必须还原,否则会丢失条件、否定、范围和限制。
  • 逗号不能自动连接两个独立句;阅读中的插入语、从句须按结构识别,作文也不能只靠逗号拼句。
  • that 紧挨名词不一定是定语从句;先看它解释名词内容,还是在从句中担任成分并修饰名词。
  • 关系词不一定只指最近的单个词,concepts and words 可以共同充当先行词。
  • 看到省略要补上下文已知内容;less often 不等于 never,didn't 后要按语境找被省略的动作。
  • 译文应保留推测、否定和条件;could make 不要无条件译成‘一定会造成’。
✏️ 自测 5 题
  1. 写出主干(保留宾语):The students who had finished the survey submitted their reports before lunch.
    看答案

    ✅ The students submitted their reports. who 从句修饰 students,before lunch 是时间状语,主谓宾为 students—submitted—reports。

  2. 指出 that 从句类型:The news that our team had won made us proud.
    看答案

    ✅ 同位语从句 that 后是完整的主谓结构,说明 news 的内容。

  3. 补全被省略的内容:I thought the method would work, but it didn't ____.
    看答案

    ✅ work didn't 承担过去时否定,后省略前面已经提到的动词 work。

  4. 把倒装前半句恢复为正常语序:Only then did we notice the sign.
    看答案

    ✅ We noticed the sign only then. 撤去部分倒装后,did 与 notice 合并为过去式 noticed。

  5. 只写主句的主语和谓语:Although the task looked difficult, the team, encouraged by its coach, kept trying.
    看答案

    ✅ the team; kept trying Although 引导让步从句,encouraged…为分词修饰,主句为团队坚持尝试。

发现讲错了?点页面上的 🚩 报错,写清是哪一章哪一条。